diff options
Diffstat (limited to '16501.txt')
| -rw-r--r-- | 16501.txt | 8991 |
1 files changed, 8991 insertions, 0 deletions
diff --git a/16501.txt b/16501.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..4108092 --- /dev/null +++ b/16501.txt @@ -0,0 +1,8991 @@ +The Project Gutenberg EBook of The Philippine Islands, 1493-1803, Volume +V., 1582-1583, by Various + +This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with +almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or +re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included +with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org + + +Title: The Philippine Islands, 1493-1803, Volume V., 1582-1583 + Explorations By Early Navigators, Descriptions Of The + Islands And Their Peoples, Their History And Records Of + The Catholic Missions, As Related In Contemporaneous Books + And Manuscripts, Showing The Political, Economic, Commercial + And Religious Conditions Of Those Islands From Their + Earliest Relations With European Nations To The Beginning + Of The Nineteenth Century + +Author: Various + +Editor: Emma Helen Blair + +Release Date: August 9, 2005 [EBook #16501] + +Language: English + +Character set encoding: ASCII + +*** START OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK THE PHILIPPINE ISLANDS *** + + + + +Produced by Jeroen Hellingman and the PG Distributed Proofreaders Team + + + + + + + + The Philippine Islands, 1493-1803 + + Explorations by early navigators, descriptions of the islands and + their peoples, their history and records of the catholic missions, + as related in contemporaneous books and manuscripts, showing the + political, economic, commercial and religious conditions of those + islands from their earliest relations with European nations to the + beginning of the nineteenth century + + Volume V, 1582-1583 + + + + Edited and annotated by Emma Helen Blair and James Alexander Robertson + with historical introduction and additional notes by Edward Gaylord + Bourne. + + + + + + + + + + +CONTENTS OF VOLUME V + + + Preface 9 + Documents of 1582 + + Letter to Felipe II. Gonzalo Ronquillo de + Penalosa; Manila, June 16 + [1]Relacion de las Yslas Filipinas. Miguel + de Loarca; [Arevalo, June, 1582) + Letter to Felipe II. Fray Domingo de Salazar; + Manila, June 20 + Letter to the viceroy. Juan Baptista Roman; + Cabite, June 25 + Letter to Felipe II. Gonzalo Ronquillo de + Penalosa; Manila, July 1 + Papal decrees regarding the Dominicans. Gregory + XIII; Rome, September 15 and October 20 + Report on the offices saleable in the + Philippines. [Unsigned; 1582?] + + Documents of 1583 + + Complaints against Penalosa. Gabriel de Ribera; + [1583?] + Affairs in the Philipinas Islands. Domingo + de Salazar; [Manila, 1583] + Instructions to commissary of the + Inquisition. Pedro de los Rios, and others; + Mexico, March 1 + Foundation of the Audiencia of Manila (to be + concluded). Felipe II; Aranjuez, May 5 + + Bibliographical Data + + + + + + + +ILLUSTRATIONS + + + +Map of South America and Antilles, showing Strait of Magellan (original +in colors), in _Beschryvinghe van de gantsche Custe_, by Jan Huygen +van Linschoten (Amstelredam, M.D.XCVI); reduced photographic facsimile, +from copy in Boston Public Library +Autograph signature of Domingo de Salazar, O.P., first bishop of +Manila; photographic facsimile from MS. in Archivo general de Indias, +Sevilla + + + + + +PREFACE + + +The period covered by this volume is short--only the years 1582-83, +which close the second decade of Spanish occupation of the Philippine +Islands; but in that time occur some events of great importance, and +certain influences which deeply affect early Philippine history are +revealed. The coming (in 1581) of the zealous and intrepid bishop, +Domingo de Salazar, was a red-letter day for the natives of the +islands. The Spanish conquerors are ruthlessly oppressing the Indians, +caring but little for the opposition made by the friars; but Salazar +exerts as far as possible his ecclesiastical authority, and, besides, +vigorously urges the king to shield those unfortunate victims of +Spanish rapacity. Various humane laws are accordingly enacted for the +protection of the natives; but of course this interference by the +bishop occasions a bitter hostility between the ecclesiastical and +the secular powers--perhaps never to be quieted. With Salazar come +Jesuit fathers, who establish in the islands the missionary work of +that order. In 1582 Japanese pirates begin to threaten Luzon, but are +defeated and held in check by the Spanish troops. In 1583 occur two +most notable events: one of these is the appointment for the islands +of a royal Audiencia, or high court of justice--especially ordered +by the king to watch over and shield the Indians; the other is the +opening there of a branch of the Inquisition or Holy Office. Fuller +details of all these matters are herewith given in the usual synopsis +of documents. + +In a letter dated June 16, 1582, Governor Penalosa reports that the +conversion of the natives is making good progress, but there are not +enough missionaries. He recommends that a convent be established in +every city and village; and that missionaries be sent directly from +the mother-country, rather than from New Spain, as in the latter case +they soon become discontented after coming to the Philippines. He +complains because the Franciscans have gone to China; he renews the +plea advanced by former officials for the conquest of that country, but +regards the present Spanish force in the Philippines as inadequate for +that purpose. Meanwhile, he is endeavoring to strengthen the colony, +and has founded the town of Arevalo in Panay. Another new town is being +established--Nueva Segovia, in Luzon. Penalosa has sent an officer +to Maluco, and the Jesuit Sanchez to Macao, to pacify the Portuguese +there when they shall learn of the change in their rulers--the dominion +over Portugal having passed to the crown of Spain. He criticizes the +administration of his predecessors, saying that they followed no plan +or system in disbursements from the royal exchequer. + +The governor thinks that the customs duties heretofore levied in the +islands--three per cent on both imports and exports--are too small; +and he has decided to raise the rate to five per cent for merchants in +the Philippines, and seven for those in Mexico. He is endeavoring to +extend the commerce of the islands, and for this purpose is sending +ships with goods to Panama and Peru. He has sent one piece of heavy +artillery to the viceroy of Peru, who asks Penalosa for more; this is +for the defense of the Strait of Magellan. The commerce between the +Philippines and New Spain is increasing. Penalosa commends the Jesuit +missionaries who have come to the islands, and advises that more of +them be sent thither. He is building forts and ships for the defense +of the islands. He remonstrates against the recent royal decree which +ordered the liberation of all Indian slaves held by Spaniards in the +Philippines; and closes by asking some personal favors. + +By the same mail which conveys the governor's letter is sent +an account of the islands and their people, written by a soldier +named Miguel de Loarca, Who was one of the earlier conquerors and +settlers there. Beginning at Cebu, as the first settlement was made +therein, he describes each island then known to the Spaniards in that +group--noting its size, contour, and population; and enumerating +the encomiendas assigned therein, the officials in the Spanish +settlements, the products of the island, etc. With this information +Loarca incorporates many interesting details regarding the social and +economic condition of the natives. After this preliminary survey, +he describes at some length the religious beliefs of the Pintados +or Visayan Indians; these vary, as held by the coast dwellers and +those of the mountains. He relates their notions about the creation +of the world and the origin of man, the condition of departed souls, +and the deities who control their destiny. Many of these beliefs are, +of course, childish, crude, and superstitious; yet some indicate +considerable imagination and poetic fancy. They have various deities, +and their priests are usually women; their religious traditions +are preserved in songs. Their mortuary and mourning customs are +described. A chapter is devoted to the institution of slavery among +these peoples--its nature and causes, and the value and status of +the slave. Their marriage customs are described at length, with the +status of women among them, the penalties for unfaithfulness, the +causes for divorce, etc. There is considerable curious information +regarding the fauna and flora of the islands. Loarca then proceeds +to relate similar particulars about the Moros of Luzon; they adore a +divinity called Bathala, "the lord of all," or Creator. His ministers, +who are deities of rain, harvest, trees, the sea, etc., are called +_anitos_, and worshiped and invoked accordingly; they intercede for the +people with the great Bathala. These Moros are governed by chiefs, who +enact and administer such laws as seem necessary for the preservation +of good order--adultery, murder, and theft being the chief crimes, +which are punished by a system of fines, or by the enslavement of +those who are without means to pay them. + +The recently-arrived bishop, Domingo de Salazar, writes (June 20, +1582) to the king, imploring redress for the wrongs and sufferings +endured by the Indians, who are continually oppressed by the Spanish +officials placed over them. An affidavit made by some Indian chiefs +relates their grievances. As a result of this ill-treatment, the +native villages are rapidly being depopulated. + +A letter from the royal factor in the Philippines, Juan Baptista Roman +(June 25, 1582), relates the encounter of the Spaniards with some +Japanese pirates who have raided the province of Cagayan in Luzon, +and implores speedy aid from Mexico against this enemy. A letter +evidently written by Penalosa, although unsigned (July 1, 1582), +mentions the fight with the Japanese, and asks for reenforcements +of troops. More funds are also needed for extra expenses incurred, +and especially for emergencies which often arise in the islands. + +Two papal decrees (September 15 and October 20, 1582) found the +Philippine province of the Dominican order, and grant indulgences +to those who go thither as missionaries. An unsigned document +(1582?) enumerates the "offices saleable" in the Philippine Islands; +and recommends some changes in the methods of filling them, in view of +the prevalent abuses. Captain Gabriel de Ribera addresses (1583?) to +some high official a letter complaining that Penalosa's administration +is a bad one, and injurious to the welfare of the islands. + +In the same year Bishop Salazar writes a memorial regarding affairs +in the islands, for the information of the king and his royal Council +of the Indias. He begins by describing the present scarcity of food +supplies in Luzon. This is the result of sending to work in the mines +the Indians of Pampanga, which province has hitherto been the granary +of the island. The Spaniards also compel the natives to work in the +galleys, and at many other tasks, so that they have no opportunity to +cultivate their fields, and are even deprived of suitable religious +instruction. Greedy Spanish officials have monopolized all local +traffic, and have set their own price on all provisions, from which +some have made great profits. Salazar--who has with good reason been +styled "the Las Casas of the Philippines"--enumerates a melancholy +list of injuries and opressions inflicted upon the hapless natives +by their conquerors, and urges in most forcible and eloquent language +that they be protected from injustice and treated as human beings. He +cites from the royal decrees the clauses which make such provisions in +behalf of the Indians, and claims that most of these are continually +disobeyed. The Indians held by the royal crown suffer even greater +oppression than do those in private encomiendas. As a result of all +these evil deeds on the part of the Spaniards, the Indians have come +to abhor the Christian faith, and many remain pagans; while those who +are nominally Christians are so through fear rather than choice. The +preachers who are sent to them ought to go without military escort, +and the encomenderos should be compelled to fulfil their duties toward +the Indians in their charge. + +The bishop then describes the status of the Chinese traders who come +to the Philippine Islands. Vexatious dues have been levied upon the +Chinese in Manila; they have been herded together in one dwelling, +apart from the other residents of the city; and a special warden, +with arbitrary power, has been placed over them. Besides, they have +been compelled to sell their goods at much below their value, and +have frequently been plundered; and reparation for their wrongs has +been denied. As a consequence, Chinese goods have almost disappeared +from the market, and the few articles seen are sold at exorbitant +prices. Other traders who come to Manila are also burdened with +numerous unjust and arbitrary exactions. + +Salazar complains that the Spaniards enslave the Indians, and, despite +all remonstrances made by the priests and friars, refuse to liberate +their slaves. The natives are oppressed by the officials, and are +at the mercy of lawless, because unpaid, soldiers. The encomenderos +refuse to pay tithes, and the royal officials say that they have +no instructions to pay the bishop; he is thus greatly straitened in +means, and can do but little to aid the unfortunate natives or the +poor Spaniards. The governor proposes to levy an additional tribute +on the Indians; the clergy and the friars hold a conference regarding +this matter, and decide that it may reasonably be levied, in order +to support the expenses of protecting the natives from their enemies, +and of instructing them in the true religion. Nevertheless, the bishop +advises that no additional tribute be imposed until the king shall +have opportunity to examine the question, and order such action as +he deems best. The soldiers in the Philippines have left behind them +(in Spain, Mexico, and elsewhere) families whom they have practically +abandoned for many years. Salazar desires the king to order that these +men be sent back to their homes, or obliged to bring their families +to the islands. Again he recurs to the wretched condition of the +natives, and asks that suitable provision be made for an official +"protector of the Indians;" and that to this post, now temporarily +filled, the bishop may have the right of nomination. He also asks +that to the city of Manila be granted an encomienda, to provide means +for conducting municipal affairs and meeting necessary expenses. He +recommends a reward for Ensign Francisco de Duenas, who has just +returned from an important mission to Ternate--whither he went with +official announcement of the transfer of the Portuguese settlement +there to the Spanish crown, which is peaceably accomplished. The +Franciscan missionaries who went to China have been brought back +to the islands by the governor, who forbids them to go away again +without his permission. The bishop intercedes for them with Penalosa, +but in vain. This is but an instance of the frequent conflicts between +the bishop and the civil authorities, who hinder rather than aid his +efforts. Salazar closes his letter with advice to the king as to the +officials who ought to be sent to these islands. + +A document of especial interest is that (dated March 1, 1583) which +gives instructions for the commissary of the Inquisition who is to +reside in the Philippines. Great care must be exercised in the choice +of that official; he must be very discreet in his actions, and observe +most strictly the rule of secrecy in all transactions connected with +his office and proceedings. All cases of heresy are to be referred +to the Holy Office; accordingly, no cognizance of such cases is to be +taken by bishops or other ecclesiastical dignitaries. The commissary +is warned to control his temper, to be careful and thorough in +his investigations, and to report to the Holy Office any cases of +disrespect or disobedience to his commands. Careful instructions +are given for procedure in receiving denunciations against suspected +persons, on which are placed various restrictions, as well as upon +arrests made in consequence of such accusations. The commissary is +expected to investigate various crimes, especially that of bigamy; +but he should, when possible, leave its punishment to the regular +courts. In case of any accusation for this or other crimes, he should +send to the Inquisition at Mexico all available information regarding +the accused; in certain cases the latter should be sent to Mexico. The +royal officials of justice are required to assist the commissary on his +demand, and the public prisons are at his disposal; but he may at his +own discretion select a special and secret place of imprisonment for +a person arrested by him. The prisoner is to be promptly despatched +to Mexico, to be tried by the Inquisition there. The commissary is +warned not to sequestrate the property of the accused, but to see +that it be administered by some capable person. Funds to provide for +the prisoner's journey and his food, clothing, and other necessary +expenses are, however, to be taken from his property--enough of it for +this purpose being sold at public auction. None of these procedures +shall apply to the Indians, who shall be left under the jurisdiction +of the ordinary ecclesiastical courts; but cases involving Spaniards, +mestizos, and mulattoes shall be tried by the Inquisition. Its +edicts against certain books shall be solemnly read in public, for +which procedure instructions are given. The commissary must visit the +ships arriving at the ports, and examine their officers according to +his instructions; but this applies only to Spanish ships which come +from Spanish possessions. The especial object of such visitation is +to confiscate any books condemned by the Inquisition which may be +conveyed by the ships. Doubtful cases are left to the commissary's +discretion, since he is at so great a distance from Mexico. + +Another valuable document is the decree which provides (May 5, 1583) +for the establishment and conduct of a royal Audiencia (high court of +justice) in Manila. Provision is made for a house wherein this court +shall sit, and for its powers and the scope of its jurisdiction; and +instructions are given for its course of procedure in the various +matters which shall come before it. Certain duties outside their +judiciary functions are prescribed for its members; among these +are the oversight of the royal exchequer, and inspection of inns, +apothecary shops, and weights and measures. The Audiencia shall +despatch to the home government information regarding the resources +of the islands, the condition of the people, their attitude toward +idolatry, the instruction bestowed upon Indian slaves, etc. It shall +fix the prices to be asked by merchants for their wares; keep a list +of all the Spanish citizens, with record of the services and rewards +of each; audit the municipal accounts of the city where the court is +established; and allot lands to those who settle new towns. Its powers +in regard to ecclesiastical cases of various kinds are carefully +defined. Felipe orders that the papal bulls be proclaimed only in +those towns where Spaniards have settled, and then in the Spanish +language; and that the Indians shall not be compelled to hear the +preaching of them, or to receive them. Specific directions are given +for the manner in which the Audiencia shall audit the accounts of +the royal treasury, and it may not expend the moneys therein; it +shall also audit the accounts of estates in probate. Its members must +especially watch over the welfare of the conquered Indians--punishing +those who oppress them, and seeing that the natives receive religious +instruction, in which the Audiencia and the bishop shall cooperate; +and various specific directions are given for the protection of the +Indians and their interests. The duties of the officials subordinate to +the Audiencia--fiscal attorney, alguazils, clerks, jail-wardens, and +others--are carefully prescribed, as also are those of advocates. The +remainder of this document will be presented in _Vol_. VI. + +_The Editors_ +May, 1903. + + + + + + +DOCUMENTS OF 1582 + + + + Letter to Felipe II. Gonzalo Ronquillo de Penalosa; June 16. + [2]Relacion de las Yslas Filipinas. Miguel de Loarca; [June]. + Letter to Felipe II. Fray Domingo de Salazar; June 20. + Letter to viceroy. Juan Baptista Roman; June 25. + Letter to Felipe II. Gonzalo Ronquillo de Penalosa; July 1. + Papal decrees regarding the Dominicans. Gregory XIII; September + 15 and October 20. + Report on the offices saleable in the Philippines. [Unsigned; + 1582?]. + + + +_Sources_: These documents are obtained from MSS. in the Archivo +general de Indias, Sevilla--excepting the papal decrees, which are +taken from Hernaez's _Coleccion de bulas_. + +_Translations_: The first and third documents are translated by Jose +M. and Clara M. Asensio; the second, by Alfonso de Salvio, of Harvard +University, and Emma Helen Blair; the fourth, by Arthur B. Myrick, +of Harvard University; the fifth, by James A. Robertson; the sixth, +by Rev. T. C. Middleton, O.S.A., of Villanova College; the seventh, +by Alfonso de Salvio. + + + + +LETTER FROM PENALOSA TO FELIPE II + + +Royal Catholic Majesty: + +There has now returned one of the ships by which I wrote in the year +80. Until now no word has been received of the other ship to Nueva +Espana, in which I sent a duplicate report. Therefore in this letter I +shall refer to some of the most essential points which I had written, +and will give a report also of what is presented for the first time. + +This country is advancing rapidly in the conversion of the natives, +and they are quick to embrace baptism and the knowledge of our +holy faith. If the harvest is not greater, it is for lack of +workers. However, the repartimientos held by the Spaniards contain +but few persons and yield small income; and thus they cannot assist +in supplying all the instruction necessary, because of the cost of +maintaining the religious. In this ship sail two religious of the +order of St. Augustine, in order to beseech your Majesty to grant them +grace in several necessary points. One is father Fray Juan Pimentel, +in whom are found many excellent qualities. Among the things that +they desire, I consider it very important that your Majesty order +convents to be built in all the villages and cities. There should be +a convent of six religious in each of the villages, and one of twelve +in the cities. May your Majesty see to it that these be provided, +from the alms which are customarily given to those who serve in the +instruction of your Majesty's towns. It is very inconvenient that for +lack of the means of support, the priests who are sent here and are +occupied in instructing the Indians, are not able to carry on their +work. If there were convents, none but the most approved persons +would be sent to occupy them, as is necessary for the result that +they strive to attain by their doctrine, lives, and examples. + +It is very necessary that the friars who are sent to these islands come +directly from Espana, and that they have not remained any length of +time in Nueva Espana. As that land is so prosperous and wealthy, and +the affairs and teaching of the Indians have attained such progress, +they become much discouraged in this country, and try to return to +New Spain or go elsewhere. + +As a result of this feeling, there set out in April of this year the +custodian of the order of St. Francis, with seven other friars of +this city. They sailed without my approbation in a fragata which had +been secretly made ready; and went to Macau, a town in China which is +inhabited by Portuguese. The ships from India belonging to Portugal +stop there for trade, as well as those going to Japan. It seemed to me +that God would not sanction their departure, nor would your Majesty be +pleased to have them leave this country, where there are so many native +Christians and where religious are so needed, since they had been sent +hither at your Majesty's expense, to discharge the obligations of the +royal conscience; but without my order, and at such a time, they set +out. We even yet do not know the attitude taken by your Majesty in +regard to the affairs of Portugal. I am determined to send after them, +stop them, and prevent their voyage, although there have been and +are now serious embarrassments in the way. If your Majesty does not +approve of my plans, may it be commanded that everything be carefully +weighed and considered. Three years ago four friars of the same order +made that identical voyage without permission of the governor then +here. It is not possible to check them if their superiors do not +remedy the affair. If your Majesty should order that no Portuguese +friars come hither, it would be best for your royal service. + +The royal estate has advanced, and is now progressing by the means +which I have provided for its increase. Although the rents and profits +have been doubled since I came, their sum is but little, and does not +amount to thirty thousand pesos annually. This is not sufficient for +the salaries and expenses of the fleets and artillery, and therefore +the treasury remains in debt, although not to such an extent as +formerly. Everything possible is done to cut down expenses for your +Majesty, and thus a great reduction has been made therein. This has +been done with many supplies which are usually provided from Nueva +Espana, since I am informed that many articles which are brought +thence at great cost can be supplied here. It is a mistake for your +Majesty to think that these islands can serve the royal estate with +a considerable sum of money, for I can say that that will not be +for many years yet. But it is right that your Majesty should value +this land highly, on account of its proximity to China. Without doubt +that is the finest country in the world, since it has so many people +and so great wealth. This island of Lucon is not a hundred leagues +distant from China, and ought to profit much from the endeavors made +there by the vassals of your Majesty. It is considered just that war +should be made against them; and this and their conquest depends only +on the way in which God inclines the heart of your Majesty. + +Until his divine Majesty is pleased to appoint that time, it would +be a serious error to undertake a war with the people who could be +sent from here. I have determined to occupy them in finishing the +settlement of these islands. Accordingly, the village of Arevalo--on +the island of Panay, fifty leagues from this district--has just been +settled. The land is very fertile and the inhabitants are rich. They +are almost all at peace, and the town is increasing in population +because of the good and healthful character of that country. + +This year I have sent people to settle the city of Segovia in a +province called Cagayan, in this island, a hundred leagues from this +city. It is the frontier of China, and much benefit is expected from +its settlement--for it is the best-situated port, with a harbor of +greater depth, for the ships which sail in the line from Nueva Espana +and Peru; and it is so near to China that one can cross thence in +three days. For the sake of the future I consider it very important to +have that frontier settled. I sent for the settlement thereof Captain +Juan Pablos de Carrion, with about a hundred picked men. They go in +good order, well provided with artillery, vessels, ammunition, and +with the approbation and blessing of the church. God will be served +through them, and your Majesty as well. + +In the years 80 and 81 there came to these islands some pirate ships +from Japan, which is located about four hundred leagues from here. They +did some injury to the natives. This year, as warning was received that +ten ships were being prepared to come to these islands, I have sent +a fleet to the place where they are accustomed to come. This fleet is +composed of six vessels, among them a ship and a galley well supplied +with guns. I will send later advices of the outcome. The Japanese are +the most warlike people in this part of the world. They have artillery +and many arquebuses and lances. They use defensive armor for the body, +made of iron, which they have owing to the subtlety of the Portuguese, +who have displayed that trait to the injury of their own souls. + +Although I have had no letter or advices of the state of affairs +with Portugal, it seemed to me in the year 80, that we should live +with great care and circumspection on account of what might happen, +as the Portuguese are so quarrelsome, and especially if Don Antonio, +the Prior of Crato, [3] should come here. In order to try to ascertain +the state of affairs at Maluco and at Macau, the post held by the +Portuguese in China, I have sent for this purpose to the islands of +Maluco the sub-lieutenant Francisco de Duenas with four companions. He +is well-instructed as to what course to pursue. Likewise I sent to +Macau Father Alonso Sanchez of the Society of the Name of Jesus, a +person in whom are combined many admirable traits. [4] They are going +to try to prepare and calm the people for the time when certain news +will be had of the occurrences in Portugal. They will bring back +a report of everything which has been learned there of affairs, +even to the defeat of the Infante Don Antonio. I realize that it +is necessary to be diligent in order to effect the desired ends, +or that at least I shall be informed of the conditions there, and +the forces with which the Portuguese are supplied. + +The governors who have been here have used no system in making +disbursements from the royal exchequer. They have followed the plan +of spending as they saw fit and convenient to your Majesty's royal +service. I have continued in the same way because in no other manner +would it be possible to support it or make advancement. The expenses +here are for the most part extraordinary, and of small sums, as the +royal exchequer cannot allow more owing to its limited resources, +as I have already said. For expenses of considerable sums, as those +incurred in despatching fleets for our settlements, against pirates, +and in paying the salaries of corregidors and alcaldes-mayor, +the officials ask me to request an order from your Majesty. I +have no other way of complying with the obligations of your royal +service. Will your Majesty please to have an order sent me, in order +that when I consider it convenient for your royal service, I may +make payments from the royal treasury? It is not possible otherwise +to maintain your royal service. The total expenditure is but slight, +and is watched and regulated with all care. + +There are several men, newly-arrived in this country, who are always +writing advices and opinions in respect to the aforesaid matter +and others. It would be best for the royal service that the decrees +despatched therefor be sent submitted to the consideration of the +governor. As we are so far away it is right, _ceteris paribus_, +in order to insure progress, that confidence be placed in the governor. + +By other letters, I have already given advices of the imposition of +three per cent as duties on both importations and exportations of the +merchandise of both Spaniards and Chinese. A freight charge of twelve +pesos per tonelada is also imposed. Considering their large profits, +these duties are very moderate. For this reason, and because the +instructions brought by the adelantado Legaspi decreed the collection +of five per cent from the people of this country and seven from +the merchants of Mexico, and as the collection at that rate cannot, +in good conscience, be too long delayed, I have decided to enforce +it. Your Majesty will provide according to the royal pleasure. In my +opinion, the regulations made are moderate, just, and desirable for +the royal service. + +I also gave information that I had sent a ship to Piru in the year +81. From all that I hear, it is important for the progress of this +kingdom that it trade and have commerce with the others; therefore +I am sending this year another ship, for private individuals, +to Panama. Consequently, I shall have ships sent to the principal +kingdoms held by your Majesty in the Indias and the Southern Sea. The +ship for Peru carried some artillery to be delivered to the viceroy, +among them a piece of eighty-five quintals. I decided to do this, +knowing the need there for heavy artillery, as the strait had to be +fortified. [5] I think that the artillery arrived at an opportune +season, for I have had a letter from the viceroy, Don Martin Enriques, +in which he begs me to let him know if I could supply him with heavy +artillery. I am only waiting for [the return of] the ship which +I sent a year ago, in order to furnish him with as much as I can, +for I consider that your Majesty will be thereby served. + +The viceroy, Count de Coruna, [6] regrets that I despatched ships to +a point outside of Nueva Espana. I can well believe that he has been +persuaded to this view by the merchants interested in trade, as they +do not wish the gains to be divided. Those who consider the subject +without prejudice, however, will understand the great advantages which +might follow thereby to this country, in that people will come hither +and commerce be opened upon all sides. + +The affairs of this country are improving to such an extent that +the cargo of this ship bound for Nueva Espana is worth four hundred +thousand pesos. It carries two thousand marcos of gold without taking +into account the large quantity of goods intended for Panama. + +In the past year, 81, there came from Nueva Espana three Theatins; +and two priests, Father Antonio Sedeno [7] and Father Alonso Sanches, +zealous servants of God and having great erudition. They are doing +much good, and I consider them as excellent persons for this country, +and think that it would be advantageous to send more. + +In some places which need defense I am having forts built, and for +them artillery is constantly being cast--although there is a lack +of competent workmen, nor are there any in Nueva Espana. It would be +well to have master-founders of cannon sent from Espana. + +I am also having some galliots and fragatas built, so that I may be +supplied with vessels for both present and future emergencies. + +This kingdom was thrown into great confusion by a decree in which +your Majesty ordered the liberation of all Indian slaves held by +Spaniards. This affair has caused me much anxiety; for, if it should +be immediately complied with, and put into execution without allowing +any term of grace, this kingdom would be placed in a sad state for +many good and very forcible reasons. Of these, and of the measures +which I took in regard to this, your Majesty will be informed at +greater length. Accordingly, I refer you to that report, and beseech +your Majesty that the decree be greatly amended, since this is a very +important matter. + +By the death of Salvador de Aldave, who served as treasurer of your +royal estate, in place of the master-of-camp, Guido de Lavecares +(the proprietary holder, who died), I appointed to the said office +Don Antonio Jufre, my step-son. He came with me to serve your Majesty +in these islands, and I consider that he possesses the necessary +qualifications for the requirements of the office. He has fulfilled +its duties thus far; and now he has gone to the settlement of the city +of Segovia, as treasurer and purveyor of the fleet. I beseech your +Majesty to have the goodness to ratify his appointment to said office. + +In my instructions your Majesty granted me the favor and permission to +obtain a repartimiento of Indians from each of the new settlements--to +be in all three repartimientos. As, to enjoy this favor, I must live +for a longer time than is assured by my poor state of health, I beg +your Majesty kindly to allow me to take one of the repartimientos +from one of the towns which is already discovered and settled, and +which is at present unoccupied; this is only that I may serve your +Majesty with more strength. May our Lord guard your Catholic royal +Majesty with increase of kingdoms and seignories, as we your servants +desire. Manila, June 16, 1582. Royal Catholic Majesty, the most humble +servant of your Majesty, who kisses the royal feet and hands. + +_Don Gonzalo Ronquillo de Penalosa_ + + + + +RELACION DE LAS YSLAS FILIPINAS POR MIGUEL DE LOARCA + + +_Tratado de las yslas Philipinas en qe_ se Contiene todas las yslas y +poblacones qe estan Reducidas Al seruicio de la magd Real del Rey Don +phelippe nro senor y las poblacones qe estan fundadas de espanoles y +la manera del gouierno de Espanoles y naturales con Algunas condiciones +de los yndios y moros destas yslas. + +Aunqe la principal poblacon de espanoles, En estas yslas es la ciudad +de manila y la ysla de lucon donde ella esta es la mejor y mas Rica de +todo lo descubierto y por esta causa Ubieramos de tratar y comencar a +escrivir della pero por aver sido la de cubu la primera qe se poblo +y que de Alli se a salido a conquistar todo lo demas y tambien por +auerme Va Sa dado tam breue tiempo para hacer esta Relacion y tenerla +yo mas de la ysla de cubu y de las demas sus comarcanas que llaman de +los pintados, comencare della pa que se Prosiga despues mas largamte +en lo que toca A esta ysla De lucon y sus comarcanas que por ser moros +difieren algo en las condiciones y viuienda y lengua.--No se puede +negar a Ver faltado curiosidad en los que A esta tierra an pasado +pues eclesiastico, ni secular an tomado la mano para contar lo que +a acaecido en la conquista desta tierra y Ansi aunque en mexico El +padre fray Alonso de Buyca Dicen tiene hecho vn gran Volumen sobre +ello tengolo por dudoso porqe yo e visto cartas suyas qe Vinieron el +Ano pasado en este navio sanct martin, por las quales enbia a pedir +certidumbre de cosas acaecidas de dies y seys Anos a esta pte porqe +esta dudoso de las Relaciones que de Aca le an enbiado y si hubiera +escrito alguno de los estantes en este Reyno, diera de todo Verdadera +noticia para los tiempos venideros y agora con mucha dificultad se +podra poner en orden y sera menester mucho tiempo y por y esto y la +breuedad no tratare deste particular sino cumpliendo lo que su magd +mda a V. sa por su Real cedula anidiendo Algunas costumbres de los +naturales pa que Pues son basallos de su magd sepa de la barbaridad de +que los a sacado y la policia en qe agora Viuen con su buen gouierno.-- + + + + +Capo Primo + +_De la Ysla de Cubu y de las qe_ estan en su Juridicion + + +_ysla de Cubu._ [8] La ysla De cubu ques la primera donde miguel +lopes de l[eg]azpi poblo tiene de box y circuyto casi cien leguas, +y de longitud casi cinquenta porques muy angosta por las dos puntas +tendra por lo mas ancho Veynte leguas la vna caveca della que se +llama burula qe esta a la uanda del norte la otra punta qe llamamos +las Cabecas; que los naturales llaman sanbuan esta a la vanda del sur +por que esta ysla corre casi norte sur esto se entiende, maren fuera +porqe costa a costa ay ensenadas qe corren en diferentes Rumbos esto es +por la banda, donde esta la poblacon de cubu, por la otra vanda ques +la vanda del hueste corre casi les nordeste sur sudueste, tiene toda +esta ysla como tres mil y quinientos yndios en diferentes poblacones +por la mayor parte pequenas, que por eso no pongo sino algunas qe son +las principales qe las de mas son pequenas de A ocho o a dies casas. + +_Jaro_. Jaro es de un encomendero qe tiene encomienda en otra parte +tiene quios yndios-- + +_Daraguete_. Daraguete son demasias de encomienda tiene ducientos +yndios-- + +_Penol_. el penol es demasias de encomienda tiene ducientos yndios-- + +_Jaro_. Jaro es demasias de encomienda tiene ducientos yndios-- + +_temanduc_ temanduqe es demasia de encomienda, tiene quinientos +yndios,-- + +_temanduc_. En la mesma prouincia de temanduqe tiene otro encomendero +setenta yndios, es demasia de encomiendas-- + +_barile_ El pueblo de barile es otra encomienda, tiene quatrocientos +yndios, es demasia de encomienda.-- + +_burungan_ El pueblo de burungan terna setenta yndios, es demasia +de encomienda-- + +_candaya_. La prouincia de candaya tiene trecientos y cinquenta yndios, +son de dos encomenderos, es demasia de encomienda.-- + +No tiene ninguna encomienda principal en toda ella ningun espanol +aunque son catorce los que tienen parte en ella qe por ser vecinos +de la Villa de cubu se les dio a cada Uno dos o tres pueblecuelos +para seruicio y gallinas y otras cosas de sustento, por tener las +encomiendas principales lejos a treynta, y a quarenta leguas, mas y +menos tiene aliende de los dichos naturales como dos tiros de Arcabuz +De la uilla de los espanoles qe se llama la villa del ssantisimo nombre +de Jesus porqe alli se allo vn nino Jesus del tiempo de magallanes +qe los yndios tenian en beneracion, vn pueblo de los naturales ques +de la Rel Corona qe tiene como ochocientos yndios los quales por +el adelantado miguel lopes de legazpi fueron Reseruados de tributo +por auer sido siempre en fauor de los espanoles y auer ayudado a +ganar pte de las otras yslas. _notables de la ysla de cubu_ auia en +la poblacon de los espanoles treynta y tantos encomenderos. Ay de +ordinario cinquenta o sesenta espanoles con los Vecinos y soldados +qe Acuden alli, _alld mayor en cubu_. Ay Vna leal de [ = Vn alcalde] +mayor proveido por los gouernadores destas yslas con trecientos +pesos de salario pagados de penas de Camara y no Alcancando en +la Real hacienda el Alcalde mayor asta agora no a proueydo ningun +theniente Ay seis Regidores los quales asta agora an sido cadaneros +y Vn alguacil mayor proveydo por los gouernadores que an sido y esta +a beneplacito del goueror quitarle y ponerle es oficio qe no tiene +prouechos ninguno y asi se da a un encomendero hombre principal, ay +dos Alcaldes hordinarios y Vn escriuano de cabildo y publico que si +no fuesen encomenderos de los derechos, no podrian sustentarse por +no auer en aquella villa ningun comercio por estar a trasmano, tiene +El mejor puesto qe se a allado en estas yslas y por esso poblo alli +miguel lopes de legazpi el qual fundo la dicha villa ano de sesenta +y quatro podria ser qe con el trato del maluco fuese a mas porqe no +siendo de aqui no tiene otra pte de donde le venga ninguna contratacion +porque su comarca es pobre porqe en todo su destricto aunqe es mucho +no Ay minas de oro ni lauaderos sino es in la ysla de mindanao como +se dira Adelante y eso es poco en esta ysla de cubu se coje poco aRoZ +coje se Vorona y millo y tiene poco Algodon a casi ninguno porque la +Ropa que vsan para su vestir. es sacada de vnos platanos y dello hacen +vnas mantas como bocaci de colores qe llaman los naturales medrinaqe +y en estas yslas la que tiene aRoz y Algodon, es tierra Rica por lo +que vale en la nueva espana el algodon y las mantas, la condicion +de la gte dire despues de todos los pintados en general porqe todos +son de vna manera tienen tambien gallinas y puercos y algunas cabras +frisoles y vnas Rayces como batatas de sancto domingo qe llaman camotes +en esta ysla y en todas las demas el principal mantenimiento despues +del aRoz es pescado porqe en todas lo Ay en abundancia y bueno--[En +esta ysla de cubu aun qe en todas las yslas que se an descubierto en +estas partes ay benados en esta no ay ninguno y si lo traen de fuera +y lo hechan en ella se muere luego.] [9]-- + +_Ysla De matan_ Al sur de la poblacon de cubu como dos tiros de +arcabuz esta la ysla de matan, ques donde mataron a magallanes ques +la que hace el puerto de cubu, y tiene como quatro leguas de circuyto +y media legua de Ancho, ay en ella como trecientos yndios en quatro +o cinco pueblos pequenos es proprios de la villa-- + +_ysla de Vohol_. dela Otra vanda desta ysla de matan mas al sur +esta la ysla de Vohol como ocho leguas apartada de la poblacon de +cubu qe tiene como dos mil yndios es de encomienda los naturales +desta ysla. son muy aparentados, con los cebuanes y son casi todos +vnos, los naturales della, qe Viuen en las playas son por la mayor +parte grandes pescadores, son grandes bogadores y ansi solian andar +antes qe viniesen, los espanoles a Robar en corco en sus nauios y +son contratantes, solia auer en esta ysla Vna gran poblacon poco +tiempo antes qe viniesen a estas yslas los espanoles--los malucos la +saquearon, y toda la mayor pte de la gente se repartio por las demas +yslas donde agora auitan las poblacones de la sierra adentro son +pequenas y pobres y aun no del todo sujetos, ay en esta ysla mucha +abundancia de caca de Venados y puercos, y en muchas ysletas qe tiene +alderredor de si despobladas a donde ay tambien grandes pesquerias +tendra de circuyto como quarento leguas y ocho a diez de ancho-- + +_Yslas de negros_. Por la vanda del hueste de la ysla de cubu esta otra +ysla que los espanoles llaman ysla de negros porqe en las serranias +ay algunos negros, los yndios la nombran por diferentes nombres como +es nayon y ma maylan y otros nombres conforme a los pueblos qe tiene +en cada pte della terna como seys o siete mil yndios. la cantidad de +los negros no se sabe porqe no estan de paz, por la pte que esta hacia +cubu es poco poblada, porqe solo tiene vna poblacon, buena que es el +Rio de tanay y la mitad de los yndios de Aquel Rio son los yndios qe +fueron de bohol, por la vanda del sur qe confina con la ysla de panay +y villa de Areualo es bien poblada porqe estan alli los Rios de ylo +ynabagan bago y carobcop tecgaguan qe son fertiles de comida como es +aRoz puercos y gallinas y mucho medrinaque aunqe no tienen algodon +la pte qe confina con la ysla de cubu esta apartada de la dicha ysla +como dos leguas y media y por la pte que confina, qe confina con la +ysla de panay y villa de areualo tiene otro tanto porqe estas yslas +hace dos estrechos el vno hace con la ysla de zubu y el otro con la +ysla de panay, la pte qe cae A la ysla de cubu ay tres encomenderos +por la parte de la ysla de panay y villa de areualo ay otros ocho +encomenderos que si no son los dos todos los demas tienen encomiendas +en otra pte terna esta ysla nouenta leguas de box y de Ancho como +doce o trece leguas no tiene su magd en esta ysla ningunos pueblos-- + +_ysla de fuegos_ Cerca del estrecho qe hace la ysla de negros y la +ysla de cubu esta vna ysla qe llamamos nosotros ysla de fuegos qe +terna diez leguas de box terna como ducientos yndios esta es demasia +de vn encomendero cojese en ella cantidad de cera + +_ysla de camotes_. Por la pte del leste de la ysla de cubu esten dos +ysletas pequenas qe ternan de box cada vna cinco leguas que llaman +ysletas de camotes ternan entrambas como trecientos yndios son proprios +de la ciudad de cubu es gte pobre aunqe tienen alguna cera, y mucho +Pescado son las poblacones pequenas de siete y a ocho casas estan +apartadas de la ysla de cubu como tres leguas y siete de la ciudad-- + +_ysla de baybay_ Corriendo mas hacia la buelta del leste como otras +tres leguas esta la ysla qe llaman de baybay y por otro nombre +leyte ques ysla grande y muy abundante de comida aunqe la Ropa es +de medrinaqe es muy poblada terna como catorce o quince mil yndios +y de los diez mil dellos se cobran tributos porqe a sido gte mala +de domenar tiene doce encomenderos no tiene su magd en ella ningunos +yndios, terna esta ysla como ochenta leguas de box y de Ancho quince +o diez y seys, las Poblacones y Rios principales son los siguintes +Vaybay, yodmuc, leyte, cauigava, barugo, maraguincay palos, abuyo, +dulaque y longos, bito, cabalian, calamocan, Tugud no ay en esta ysla +minas ni lauaderos ni se coje otra Ropa sino de medrinaque que como +tengo dicho es como bocaci qe se hace de vnos platanos cimarrones-- + +_ysla de panaon_ Entre esta ysla y la ysla de mindanao qe corre la +vna con la otra norte sur esta la ysla de panaon, terna ocho leguas +De circuyto y tres de ancho es gente pobre abra como cien hombres +son de vn encomendero-- + +_ysla de siargao_--Mas adelante como doce leguas de la ysla de panaon +aRimada a la ysla de mindanao esta la ysla de siargao la qual terna +como quince leguas de box y seys de ancho terna como quatrocientros +hombres, las poblacones estan en vnas [10] [poblacones: _crossed out +in MS_.] esteros asperos y de mala condicion es de un encomendero, +es gente pobre por ser aragana porqe tiene muchas ysletas pequenas +aldeRedor de si en las quales ay muchos labaderos, De oro y minas, +dicen qe no las labrauan porqe los cosarios qe sabiendo que estauan +alli beneficiandolas le venian alli a cautiuar, pero tanpoco lo +hacen agora qe estan seguros por donde se puede ynferir que lo hacen +de flojedad-- + +_ysla de macagua_ A la vanda del hueste de la ysla de baybay esta vna +ysleta pequena que se llama macagua de quien tantos milagros contaua +el padre fray Andres de Urbaneta qe terna como quatro leguas de box y +vna de ancho, tiene como sesenta hombres es demasia de vn encomendero +es gente pobre y miserable no tiene sino sal y pescado-- + +_ysla de maripipe_. A la otra vanda del nordeste de la ysla de baybay +esta la ysla que llaman de maripipe ques tierra muy alta y por ser +muy fragosa es esteril, terna como siete leguas de box y dos y media +de ancho terna como cien yndios. + +_ysla de limancaguayan_ mas cerca del estrecho y cavo del espu +sancto esta otra ysla apartada desta como tres leguas que se llama +limancaguayan que terna otro tanto box como maripipe y otros cien +hombres es tierra qe se cojen en ella aRoz y medrinaque, son estas +dos yslas de vn encomendero y la yslas de fuegos que diximos Atras.-- + +_ysla de masbate_ mas al nor nordeste desta ysla De leyte esta la +ysla de masbate qe terna como treynta leguas de box y seys de ancho, +tiene como quinientos yndios es de vn encomendero aqui ay minas de oro +de donde se sacaua cantidad porque los naturales de camarines venian a +labrar alli las minas anse absentado de Alli por causa de los espanoles +y asi no se benefician, e tomado por centro de todas estas yslas que +E dicho la ysla de leyte porque son todas ellas comarcanas a ella.-- + +_ysla de bantayan_ A la vanda del norte de a ysla de cubu apartada +della como dos leguas esta la ysla de bantayan que terna ocho leguas de +box y dos de ancho tiene cerca de mil yndios y son de vn encomendero +[y: _crossed out in MS._] ella y la ysla de Vohol aRiba dicho, la +gente della es buena gente tratante tienen grande pesquerias que es +ysla de hecha muchos baxos tiene pesqueria de perlas aunqe poca cosa +no se coje en ella sino a Millo y borona y no se coje ningun arroz por +ques tierra toda de mal pais aunque llana algunos de los naturales +desta ysla hacen sus sementeras en la ysla de cubu, como digo esta +dos leguas de trauesia tiene muy buenos palmares y lo mismo se a +de entender de todas las yslas de los pintados porque todas lellas +abundan en gran cantidad de palmas-- + +_Ysla de capul_ Es la ysla que hace estrecho con la ysla de lucon +por donde entran los nauios qe vienen de espana, tiene como doce +leguas de box quatro de ancho tiene como quinientos yndios, es de vn +encomendero es gente pobre cogen aRoz y medrinaque-- + +_Ysla de viri_. mas al llegar hacia el cauo del espu santo esta [y: +_crossed out in MS._] la ysla De biri en el proprio estrecho, terna +como cinco leguas de box y dos de ancho, tiene como cien hombres, +esta y macagua son de vn encomendero-- + +_ysla de ybabao_ Al sueste de la ysla de baybay esta la ysla de +ybabao qe por otro nombre llaman la ysla de candaya qe terna siento +y diez leguas de box no se a andado por ella por tierra y ansi no se +sabe lo que tiene de ancho dicen que los naturales que tiene tanta +gente como la ysla de baybay y que es fertil y abundante de comida, +los qe los espanoles avran descubierto seran como cinco mil yndios +en las poblacones siguientes + + + + El pueblo de daguisan + El Rio de ylaga + El Rio de yba + El Rio de basey + los pueblos de hubun + los pueblos de balingigua + los pueblos de guiguan + El Rio de sicaualo + El Rio de bolongan + El Rio de sibato + El pueblo de tinagun + El Rio de caluiga + los esteros de vlaya + El Rio de paguntan + El Rio de napundan + El Rio de bolo + El Rio de pono + El Rio de gamay + los pueblos de panpan + El Rio de catubi + El Rio de Volonto + El Rio de yuatan + El Rio de pagaguahan + El Pueblo de baranas + El pueblo de arasan + + + +_Yslas de bantac_. Junto a la ysla de ybabao por la vanda del leste +ques el golfo de nueua espana estan dos yslas qe llaman bantac qe +tienen poca gente a lo qe dicen los yndios no se a entrado en ellas-- + +_Ysla verde_ En esta misma costa frontera de los pueblos de guiguan qe +estan a la vanda del golfo esta la ysla verde terna como ocho leguas +de circuyto y quatro de Ancho tiene como ciento y cinquenta yndios + +_Ysla de canaguan_ De la otra vanda del hueste frontero del Rio de +tinahon esta la ysla de canaguan qe terna como quatro leguas de box +y vna de Ancho tiene como cien hombres-- + +_Ysla de Caguayan_ La ysla de caguayan esta casi aRimada a la ysla +de ybabao por la parte del hueste tiene tres leguas de box y vna de +ancho tiene ducientos hombres-- + +_Ysla de batac_. la ysla de batac questa junto a esta tierra, tiene +cien hombres, todas estas yslas qe E dicho son de los encomenderos +de cubu y juridicion de la ciudad desuerte qe tiene de circuyto la +ciudad de cubu de juridicion contando cada ysla por si y lo qe esta +descubierto de la ysla de mindanao seyscientas y sesenta y siete +leguas.-- + +_Ysla de mindanao_ La ysla de mindanao es muy grande qe se entiende +ques la mas grande qe ay en todo lo qe esta descubierto asta agora +aunqe en ella Ay poca gente de paz porqe no ay sino es alguna poca y +esa es en la playa esta descubierto della que los espanoles an andado, +como ciento y cinquenta leguas, desde el Rio de catel asta el Rio +principal que llaman mindanao, desde la ciudad de cubu a la tierra +mas cercana qe es dapitan, se corre el sueste y es dapitan puerto y +esta enmedic de lo desCubierto de la ysla solia estar poblado agora +tiene poca gente cojese aRoz y oro porqe en toda la ysla ay labaderos y +minas Pero es tan poco qe no luce, desde Alli a la punta de la canela +ay mas de treynta Rios poblados + +_notables de la ysla de mindanao_ pero la gente de la playa es muy +Poca y esos son lutaos que es vn genero de homb es en esta tierra, +qe no tienen otra manera de viuir sino es Andar a pescar y en sus +nauios traen sus mugeres y perros y gatos y toda su hacienda, El +pescado que toman Rescatan en las serranias, + +_casas en arboles de las serranias de mindanao_ tienen estas serranos +desta ysla sus casas en vnos arboles los quales son tan grandes qe +auitan en vna casa encina de vn arbol quarenta y cinquenta hombres +Casados con sus familias y tienenlo como fuerte para defender se de +los enemigos por lo que se a Visto abundan en gran cantidad de cora, +es la tierra muy aspera y montuosa tienen mantas de medrinaqe-- + +EN la punta de cauite qe es en esta ysla es donde Ay la cantidad de +canela, estara quarenta leguas de dapitan, esta es la pte qe corre +hagia el maluco.-- + +_Isla de taguima_ Cerca desta punta de la canela esta la ysla de +taguima qe terna de box como catcore leguas y de Ancho quatro y tiene +como quios yndios es de dos enComenderos. ay en esta ysla gran cantidad +de gatos de Algalia por aqui pasan las naos de los portugueses qe Van +desde malaca a maluco por el clauo, y anles hecho los naturales desta +ysla mucho dano, y muchas veces pasando por alli contrayciones. En +toda la ysla de mindanao ay gatos de algalia pero gente Pobre de +comida y mantas-- + +_Ysla de soloc_ La ysla de soloc esta desuiada desta punta de +la canela Veynte leguas qe son moros de burney los que la poseen, +descubriose quando El Rio de burney terna como veynte y quatro leguas +de circuyto dicen qe tiene poco mas de mil hombres, dicen que ay en +ella elefantes y buena pesqueria de perlas. es un encomendero de los +de cubu es juridicion de aquella ciudad.-- + +_Prosigue la ysla de mindanao_ desde dapitan Volviendo la buelta del +nordeste asta llegar al Rio de butuan es todo de vn encomendero sino +son los pueblos de gonpot y cagayan que por ser pueblos qe Ay canela +estan en cabeca de su magd y esta es poca gte qe no tiene ducientos +hombres Deste proprio encomendero es desde dapitan asta cerca de la +punta de la canela que tiene mas de sesenta leguas de encomienda +en esta ysla de mindanao y es suya la ysla de soloc aRiua dicha y +tiene otra encomienda en la ysla de cubu, y con todo esto es pobre +[y muere de la hambre: _crossed out in MS_.] por lo qual no ay qe +hecar mano de todo lo que esta descubierto en la ysla de mindanao.-- + +_Rios. paniguian ydac matanda ytanda tago ono beslin. qe_ todo ello +terna como tres mil hombres pero esta la mayor pte de guerra. El Rio +de butuan ques de guido de la uecaris terna como seyscientos yndios, +qe estan en esta ysla, y mas adelante estan los rrios de surigao y +parasao y otros qe todo es pobre cosa aunque ay labaderos en ellos +de oro como son los Rio, paniguian, ydac, matanda ytanda, tago, ono, +beslin qe todo ella terna como tres mil hombres pero esta la mayor +pte de guerra.-- + +El Rio principal de mindanao ques el principal de la ysla de donde +tomo nombre la ysla de mindanao se a ydo dos Veces a descubrir y +ase traydo poca luz del anse Visto seys o siete Pueblos. El vno y +principal a donde auita el Reyecillo y otro qe se llaman tanpacan y +boayen y Valet y otros qe se aura Visto como poblacon de tres mill +hombres poco mas aunqe se tiene noticia de mucha gte-- + +_Ysla de camaniguin_. EN frente del Rio de butuan Viniendo hacia cubu +entre vohol y la ysla de mindanao esta la ysla de camaniguin terna +como diez leguas de box. tiene como cien yndios. esta desuiada la +vsla de mindanao dos leguas, es tierra muy alta y aspera cojese en +ella alguna cera es demasia de vn encomendero de la ciudad de cubu-- + + + + +Capo 2 + +_qe_ Trata de la Ysla de Panay y de su Juridicion-- + + +_Ysla de panay_ La ysla de panay qe esta desuiada de la ysla de gubu +por lo mas cercano doce leguas y de la ysla de negros dos leguas y +media la ysla mas fertil y abundante de todas las descubiertas sacado +la ysla de lucon porques muy fertil y abundante y de aRoz y puercos +y gallinas cera y miel, y gran cantidad de algodon y medrinaque las +poblacones estan muy juntas y todas ellas pacificas y faciles a la +conversion es tierra sana y de buenos mantenimientos desuerte que los +espanoles qe en otras partes de la ysla enferman Van alli a conualecer +y cobrar salud los naturales della es gente muy sana y limpia porque +aunque la ysla de cubu es tanbien sana y de buena constelacion, la +gente della por la mayor parte anda sienpre muy sarnosa, y con bubas, +y en esta ysla de panay, dicen los naturales qe jamas ningun natural +della tubo bubas, asta qe los boholanes como dixe aRiba qe a causa +de los malucos despoblaron a vohol vinieron a poblar a ella qe las +an pegado a algunos naturales. por estas causas El gouernador don +goncalo Ronquillo fundo en ella la Villa de areualo a la vanda del +sur porqe esta ysla corre casi norte sur, y aquella Vanda ay la mayor +cantidad, de gente y juntas las poblacones a la dicha Villa y la mayor +grosedad de la tierra, Ay en ella quince encomenderos que teman entre +todos cerca de Veynte mil yndios todos de paz que pagan su tributo, +y por estar cercana la vanda de ysla de negros qe Confina con ella +el dicno gouernador le dio por juridicion los Rios de ylo, ynabagan, +pago, ycarobcop ytecgaguan qe como aRiba queda dicho es lo mejor de +la ysla de negros y ansi aCuden a hacer alli sus casas y es El pueblo +mas bastecido que Ay en las yslas. desta ysla de panay se saca agora +para la ciudad de manila y otras partes gran cantidad de aRoz y carne, + +_alld mayor de areualo con 300 po_s de salarjo. ay en la villa +desta ysla Vn alcalde mayor, quatro regidores, vn alguacil mayor, dos +alcaldes hordinarios y Vn escriuano publico y del cauildo los Regidores +son perpetuos el alguacil mayor por el tiempo qe lo fuere el alcalde +mayor el escriuano como es poblacon nueua y ay pocos pleytos no tiene +prouechos sino es de los pleytos de los yndios porqe sale a visitar +fuera con el alcalde mayor y de otras comisiones qe se le cometen a +la justicia tiene la villa de juridicion tres leguas en circuyto de +la dicha villa no tiene proprios.--las principales poblacones desta +ysla son las siguientes + + + + El pueblo de oton junto a la villa + El pueblo de ticbaguan-- + El Rio de jaro.-- + El Rio de yvahay-- + El Rio de ajuy.-- + El Rio de harahut + El Rio de panay + El Rio de aclan + El Pueblo de antiqe + El Pueblo de bugason + + + +y otros de menos Cantidad, tiene El alcalde mayor de salario trecientos +pesos librados en las penas de camara y si no alcancare en la Real +caxa cobra por comission del goueror y de los oficiales Reales los +tributos qe pertenecen a su magd en aquella ysla. qe seran poco mas +de dos mil hombres, en el Rio de haraut y Rio de ajuy y Rio de panay +y los quintos del oro que se labra ques casi nada esta esta uilla, +apartada de la ciudad del ssmo nome de jhs. qe esta en la ysla de cubu +cerca de cinquenta leguas y por la abundancia de madera y comida a +auido aqui casi siempre astillero en esta ysla y lo ay agora a donde +esta poblada agora la uilla de areualo de galeras y fragatas y aqui +se hico tambien la nao visaya, tiene de box esta ysla cien, leguas. + +_Ysla de ymaraes_ Desuida como dos tiros de arcabuz desta ysla de +panay esta la ysla de ymaraes qe terna de Box como doce leguas, +terna quinientos yndios es de vn de los encomenderos de la ysla de +panay es abundante de aRoz algodon miel y cera y mucha caca y esta es +muy hordinario en todas las yslas auer abundancia dello tiene mucha +madera y della se saca para los astilleros y para labrar todas las +casas de la comarca, entra en la jurisdicion de la villa de areualo +aunqe tiene tanto circuyto. + +_Ysla de cuyo_ frontero de antiqe ques en la ysla de panay a la +vanda del hueste al mesmo Rumbo desuiada como diez y seys leguas +esta la ysla de cuyo ques de vno de los encomenderos de la ysla de +panay, terna ochocientos hombres, tienen cantidad de aRoZ es el grano +colorado porque la tierra lo es Ansi Cria se gran cantidad de Cabras +ques la tierra aparejada Para ello, tienen grandes Pesquerias cojen +se algunas perlas, labranse alli muy buenas mantas de algodon aunque +El algodon no se coje alli solian acudir alli muchos nauios de burney +al Rescate del bruscay que son vnos ciertos caracolillos que hecha +la mar ques moneda en sian como El cacao en la nueva espana es de +la juridicion de areualo nunca a entrado en ella ninguna justa tiene +esta ysla doce leguas de box. + +_ysletas de lalutaya_ Cercanas a esta ysla estan cinco [_sic_] +ysletillas qe se llaman la lutaya, dehet bisucay, cadnuyan, tacaguayan, +lubit tinotoan, es gente muy pobre son esclauos de los principales de +la ysla de Cuyo aura poco mas de cien hombres en todas estas ysletas +viuen de hacer sal y petates qe son estera por ser gte miserable y +en esto pagan su tributo--terna seys leguas de box esta ysla. + +_Ysla de osigan_ Ala vanda del nordeste De la ysla de panay desbiada +como tres leguas de lo vltimo de la ysla esta la ysla de osigan qe +nosotros llamamos ysla de tablas qe terna diez y ocho leguas de box +ques tierra muy montuosa cojese en ella cera aura como ducientos y +cinquenta yndios en poblacones pequenas-- + +_Ysla de cibuyan_ Mas adelante como seys leguas desta ysla esta la +ysla de cibuyan terna como doce leguas de box y seys de ancho terna +como trecientos yndios y estas dos son de vno de los encomenderos +de la ysla de panay en esta ysla ay muy buenas minas de oro pero +labranlas mal por ser todos los yndios pintados muy araganes son +dejuridicion de areualo--_Ysla de buracay_ Como dos tiros de arcabuz +de la caueca De la ysla de panay qe esta a la Vanda del norte esta la +ysla de buracay. tiene como tres leguas de box y media de ancho tiene +cien yndios no se coje alli aRoz sino tienen granjeria de algunas +cabras--_ysla de anbil_ Media legua desta ysla esta otra qe se llama +Anbil tiene como tres leguas de box y Vna de ancho y tiene cinquenta +yndios son casi todos carpinteros de nauios-- + +_ysla de simara_ Desuiada como dos leguas de la ysla de tablas qe se +llaman osigan esta la ysla de simara qe terna quatro leguas de box +y dos de Ancho tiene ciento y cinquenta hombres es gente tratante +tiene cabras y por esto se llama ysla de cabras esta desuiada de la +ysla de panay como doce leguas.-- + +_ysla de siVaay_ Desta punta de la ysla de panay qe esta a la Vanda +del norte corriendo al hueste a quatro leguas esta la ysla de siVaay +qe tiene cinco leguas de box y legua y media de Ancho tiene setente +yndios--_ysla de similara_. Mas adelante como tres leguas aRimada a la +ysla de mindoro esta la ysla De similara qe tiene nouenta yndios. tiene +de box quatro leguas y de Ancho vna legua, toda la gente destas ysletas +es gente qe tiene poca cosecha hacen mucha sal y son tratantes-- + +_ysla de batbatan_ Mas abajo desta punta de panay hacia El sur desuiada +como legua y media de la dicha ysla de panay esta la ysla de bacbatan +que tiene ochenta yndios, tiene de box como tres leguas y Vna de +Ancho hacen sus sementeras y cojen la cera en la ysla de panay, +todas estas yslas Buracay, anbil, simara siuaay similara bacbatan +son de vn encomendero, de los de la ysla de panay-- + +_ysla de banton_ Como legua y media de la ysla de simara o de cabras +esta la ysla de banton qe terna como ocho leguas de box y tres de +Ancho tiene ducientos yndios es tierra muy aspera, ay muchos palmares +y crianse muchas batatas y names cojen cera son tratantes-- + +_ysla de donblon_ La ysla de donblon esta entre cibuyan E ysla de +tablas tiene siete leguas de circuyto y tres de Ancho tiene como +ducientos y cinquenta yndios. es tierra de mucha cera esta ysla de +donblor y la de banton son de vno de los encomenderos de la ysla de +panay y su juridicion de la villa de areualo, la ysla de ymaras y +la ysla de cuyo, la ysla de bacbatan, la ysla De sivahi, la ysla de +similara, la ysla de buracay, la de anbil, la de simara, la de osaygan, +la de banton, la de donblon, la de cibuyan y mas lo principal de la +ysla de negros qe desde la punta de sita-rauaan asta siparay que son +mas de veynte leguas ques lo poblado de aquella ysla De negros. La ysla +de banton qe es lo mas apartado de la juridicion estara como cinquenta +y cinco o cincuenta y seys leguas des-Viada de la villa de areualo-- + +_Ysla de Cagaian_ DE la villa de areualo corriendo la buelta del sur +sudueste qe es yr mas en fuera porqe para alli no ay otras yslas sino +son las que llaman de cagayan qe son dos ysletas bajas desuiadas de +la ysla de panay como quince leguas son cercadas De muchos aRacifes +bajos que si no se sabe bien la entrada ques angosta corren Riesgos +los nauios que van A Ellas. estas yslas estan Pobladas qe ternan como +quatro cientos hombres qe todos ellos son muy excelentes officiales +de hacer nauios dicen los naturales dellos qe Algunos anos a qe Por +temor de los cosarios poblaron aquellas yslas por estar fuertes con +los Arracifes y qe despues aca se an querido Voluer a Viuir a la ysla +De panay y morianseles gran cantidad de las mugeres y Viendo esto como +son agoreros, voluieronse otra Vez a las yslas de cagayan y de Alli +salen cada Ano y se Reparten por todas las a hacer nauios estos yndios +cagayanes an hecho las naos qe se an hecho en estas yslas de su magd y +las galeros y galeotas y fragatas estos Ayudan a Remendar los nauios y +adrecarlos y Ansi es la gente mas ymportante qe Ay en estas yslas por +este efecto el Adelantado miguel lopes de legazpi las dio por demasia +a los encomenderos de la ysla de negros despues Aca por parecer cosa +conuiniente se an puesto en cabeca de su magd de suerte qe tiene de +juridicion la villa de areualo cerca de ducientas y cinquenta leguas. + + + + + +Capo 3o + +_Qe_ Trata de la ysla de lucon + + +_ysla de lucon_ La ysla e lucon as la mas principal ysla de todo lo +descubierto porques poblada de mucha gte es muy abastecida de aRoz +y muchas minas donde se a sacado gran cantidad de oro especial de +la prouincia de los ylocos. esta Repartida EN tres prouincias digo +la principal della la principal es donde esta fundada la ciudad de +manilla cabeca deste Reyno a donde Reside El gouernador, en ella +ay el mayor concurso de espanoles qe Ay en todas las yslas, legua y +media de la ciudad esta El puerto de cauite donde Vienen las naos qe +vienen de nueua espana en el Rio desta ciudad entran los nauios qe +vienen de china qe de hordinario aCuden muchos al Rescate tiene aqui +su magd vn fuerte con vn alcayde tres officiales Reales proueydos por +su magd vn sargento mayor y Vn alferez mayor proueydos por su magd vn +alguacil mayor de corte vn Alguacil mayor de la ciudad vn secretario de +gouernacion, escriuano de Cauildo, quatro escriuanos publicos. Reside +En esta ciudad El obpo de todas las yslas qe tiene en ella su silla y +la yglesia catedral. Ay siete Regidores En esta ciudad los tres son +proprietarios proueydos por su magd qe son El Capitan Juan de Moron +don luis enrriquez, po de herrera, los quatro son Proueydos por El +goueror qe son El capitan grauiel de Ribera, El capitan Joan maldonado +el capitan Bergara El capitan Ro aluarez. Ay vn monasterio de frayles +augustinos y otro de frayles descalcos, y vna casa de la compania. + +Esta esta ciudad fundada en medio de vna ensenada grande y terna +de Box cerca de Veynte leguas, toda esta ensenada es muy fertil y +Abundante, esta poblada de moros yndustriados de los de burney. El +Rio aRiua desta ciudad como cinco leguas tiene vna laguna de Agua +dulce qe terna de box mas de Veynte leguas tierra abundante de aRoz +y algodon Ricos de oro digo qe lo tienen en sus joyas qe Por aqui no +ay minas desta generacion de moros estan Poblados hasta los pueblos +de las batangas qe Adelante se dira la cantidad de gte qe son, destos +moros esta Poblada la ysla de mindoro y la de luban y no se Allan en +otra pte de las yslas porqe los de la prouja de Camarines qe es la +cabeca desta ysla qe esta a la Vanda deL leste que hace estrecho por +donde entran las naos qe Vienen de nueua espana es gente qe son casi +Pintados y aun los de la otra caueca desta ysla cae A la vanda del +sueste hacia los japones tanbien son casi semejantes a los pintados +aunqe No se pintan como ellos y traen diferentemente oradadas las +orejas porqe La pintura destas dos prouincias es poca, los pintados +pintan se todo El cuerpo muy galanamente y los moros no se pintan +ninguna cosa ni se oradan las orejas ni traen El cauello largo +sino cortado al contrario de los visayas qe lo traen largo aunqe +las mugeres de los moros se horadan las orejas pero muy feamente, +de suerte qe los moros poseen la tierra mas fertil desta ysla pero +no tienen sino esta ensenada de manilla y quince leguas de costa. Ay +en la comarca desta ciudad las encomiendas siguientes:-- + +La encomienda de Vatan qe tiene ochocientos hombres-- + +La encomienda de vitis qe terna como siete mill hombres-- + +La encomienda De macabebe qe tiene dos mill y seyscientos hombres-- + +La encomienda De calonpite qe terna tres mill hombres-- + +La encomienda de Candaua, tiene dos mill hombres-- + +Junto a esta encomienda esta vn pueblo qe De su Antiguedad le llaman +Castilla pequeno ques de su magd tiene setenta hombres-- + +La encomienda de Pale tiene trecientos hombres.-- + +La encomienda de binto que tiene quatrocientos hombres.-- + +La encomienda de malolos tiene ochocientos hombres-- + +La encomienda de guiguinto tiene quatrocientos hombres + +La encomienda de malolos tiene ochocientos hombres + +La encomienda de Caluya qe es de su magd tiene seyscientos hombres + +en todas estas Encomiendas aRiba dhas solian auer vn alcalde mayor +y hagora despues qe Vino don goncalo proueyo los siguientes.-- + +_Corregidor de batan_. En batan vn Corregidor qe +tiene de salario ciento y cinquenta pessos.-- + +_allde_ mayor de lubao. En lubao otro que tiene de salario trezios pos. + +_allde_ myor de calonpite En calonpite y macaueue otro trezios pos. + +_allde_ mayor de candaua. En candaua y en otras dos encomiendas, +otro dozientos pos + +_allde_ myor de bulacan. En bulacan y su comarca otro con ducientos +Pesos de salario. + +todas estas encomiendas hablan vna lengua y aca junta a la ciudad +por la costa hablan otra desde tondo qe es de la otra vanda del Rio +desta ciudad tiene Este Pueblo de tondo mil y trecientos y cinquenta +yndios son de su magd + +El pueblo de quiapo qe es tambien de su magd + +El pueblo de pandacan qe es de vn encomendero, tiene ciento y +cinquenta hombres-- + +El Pueblo de santa Maria qe es de vn encomendero qe tiene [_blank +space in MS_.] + +El Pueblo de capaques ques de su magd tiene ducientos hombres + +La encomienda de pasic ques de Vn encomendero qe tiene dos mil hombres + +La encomienda de tagui ques de otro encomendero qe tiene seyscientos +y sesenta hombres-- + +La encomienda De taytay qe tiene quinientos Yndios. todas estas +encomiendas desde tondo estan en el Rio de manilla asta llegar a +la laguna, y es juridicion todo de vn Alcalde mayor el qual tiene +proueydo vn theniente en tondo, lleva El Alcalde mayor de salario +ducientos Pesos y El teniente ciento-- toda la laguna tiene otro +Alcalde mayor en las poblaciones siguientes-- + +La encomienda de maribago tiene trecientos hombres. + +La encomienda De tabuc tiene [_blank space in MS._] + +La encomienda De Vahi tiene dos mill y quinientos hombres + +La de pila mil y seyscientos hombres.-- + +La encomienda de mayay quatrocientos hombres. + +La encomienda de lumban mili y quinientos hombres + +La encomienda de maracta qe es de su magd seyscientos hombres. + +La encomienda de balian; seyscientos hombres + +La encomienda de sinoloan setecientos hombres + +La encomienda de moron mil y cien hombres + +estas dos encomiendas postreras tienen mucha mas gte sino qe estan de +guerra en las serranias, todo esto es Dentro de la laguna Voluiendo +A la costa de manilla De la otra uanda de tondo estan los pueblos +siguientes. + +La Playa en la mano laguo, malahat, longalo, palanac, Vacol minacaya, +cauite, todos estos estan en la comarca de cauite y son de su magd +tienen tributarios al principio de la ensenada frontero de la otra +punta ques batan esta + +_alde_ myor de la costa La encomienda de maragondon qe tiene +quatrocientos y cinquenta hombres todos estos pueblos de la playa +aRiua dichos y qe son de su magd y esta encomienda de maragondon +tiene vn alcalde mayor qe tiene trecientos pesos de salario-- + +fuera de la ensenada de manilla Voluiendo a la vanda del leste +estan los pueblos de los vajos de tuley qe son de su magd qe tiene +tributarios-- + +_corregidor de balayan_ La encomienda de balayan qe es de vn +encomendero qe tiene seyscientos hombres en esto esta proueydo vn +corregidor que tiene de salario ciento y cinquenta pesos-- + +_alde_ myor de bonvon. Esta luego la laguna de bombon qe terna como +tres mil y quatrocientos hombres y luego los pueblos de las Batangas qe +tienen mill hombres qe es de vn encomendero, en estas dos encomiendas +Ay otro alcalde mayor, toda esta tierra Desde tuley Asta batangas son +moros como esta dicho es gente muy Rica De algodon y posseen mucho +oro de sus antePasados-- + +Pasado la poblacon de las batangas qe aRiua tenemos dicho yendo la +costa en la mano la buelta de camarines como tres leguas esta El Rio +del lobo que tiene como cien yndios luego esta maribago a dos leguas +a donde Ay minas De oro ay aqui como cien yndios adelante esta El +pueblo de biga que terna como ciento y cinquenta yndios. adelante +esta galuan qe tiene otros ciento y cinquenta, todos estos pueblos +son de Vn encomendero, mas Adelante por la Costa esta el Rio de dayun +qe terna seyscientos yndios, y mas adelante esta el Rio de tubi que +tiene en los tingues como quinientos yndios, + +luego esta el Rio de carilaya y otras poblaciones pequenas por alli +que ternan todas como quinientos yndios + +Adelante esta el Rio de caguayan qe terna como Ducientos yndios todo +esto es de otros tres encomenderos y es todo juridicion del alcalde +mayor de mindoro y agora comienca la prouja de camarines aunqe ay +algunos poblacones en medio de poca ymportancia. + + + + +Capo 4o + +_qe_ Trata de las proujas de Camarines + + +_Proujas_ de camarines y vicor. La costa adelante, en el Rio depasacao +comiencan las prouincias de vicor y camarines las quales como E dicho +aRiba esta A la vanda Del leste al entrar de las yslas philipinas +desembarcandose en el Rio de pasacao qe esta setenta leguas de la +ciudad de manilla por la mar y caminando tres leguas Por tierra se +va a dar al Rio de vicor que su Vertiente tiene en la contra costa +de la ysla de la vanda del norte + +_alld myor de camarines_ a donde Esta Poblada la villa de caceres +a donde reside Vn alcalde mayor qe tiene de salario trezientos pos, +ay Dos Alcaldes hordinarios y seys Regidores nombrados por el goueror +por el tiempo qe fuere su voluntad esta esta villa de caceres situada +en medio de toda la Prouja en el Rio de vicor en el qual Rio Ay ocho +encomenderos, los siete ternan a setecientos yndios cada vno y El otro +tiene dos mill y su magd tiene en el mismo Rio dos mil yndios en los +pueblos de minalagua y nagua, por este Rio se Va a dar a Vna laguna +que llaman la laguna de libon qe tiene poca gte en la comarca della +esta vna encomienda qe tiene mil y quinientos yndios en el Pueblo +de libon y sus subjetos desta laguna por esteros qe tiene con estar +en medio de la sierra se puede yr a yguas y albay y a camarines y +a bicagua, y a otras partes, todos los encomenderos desta villa de +caceres son veynte y quatro qe los catorce entiendense Con los siete +qe diximos aRiua a Setecientos yndios y el vno a dos mill y El otro +qe diximos de la laguna De libon ay mil y quinientos los demas ternan +a trecientos yndios cada vno, pagan En el Rio vicor el tributo en +oro y aRoz qe se coje mucho Porqe Ay en esta Provincia las minas de +paracale qe estan diez y seys leguas de la villa qe son buenas minas +y tambien lo traen de catanduanes qe esta treynta leguas De la villa +la villa no tiene proprios ni juridicion son juridicion del alcalde +mayor de la prouincia de laguna y qe terna mill y quios hombres. Esta +Repartida en tres encomenderos Albay y baquian ternan ochocientos +yndios esta Repartida en dos encomenderos, camarines esta en Vno, +terna quinientos hombres-- + +Libon en Vn encomendero myl y quinientos hombres La prouincia +de Paracale y su costa asta mahuban terna dos mill hombres, esta +Repartida en tres encomenderos y El Rey tiene aqui pte + +La vaya de yualon terna mil y quinientos hombres, esta Repartida +endos encomenderos-- + +_ysla de catanduanes_. La ysla de catanduanes terna quatro mil +hombres esta Repartida en quatro encomenderos. el salario que tiene +El alcalde mayor son trecientos pesos paganse de penas de camara +y si no de la Real Caxa no prouee theniente ninguno sino es en la +villa saliendo fuera tiene esta villa Vn escriuano proueydo por el +goueror qe por tener poco qe hacer en la villa acude tambien a los +negocios del alcalde mayor y sale a visitar con el. valdrale todo +como quatrocientos pesos cada Ano. + +Ay en esta villa vn tesorero proueydo por El gouernador gana ducientos +pesos de salario. tiene quenta de cobrar los tributos de su magd Va +a dar cuento cada ano a la ciudad de manilla.-- + +la calidad de la tierra es buena y sana y cojese cantidad de Arroz +ay cantidad de palmas qe sacan vino y hacen mucho aguardiente + +los naturales desta prouincia son casi como E dicho como los pintados +aunque estos son mas araganes porqe se ocupan casi todos los dias +en beuer y las mugeres acuden a las labrancas estan en parcialidades +como los pintados y tienen las mesmas costumbres + +Adorauan todos estos a un ydolo de palo mal agestado hablauan con el +de monio y ay muchos Echiceros, por no auer Residido en esta prouincia +no se su manera de sacrificios ni E allado quien me lo diga.-- + +_minas_ Ay minas como e dicho en paracale y en la Vaya De caporaguay en +la ysla de catanduanes qe todo es en la comarca desta Villa de caceres + +_Distancias_ Dende pasacao yendo boxeando la ysla la buelta del lesto +hacia bu aygan veynte leguas y voluiendo la costa al norueste Ay asta +El Rio de vicor sesenta leguas qe todo esto se ataja con las tres +leguas qe ay dende pasacao al Rio de Vicor y desde el Rio de Vicor asta +la punta de los babuyanes ques en la otra caueca de la ysla qe como E +dicho es hacia los japones Ay ciento y veynte leguas qe es cosa costa +braua corre norueste sueste no esta poblada toda esta tierra, sino +en tres Partes. la vna es la prouincia de valete qe terna ochocientos +yndios, y mas adelante diez leguas, esta casiguran qe aura quinientos +yndios esta pte es como los ylocos porqe estan en su contra costa +aunqe no se conmunican por ser la tierra muy aspera, y mas adelante +esta vn Rio qe llaman alanao ques poblado que ay en el oro y algodon +son los proprios indios como los de valete y casiguran en toda esta +costa no ay otra poblacon ninguna asta qe dende la punta de babuyanes +buelue la punta leste gueste asta dar en el Rio de cagayan qe es Rio +caudaloso y desde la punta esta la voca deste Rio ay doge leguas.-- + +_Rio de cagayan_ El Rio de cagayan es grande y caudaloso aunqe la +barra es baxa qe de pleamar tiene dos bracas y de baxa mar Vna tiene +grandes poblacones qe se tiene noticia que ay mas De treynta mill +hombres es gente qe cojen mucho aRoz. tienen muchos puercos tienen +algun oro aunqe ellos no tienen minas tratan con los ylocos. es tierra +enferma especialmente en bentando El norte + +_Yslas de mandato y buyon_. en esta contra costa cerca de la ysla +de lucon estan Des ysletas pobladas qe se llaman la vna mandato y la +otra buyon qe terna cada Vna como cinco leguas son pobladas de moros +porqe estan aRimadas a la mesma ysla de lucon frontero de la laguna +de manila. [_Marginal note:_ buelue la ysla de lucon desde la ciudad +de manilla donde comencamos la buelta hasta El rio de cagayan.] + +_ysla de marinduqe_. Entre la ysla de banton y la de lucon quatro +leguas de banton y cinco de la ysla de lucon esta la ysla de +marinduqe. que tiene como veynte y seys leguas de box, y ocho de ancho +aura en ella como mill hombres capul y ella son de Vn encomendero: son +yndios pintados aunqe no es juridicion de cubu, areualo ni camarines. + + + + + +Capo 5o + +_qe_ Trata de la Prouja de ylocos + + +_buelue la ysla de lucon. cambales_. En saliendo la ensenada de manilla +a la Vanda del norte; ques yendo hacia la prouincia de ylocos entra +luego la prouincia de los cambales en la qual abra como mill hombres, +son como chichimecos de la nueua espana sus costumbres son casi como +las de los moros, en el habito difieren porqe estos traen vnos panetes +Cortes y vna Ropilla como salta en barca con medias mangas y escotaddo +[el cuello: _crossed out in MS_.] traen en medio del pecho vna ynsinia +como de cruz, hecha de diferentes colores y a las espaldas, otra traen +la caueca tresquilada la mitad, que es desde la frente a la coronilla, +las poblacones qe se saben dellos son, marayomo, pinahuyu manaban, +buanguin, tuguy, polo, bongalon, dalayap, cabatogan, bacol, sus +bicios destos es a los qe matan hacerles vn agujero en las coronillas, +y sorber les por alli los sesos. + +_Prouincia de bulinao_ Luego esta bulinao qe son las de mas cambales +los quales estan puestos en caueca de su magd aura como quatrocientos +hombres de Paz aunqe ay mucha gente en las serranias es gte belicosa +qe su deleyte y contente es tener guerra Vnos con otros y cortar las +cabecas y colgar las de baxo de sus cassas el qe mas Cabecas tiene +en su casa ese es mas tenido y temido son labradores aunque en poca +cantidad son casi como chichimecos de la nueua espana, qe no se +an podido traer de Paz sino son los pueblos de bulinao como Dicho +tengo terna como quatrocientos yndios De Paz gente es que conocen +qe ay dios en el cielo pero en sus trauajos y enfermedades ynuocan, +a sus difunctos, y antePasados, como los Visayas.-- + +_Vaya de pangasinan_ Mas adelante como cinco leguas esta la prouincia +de pangasinan ques Vna Vaya que terna como seys leguas en torno, +salen a esta Vaya tres Rios caudales que decienden de las sierras de +las minas aura en esta Prouincia quatro mill hombres de paz. Ay seys +encomenderos y su magd. Esta enterado en lo mejor della de mill hombres +es gente qe en el traje y lengua son semejantes a los cambales aRiua +dichos aun qe es gente de mas Racon por ser contratante y asi tratan +con chinos, japones, y burneyes, y con los naturales destas yslas. es +muy abundante esta prouincia de vastimentos como es De aRoz, cabras, +y puercos. Ay mucha caca de bufanos porqe aunqe su principal negocio es +tratar, son grandes labradores, porqe Venden A los mineros la comida +y Ropa a trueqe de oro y este oro bueluen a Rescatar a los espanoles, +es gente muy celosa de sus mugeres y ansi si les cometen adulterio +las matan sin qe los parientes lo tengan a mal matan los hijos si +tienen muchos porqe no Viuan en proueca de la suerte qe Diximos de +los pintados, + +_alld myor de pangassinan_ de dos anos a esta parte ay vn alcalde +mayor con cien pesos de salario, dende esta Prouincia se Puede yr +a manilla por Camino muy llano y bueno y aura de camino, catorce, +o quince leguas hasta dar en los Rios de la capanpanga. + +_Puerto del Japon_ Quatro leguas adelante esta vn puerto qe llaman +el puerto del Japon qe Ay en el Vna poblacon de [espanol: _crossed +out in MS_.] yndios ques vna misma gte qe la de pangasinan. + +_Alinguey y baratao_ seys leguas mas adelante estan los pueblos de +alinguey y baratao en qe aura dos mill hombres era encomienda de +vn encomendero agora esta en la Rel corona toda es gente como la +de pangasinan.-- + +_purao_ quatro leguas mas adelante estan los Pueblos De purao en qe +aura dos mili hombres es de vn encomendero ques tambien de bitis +y lubao. la gente destos pueblos es Diferente en la lengua, a los +de atras, aunqe En los tratos y costumbres son semejantes y son +labradores, posseen mucho oro por ser vecinos de las minas estos no +matan los hijos como diximos de los de pangasinan-- + +_Pueblos de lumaquaqe_ tres leguas mas adelante, esta el valle qe +llaman de lumaquaqe en qe aura mill y quinientos hombres es la mitad +de un encomendero, y la otra mitad de su magd es gte semejante a la +de Purao-- + +_Pueblos de candon_ Dos leguas adelante estan los Pueblos de candon +tienen como mil y ochocientos hombres. estan encomendados en dos +encomenderos es vna gte como de la purao.-- + +_Prouja_ de maluacan tres leguas adelante esta la prouincja De +maluacan tiene como mil y ochocientos hombres estan encomendados en +el encomendero de bonbon-- + +_Valle de landan _ Dos leguas adelante, esta el valle De Landan qe +terna Como mill yndios, qe son del hospital De la ciudad De manilla + +_Pueblo de Vigan_ EN frente deste Valle esta El pueblo de Vigan +qe terna como ochocientos hombres. es de su magd E junto a el esta +poblada la villa fernandina qe Poblo guido de lavecaris El Ano de +setenta y cinco nombro en ella seys Regidores E dos alcaldes, E Vna +Justicia mayor de todas las prouincias de los ylocos, + +_alld mayor de ylocos_. pero con la venida de limahon se desbarato +y ansi agora, solo ay alli vn alcalde mayor con veynte o treynta +espanoles, qe Ay de hordinario alli ques a manera de presidio tiene +de salario trezientos pos el nombra los escriuanos que le parecen + +_Valle de bantay_. Una legua de la villa esta el Valle de Bantay qe +terna mili y seyscientos hombres es de vn encomendero-- + +_Valle de sinay_ tres leguas Adelante esta El Valle de sinay ques +Del mismo encomendero de bantay terna como otros mili y seyscientos +hombres. + +_El Valle de Vavo_. De Alli a dos deguas esta El valle de Vavo ques +de Vn encomendero qe terna como mill yndios + +_Prouia_ De cacaguayan E luego mas adelante esta la prouincia de +cacaguayan aura en ella como quatro mill hombres, los dos mill son +de dos encomenderos a cada mill y los dos mill son de su magd-- + +_Prouja_ de ylagua Adelante otras dos laguas esta la prouinia de +ylagua qe es de su magd en qe aura como cinco mill hombres pero no +estan todos de paz-- + +_Valle de dynglas_. La tierra a dentro desta Prouincia esta Vn valle +qe se dice de dinglas qe estara tres leguas de la mar qe terna dos +mill yndios es de vn encomendero. + +_Valle de Vicagua_ La costa Adelante de ylagua esta El valle de vicagua +en qe aura otros dos mill hombres, ay en el Dos encomiendas Desde +Aqui al Rio de cagayan ay veynte leguas y en el camino ay algunos +Rios y poblacones pero no estan de paz ni se sabe ques-- + +toda esta gente De los ylocos tienen casi su manera de viuir como +los pintados pero comen carne cruda de animales, y es gte quieta; +y pacifica, y enemiga de guerra, es gente muy baca, y de buena +condicion. De suerte qe ay desde la ciudad De manilla hasta El Ryo de +Cagayan por esta parte ciento y Diez leguas poco mas, o menos como he +dicho atras, por la breuedad no se a podido sacar mas particularidades +desta ysla de lugon qe es la principal Deste Reyno-- + +_Ysla de mindoro_ frontero destas encomiendas de bonbon y batangas +esta la ysla de mindoro qe la mayor pte de la gte della son moros, +tiene El pueblo de mindoro qe es buen puerto para naos, tres leguas +de trabesia de la ysla de lucon es aquel Puerto de su magd terna como +ducientos y cinquenta moros tiene de circuyto la ysla ochenta leguas +es poca poblada porqe en toda ella no se allan quinientos hombres +tiene algunos negros en las serranias qe cojen gran cantidad de cera +es muy pobre de bastimentos.-- + +_ysla de luban_ quatro leguas Desuiada desta ysla en la punta questa +al hueste que viene A caer frontero de la ensenada de manilla esta +la ysla de luban desuiada de la ciudad de manilla Veynte leguas, +frontero de la misma ensenada tiene esta ysla como diez leguas de +box tiene seys pueblos en qe aura como quinientos yndios-- + +Pegada esta ysla esta otra Pequena qe tambien tiene el mesmo nombre, +tendra como cien hombres, toda es vna misma gte qe la de luban + +_ysla de Elin_ Dos leguas deuiada de la ysla de mindoro a la vanda +del sur esta la ysla de Elin qe es de yndios visayas tiene de box +siete leguas ay en ella como ducientos yndios, + +_alld mayor de vindoro_. estas yslas la de mindoro y elin y luban +son de Vn encomendero y tienen todas vn alcalde mayor el qual tiene +tambien de juridicion en la ysla de lucon desde los batangas asta +que comienca la prouja De camarines a qe Volueremos hagora + +_yslas de los babayanes_. frontero del Rio de Cagayan estan siete +yslas qe llaman de los babuyanes estas estan mar enfuera, la buelta +de la china llaman se babuyanes porqe dellas se traen gran cantidad +de puercos a la prouincia de ylocos qe estos naturales llaman babuyes +y de alli les pusieron este nombre, tienese muy poca, noticia dellos. + +_ysla de calamianes_. la buelta de burney saliendo de la ciudad de +manilla Doce leguas de la ysla de Elin estan las yslas qe dicen de +los calamianes qe por estar a tras mano se tiene poCa noticia dellas, +digo de la gente qe tienen porqe solamente se an visto algunos pueblos +de las playas a donde se a ydo a cobrar tributo, los naturales qe +habitan en las playas son pintados los de las serranias son negros +cojen grandisima cantidad de cera, a cuyo Rescate aCuden casi de todas +las yslas, son faltos de Comida y de Ropa la principal de las yslas se +llama paraguan qe tiene ciento y cinquenta leguas de box, las otras +son yslas pequenas qe son las que ay pobladas. taniando binorboran +cabanga bangaan caramian y por otro nombre linapacan dipayan, coron +En todas estas yslas no se Cobra sino tributo de trecientos yndios +y ansi no se puede tener mucha noticia dellos, estas yslas son todas +juridicion del alCalde mayor de mindoro [y pagan tributos: _crossed +out in MS_.] y estan en la corona Real. + + + +Capitulo 6o + +_Qe_ trata de la gente de la yslas de los Pintados y sus condiciones. + + +La gente de las yslas de los Pintados es gte qe no es muy morena +es gte bien hecha y bien agestada ansi hombres como mugeres las +quales algunas son blancas, traen hombres y mugeres el cauello +largo Rebuelto a la coronilla de la caueca qe les agracia mucho +pintanse los barones todo El cuerpo de vnas labores muy galanas +con Vnas herrecuelos pequenos mojados en tinta qe yncorporados con +la sangre queda la pintura perpetua, es gente qe Viue sana porqe +la consteracion de la tierra es buena porqe casi no se alla ningun +hombre contrecho ni manco de naturaleca ni mudo ni sordo ni ningun +endemoniado ni loco y ansi Viuen sanos hasta muy Viejos, es gente +briosa y martista, andavan siempre en guerras por mar y por tierra, +ponense muy galanas joyas en las orejas qe las tienen oradadas por +dos partes y en la garganta y en los bracos. El Vestido es galano y +honesto, su vestires algodon o medrinaque y tambien usan seda, trayda +de la china y de otras partes. es gente muy dada Al vino qe lo hacen +de aRoz y de palmas y es bueno rraras Veces estan furiosos estando +borrachos porqe con dormirse las pasa la borrachera o en gracias, +quieren mucho a sus mugeres porqe ellos pagan El dote quando se casan, +y ansi aunqe les cometan adulterio nunca proceden contra ellas sino +contra los adulteros. tienen Vna cosa muy abominable qe tienen oradado +El miembro genital y por el agujero se meten un canuto de estano y +sobre aquel se ponen vna Rodaja a manera de espuela qe tiene Vn gran +palmo de rruedo qe pesan algunas dellas mas de media libra de estano, +ponenlas de veynte suertes ques cosa deshonesta tratarlo con estas +se juntan con sus mugeres pero no vsan dellas los serranos aunqe +todos generalmente se Retajan, pero dicen que lo hacen por su salud +y linpieca, no Reparan jamas quando se casan en si la muger esta +doncella o no. + +Las mugeres son hermosas aunqe deshonestas no se les da nada de cometer +adulterio porqe nunca las Castigan ellos por ello andan bien adrecadas +y honestamente porqe traen todas las carnes cubiertas. son muy linpias +y muy amigas de olores en grande estremo. Afrentanse de tener muchos +hijos por qe dizen que auiendose de Repartir la hacienda entre todos +qe quedaran todos pobres qe mas vale qe aya ouo y ese Rico, tienen +grande punto en sus casamientos porqe no se casara nadie sino es con +su semejante y ansi jamas se casan Principales, sino es con mugeres +principales, solian tener cada Vno las mugeres qe podian conprar y +sostentar, son ellas grandissimas alcaguetas y de sus proprias hijas y +ansi ninguna cosa se les da de ser Ruynes delante de las madres porqe +por esto no se les da ningun castigo aunqe los varones, no son tan +alcaguetes como los moros, quieren los hombres tanto a sus mugeres +qe si tienen guerras Vnos con otros el marido se acuesta y ayuda a +la parentela de la muger aunqe sea contra su proprio padre y hernos-- + + + + + +Cap. 7o + +_Qe_ Trata de la Opinion que Tienen los Naturales de las Yslas de +los Pintados del Principio del Mundo. + + +Ay dos diferencias de hombres en esta tierra qe aunqe son todos vnos +se tratan algun tanto diferentemente y casi siempre son enemigos los +Vnos los que Viuen en las marinas y los otros los que Viuen en las +serranias y si tienen alguna paz entre si es por la necesidad qe +tienen los Vnos de los otros para sustentar la vida humana, porqe +los de la serrania no pueden viuir sin el pescado y la sal y otras +cosas y tinajas y platos qe Vienen de otras partes, ni los de la playa +pueden Viuir sin el aRoz y algodon qe tienen los serranos y ansi tienen +dos opiniones, en lo del principio del mundo y por carecer de letras +guardan estos naturales sus antiguedades en los cantares los quales +cantan de ordinario en sus bogas como son yslenos con muy buena gracia +y en sus borracheras tienen cantores tambien De buenas Voces qe cantan +las hacanas pasadas y ansi siempre ay noticia de las cosas antiguas, +los de la playa qe llaman yligueynes tienen por opinion qe El cielo +y tierra no tuba principio y que tenian dos dioses qe se llamauan +el vno captan y El otro maguayen y qe el viento terral y El de la +mar se casaron y El de la tierra gomito Vna cana y qe aquesta cana +la sembro El dios captan y que estando ya grande Rebento y hecho +de si dos canutos qe tenia hecho vn hombre y Vna muger al hombre +llamaron sicalac de donde llaman a todos los hombres lalac y a la +muger llamaron sicauay de donde llamaron despues aca a las mugeres +babayes el varon le dixo a la muger qe se casasen entrambos pues no +auian otros en el mundo ella dixo qe no queria porqe eran hermanos +salidos de Vna cana y qe no auia auido mas de vn nudo entre entrambos +y qe no se queria casar por ser hermano suyo, al fin se concertaron +de yr lo a preguntar a las toninas de la mar y a las palomas qe +andauan por el ayre y vltimamente lo fueron a preguntar al temblor +de la tierra, al qual dixo qe era necesario qe se casasen para qe +Vbiese hombres en el mundo y ellos se casaron y El primer hijo que +tubieron se llamo sibo, y despues una hija qe se llamo samar y estos +dos hermanos Vbieron otra hija que se llamo lupluban y esta se caso +con vn hijo de los primeros hombres qe se llamo pandaguan y estos dos +tubieron otro hijo llamado anoranor y el pandaguan fue El primero qe +ynvento los corrales para pescar en la mar y la primera Vez tomo vn +tiburon y tomado lo saco en tierra, pensando qe no se auia de morir +y puesto en tierra muriosele como le vido muerto comenco a hacer le +las obsequias y llorar por el y quexar se a los dioses de qe auia +muerto vno qe asta alli no se auia muerto ninguna, y dicen qe el +dios captan como lo oyo enbio las moscas qe le abisasen quien era el +muerto y no osando llegar las moscas enbio al gorgojo el qual vio qe +El muerto era el tiburon y enojado el dios captan de qe se Vbiesen +hecho obsequias al pescado. El y El maguayen hecharon Vn Rayo con qe +mataron al pandaguan y estubo treynta dias muerto en el ynfierno y +al cauo dellas se condolieron del y le Rescucitaron y le tornaron Al +mundo en el ynter qe el estubo muerto la muger qe se llamaua lubluban +se amancebo con Vno qe se llamaua maracoyrun De donde dicen qe tubo +principio el amancebar se y quando llego no la allo en casa por qe le +auia conbidado el amigo a vn Puerco qe auia hurtado qe dicen qe fue El +primer hurto qe auia; auido en el mundo y el la enbio a llamar con su +hijo y ella no quiso venir diciendo qe los muertos no voluian al mundo +de lo qual el enojado se voluio al ynfierno y tienen Por opinion qe +si la muger viniere a su llamado y el no se voluiera a yr entonces qe +todos los qe se murieran Voluieran al mundo [_blank space in MS_.] y +los maganitos y El ynbentor dellos y las ceremonias dellos el Redano-- + + +_Segunda Opinion De los Serranos qe_ Llaman Tinguianes + +tienen Por opinion los tinguianes qe no auiendo mas de mar y cielo +vn milano como no tenia a donde posarse determino de Reuoluer al +cielo y la mar, por cuya cavsa la mar quiso hacer guerra Al cielo y +ynchandose hacia aRiua el cielo biendo aquesto trato paces con la mar +y despues Por vengarse del atreuimiento qe auia tenido de yncharse +hacia aRiua dicen qe aRojo todas estas yslas deste Archipielago sobre +la mar, para domenarla y qe corriese la mar de vna parte para otra +y no se pudiese ynchar, y de aqui tubo el principio el mauaris qe es +vengarse Vno de otro qe le a hecho injuria qe es cosa muy Vsada; en +esta tierra y lo tienen por punto El no satisfacerse y luego toman el +cuento de la cana diciendo qe picando el milano en la cana salieron +aquel hombre y aquella muger qe aRiua dice y cuentan luego qe la +primera Vez que pario la cauahi pario gran cantidad de hijos juntos +y qe entrando el padre Una Vez muy enojado en casa y amenacando a +los hijos ellos hecharon a huir y De miedo y qe Vnos se metieron en +Vnos aposentos en lo mas escondido de la casa, y otros se quedaron +escondidos en otros aposentos, mas afuera y otros se escondieron en +los dindines qe son las paredes de la casa hechas De cana y otros se +escondieron en el fogon y otros salieron por la puerta por donde su +padre entro y se fueron, hacia la mar, dicen ellos qe se metieron, +en los aposentos, de mas adentro, son los principales qe ay en estas +yslas qe decienden de Aquellos y los que quedaron mas afuera qe son +los timaguas, y los qe se escondieron entre las paredes qe son los +esclauos, y los qe se escondieron en el fogon qe son los negros, y +qe los qe se fueron por la puerta afuera hacia a la mar, que somos +nosotros los espanoles qe nunca mas an tenido noticia de nosotros, +asta qe nos Vieron Voluer otra vez por la mar.-- + + + + +Capitulo 8o + +_De la Opinion qe_ Tienen de los qe se Mueren. + + +Dicen qe los qe mueren a punaladas o los come algun cayman o a flechaco +qe es muerte muy honrrada, y qe la alma dellos se suben por el arco qe +se hace quando lluebe al cielo y se tornan dioses y los qe se aogan qe +sus almas se quedan alli en la mar para siempre y Por honrra les ponen +vna cana alta y alli un bestido, si es de hombre de hombre y si de +muger de muger y alli lo dexan estar asta qe se hace pedacos de viejo, +a estos quando mueren, ahogados quando algun hijo suyo o pariente +esta enfermo toman y metense en vn barangay los parientes y con vna +baylana ques como sacerdotisa, y vna caxa llena de mantas y otras +cosas, y a donde la sacerdotisa les dice qe la arrojen en la mar la +arrojan pidiendo fauor y ayuda, a su antepasado, para su enfermedad-- + + +_Opinionde los qe_ se Mueren. + +los qe se mueren de su enfermedad si son mocos dicen qe los mangalos +qe son los duendes les comen las asaduras y que por por esta causa, +se mueren, porqe ellos no entendien que ay corrupcion de humores qe +causan las enfermedades y los que mueren, biejos dicen qe el Viento +llega y les aRebata las almas y que destos qe asi mueren los arayas +qe es Una cierta Parcialidad de pueblos se van a vna sierra muy +Alta que se llama mayas qe esta en la ysla De panay y los qe llaman +yligueynes qe son los cubuanes, boholanes, bantayanes, van sus almas +con el dios que llaman, sisiburanen a vna sierra muy alta qe en la +ysla De Burney _El dios sidapa_. Dicen qe en el cielo Ay otro dios qe +se dice sidapa y que este tiene vn arbol muy grande en aquel cerro +de mayas y qe alli mide las Vidas de todos los que nacen y pone Una +senal y qe en llegando A la medida qe El a puesto luego se muere-- + +_Opinion que tienen acerca de A donde Van las animas_ tienen Por +opinion qe en muriendo las Almas se Van al ynfierno derechas todas, +Pero qe por los maganitos que son los sacrificios y ofrendas qe hacen +al dios pandaqe vista en aquel cerro de mayas lo Rescatan de simuran +y de siguinarugan dioses del ynfierno-- + +Dicen qe la nacion de los yligueynes quando se mueren los lleua El +dios maguayen al ynfierno y que lleuandolos en su barangay sale sumpoy +ques otro dios y se los quita y los lleua a sisiburanen, ques El dios +que diximos aRiua, para que los tenga consigo buenos y males todos +los lleuan por un parejo de que van al ynfierno pero los pobres qe +no tienen quien les haga sacrificios quedan se para siempre en el +ynfierno, y se los come el dios del ynfierno o se los tiene para +siempre en prissiones por donde se vera quan poco se les daua por +ser buenos o malos, y quanta Razon tenian de aborrecer la proueca-- + +_Baylanas_ Estos naturales destas yslas no tienen ningun tiempo ni +lugar dedicado para hacer sacrificios ni oracion sino quando Alguno +esta enfermo por sementeras o por sus guerras hacen sus sacrificios qe +llaman baylanes y de aqui llaman baylanes a las mugeres sacerdotisas o +a los Varones que hacen este offcio pone se la sacerdotisa muy galana +con su guirnalda en la caueca y mucho oro y ponen sus pitarrillas qe +son Vnas tinajas de vino de aRoz y traen vn puerco viuo alli y mucha +comida Adrecada y cantando Ella sus cantares ynuoca Al demonio y el +le aparece muy galano, con vn vestido todo de oro y Despues le entra +en el cuerpo y la deRueca en el suelo y la hace hechar espumarajos +por la uoca como quien tiene El demonio en el cuerpo y habla y Dice +si El enfermo a de tener salud o no y en los demas casos dice los +sucesos en todo este ynterin Ay gran musica de campanas y atabales +y en lebantandose toma la lanca y dale vna lamcada al Puerco por el +coracon y adrecado hacen su platillo para El demonio y en Vn altar qe +alli tienen puesto le ponen alli El puerco guisado y arroz y platanos y +vino y todo lo demas que ay que Comer hacen esto para pedir salud para +los enfermos y pa Rescatar a los qe estan en el ynfierno y quando Van +a guerras y a hurtar para Estos ynuocan al varangao ques El arco del +cielo y ay naguinid y a macanduc, sus dioses y para El Rescate del +ynfierno al qe aRiua diximos tam bien ynuocan a sus antepasados los +muertos y dicen qe les veen y qe les Responden a lo que les preguntan + +_Opinion acerca del mundo_ Tienen quel mundo nunca se a de acauar. + +_El dios macaptan_ Dicen qe macaptan esta mas aRiba del cielo y qe +le tienen por malo porqe les da enfermedades y los mata y dicen qe +porque no a comido Cosa deste mundo ni biuido pitarrillas no los +quiere bien y los mata + +_El dios lalahon_ El dios lalahon dicen qe Reside en vn Volcan qe esta +en la ysla De negros qe hecha fuego y qe esta El Volcan frontero de la +uilla de areualo, como ginco leguas a este lalahon ynuocan para sus +sementeras y quando no quieren darselas buenas he-ghales la langosta +qe se las hegha a perder y se las come esta lahon es muger + +_Entierros_ Estos naturales se entierran en vnos atahudes de Palo en +sus proprias casas, entierran se con oro y mantas y otras joyas porqe +digen qe si Van Ricos los Reciuiran de buena gana y al contrario si +Van Pobres. + +_centinela qe_ hacen a los muertos quando alguno, se muere hacen +muchos fuegos debaxo de la casa y andan de noche hombres armados +haciendo centinela al atahud porqe dicen qe Vienen los bruxos que +los ay tambien en esta tierra y qe tocan al atahud y que Rebienta +luego el atahud y sale grande hedor del cuerpo muerto y qe no lo +pueden tener en caja por el grande hedor y ansi por algunas noches +le hacen centinela--_escauos que matan quando mueren los principales_ +quando mueren los principales desgendientes de dumaguet de la muerte +qe muere El principal de aquella mesma muerte matan a un esclauo el +mas desuenturado qe pueden aliar para qe los sirua en el otro mundo y +siempre procuran, que sea este esclauo estranjero y no natural porqe +Realmente no son nada crueles-- + +La causa porque matan a los esclauos qe diximos quando muere algun +principal dicen ques antiguamente, que a la cuenta qe ellos dicen a +mas de diez mill Anos vn principal que se llamaua marapan estandose +proueyendo pidio a vn esclauo suyo vn poco de cacate para linpiarse y +el esclauo le aRojo vna cana grande de carrico y parece qe le acerto +en vna Rodilla y lastimole y Como el era ya muy Viejo de aquel achaqe +Dicen que murio y Antes qe muriese dexo mandado qe quando el muriese +matassen aquel esclauo y a todos sus hijos y de aqui quedo yntroducido +el matar esclauos quando se mueren los principales + +_luto de no comer_, quando se muere padre o madre o algun pariente +cercano prometian de no comer aRoz hasta hacer Algun cautivo auido por +guerra y se ponian vnas manillas de bejucos qe cojian de todo El braco +ques El Verdadero luto y en la garganta y no bebian pitarrilla, sino +con platanos y Camotes se sustentauan hasta qe cautiuauan o matauan a +alguno qe entonges se quitauan el luto y acaecia estar desta manera +Un ano sin Comer aRoz de suerte qe se parauan muy magantos y nacos +pero Recien muerto el pariente determinauan de no comer sino dexarse +morir pero juntauanse luego sus timaguas y esclauos y heghaban Vna +DeRama por el pueblo y dauanselo porqe [muriesse: _crossed out in +MS_.] comiese platanos, y bebiese tuba, ques Vino de palmas porqe +no se muriesse qe estos eran prouehuelos qe tenian los principales, +este luto llaman ellos entre si maglahe + +_luto de las mugeres_ Al luto de las mugeres llaman morotal es de la +propria manera qe los hombres sino qe en lugar de yr a cautiuar o matar +para quitarse El luto y poder Comer aRoz se meten con muchas mugeres +en vn barangay y un yndio qe Va gouernando y otro qe Va achicando +y otro qe va en la proa y estos tres yndios los buscan siempre qe +sean yndios muy Valientes qe ayan hecho muchas aganas por armas y +Vanse a otro pueblo de Amigos suyos y Van Cantando estos tres yndios +sus hechos al son de la boga, y los esclauos qe an cautiuado y los +hombres qe an muerto en guerras y leuan El nauio cargado de vino y +pitarrillas y llegados al pueblo conbidan a los del pueblo y los del +pueblo a ellos y hacen Vna gran borrachera y desde entonces se quitan +las mantas blancas y las argollas de bejucos de los bracos y de la gar +ganta y desde entonces se quitan el luto y comen aRoz y se ponen oro. + +_larao de los muertos qe_ luto. Vna de las leyes qe esecutan con mas +Rigor es la qe llaman larao y es qe quando se muere algun principal +quieren qe tengan todos luto y qe guarden las cosas siguientes, qe +nadie Rina con otro mientras qe Vbiere luto y mucho mas graues si +Rinen en el enterramiento, qe no traygan El yerro de la lanca hacia +aRiua sino hacia abajo quel puno del punal lo traygan en la pretina +de suerte qe ande al Rebes qe no traygan Vestido galano ni colorado +qe en aquellos dias no entre ningun barangay cantando sino con mucho +silencio y hacen vna cerca alderredor de la cassa del muerto qe +pasa por ella y la quiebra ni mas ni menos le penan y porqe venga +a noticia de todos vn timagua de los honrrados anda pregonando por +todo El pueblo el luto porqe nayde pretenda ygnorancia, y ansi el +que le quebranta le ponen sin Remedio si es esclauo el que pega de +los qe siruen fuera de Casa y no tiene con qe pagar paga su amo por +el pero lleuale a su casa qe le sirua y le hace ay o ey estas leyes +dicen qe les dexo lubluban y panas. A algunos les a parecido estas +leves Rigurosas especialmente a los Religiosos perro ella era general +para principales y timaguas y esclauos. + +_Guerras_. El primer hombres qe dicen qe tubo guerra dicen qe se +llamo panas hijo de aquel anoranor nieto de los primeros [padres: +_crossed out in MS._] hombres tuba la con mangaran, sobre una herencia +y de Alli tubieron principio las guerras porqe se diuidieron en dos +Partes y de padres a hijos an yenido decindiendo--y ansi digen qe El +primer hombre qe tomo armas para pelear fue El panas.-- + +_Guerras justas_ tres guerras tienen estos naturales por justas la +primera si vn yndio va a vn pueblo y le matan alla sin Racon, la otra +por quitarle las mugeres la otra es porqe si van a Contratar debajo +de amistad a algunos pueblos y alla les hacen algunos agrabios o los +maltratan y debaxo De amistad les hacen traycion + +_leyes_--Dicen qe las leyes por que se an gouernado hasta agora +se las dexo lubluban aquella muger qe diximos aRiba y destas leyes +son defensores, y executores solos los principales porqe no tienen +juez ninguno aunqe tienen terceros qe de vna parte a otra Andan +conchavando-- + + + + + +Capo 9o + +_Qe_ Trata de la Esclauonia de las Yslas Filipinas + + +_leyes para los esClauos_ A ningun yndio desta tierra hacen esclauo ni +le matan por ningun delito qe cometa aunqe sea hurto ni por adulterio +ni por homicida, sino qe tienen senalado la pena qe le an de lleuar +en preseas o en oro y ansi si no tiene para pagarlo el lo busca y +se enpena y por aqui viene a hacerse esclauo, y en qualquier tiempo +qe paga lo que le prestaron torna a quedar libre y ansi conforme al +Delito qe cometen son esclauos y ansi ay tres generos de esclauos en +estas yslas. El primero y mas esclauo es el de aquel que se siruen +en su casa ques el que llaman ayuey estos trauajan tres dias para el +amo y vno para el + +_generos de esclauonias_ Otros ay qe se llaman tumaranpoc qe tienen +casas de por si y son obligados de acudir a seruir a su amo de quatro +dias El vno y los tres para ellos, y si no siruen estos a sus amos, +por ocupar se en sus sementeras, dan cada ano a su amo diez chicubites +De arroz de Anega, cada chicubite--Ay otros qe son esclauos que los +tienen ellos por mas honrrados qe se llaman tomatabanes qe no les +siruen en sus Casas, sino es quando aya algun banquete o borrachera qe +Vienen con algun pressentillo tanbien ellos a beber pero estos quando +se mueren entran los amos a la pte con los hijos de la hacienda qe +dexan y en Vida son obligados a seruir cinco dias cada mes y si no +siruen dan cada ano cinco chicubites de aRoz.-- + +_Valor de los esclauos_ los ayueyes tenian Valor entre ellos de dos +taes de oro de labin sian que valen doce pesos.--Los tumaranpoques lo +proprio--Los tumatabanes tenian de Valor un tae qe son seys Pesos Las +mugeres de los ayueyes siruen tambien en la casa de los principales +como sus maridos. Las mugeres de los tumaranpoques si tienen los hijos +siruen la mitad del mes en ylar y texer algodon que les dan sus amos, +y la otra mitad para si--Las Mugeres de los tumatabanes no hacen mas +cada Mes de beneficiar Vna madexa de algodon para su amo dandoles +el amo El algodon en capullo--A los ayueyes solamte dan de comer y +Bestir sus amos, y los demas no les dan nada--quando mueren estos +esclauos ninguna haicenda les quitan sus amos sino a los tomatabanes +como diximos. los que estos naturales an Vendido a los espanoles +por la mayor parte son los Ayoeyes las leyes qe tienen para penar +a Vno hasta hacerle esclauo por muertes por adulterios por hurtos, +por deshonrrar de palabra alguna muger principal, o por quitar le la +manta en publico y dexarla desnuda o ser causa qe por huyr o defenderse +le caya qe esto tienen por mucha afrenta + +_ladrones_. Si el ladron hace algun hurto grande penan a El y a toda +su parentela, digo los qe son mas cercanos parientes, y si es por +muerte o por adulterio a toda su parentela penan, y si no tienen conqe +pagar los hacen esclauos, y esta ley pasaua entre todos los mismos +principales, de suerte qe si vn principal comete algun delitto aunqe +sea contra su mesmo esclauo o timagua lo penan de la misma manera, +pero no Vienen a ser esclauos porqe no tienen conqe pagar la pena, +qe sino tanbien serian esclauos.--Si El hurto es pequeno penan Al que +lo hace y no a sus parientes _en tiempo de hambre_ quando ay hambre +los pobres qe no tienen conqe se sustentar por no perecer acuden a +los Ricos y sienpre por la mayor pte procuran qe sean sus Parientes +y se les dan por esclauos porqe los sustenten. + +_Otra manera de esclauonia._ Ay otro genero de [esclauonia: _crossed +out in MS._] senorio qe yntroduxo Vno que se llamaua sidumaguer qe +Dicen que a mas de dos mill anos qe fue que porque le quebraron vn +barangay en languiguey donde el era natural ques En la ysla de bantayan +qe si tenian los qe defienden, de Aquellos qe le quebraron el barangay +si qdo mueren dexan diez esclauos le dauan dos y Al Respeto toda la +demas hacienda, y esta manera de esclauonia. quedo yntroducida en +todos los yndios de las playas y no los tinguianes + +_Verdaderos timaguas._ Los hombres libres destas yslas que llaman +timaguas qe ni son principales ni esclauos Viuen desta manera, que si +vn timagua se quiere yr a Bibir a vn pueblo se allega a vn principal +De los del pueblo porqe hordinariamente los pueblos tienen muchos +principales qe cada vno tiene su barrio con sus esClauos y timaguas +conocidos, y se le offrece por su timagua y es obligado a hacer +las cosas siguientes; quando hacen Banquetes, a otros Principales +allarse alli, porqe es costumbre qe primero beba de la pitarrilla +el timagua, que no ningun principal y el A de acompanar al principal +quando camina con sus armas y si se enbarca a de yr bogando, y lleuar +sus Armas para defender El nauio pero aunqe quebranten Algunas cosas +desto nunca les penan sino Rinenlos por este seruicio, es obligado El +principal a defenderle con su persona y su Parentela de qualquiera que +le quisiere hacer agrabio sin Racon y asi acaece sobre los timaguas +auer guerras entre padres y hijos, y hernos Contra hernos y si Va +a otros pueblos, y alla le hacen agrabios ni mas ni menos procura +con todas sus fuercas de desagrabiarle y con esto viuen seguros, +y tienen libertad el timagua de pasar de vn principal a otro quando +le da gusto qe no le pone ynpedimento en ello-- + +_De la manera como salen a Robar_ tienen estos naturales su manera +de hechar suertes con Vnos colmillos de cayman o de jabalyes quandos +las hechan ynuocan sus dioses y Antepasados preguntandoles como +les a de suceder en la guerra, o en los Viajes qe hacen y por las +bueltas quedan con los Cordeles adeuinan lo que les a de suceder y +estas suertes hechan para qlquier cosa qe ayan de poner la mano, +tienen por costumbre de salir a Robar cada ano los yndios de las +playas en tiempo qe hagen bonangas ques entre brisas y Vendabales y +los tinguianes despues de auer cojido sus sementeras y como tienen +por costumbre de ser enemigos de los qe lo son de sus amigos nunca +les faltauan guerras.-- + +quando Van a Robar si pueden traer Viuo al enemigo no lo matauan, +y si Alguno mataua El cautiuo despues de Rendido pagaualo de su +bolsa, y si no tenia Conqe pagarlo quedauase Por esclauo la presa +qe hacen de qualquier suerte que sea es de los principales sino es +alguna poca cosa, qe dan a los timaguas qe yuan con ellos bogando +pero si yuan muchos principales el principal qe hacia el magaanito +qe es el sacrificio qe diximos aRiba lleuaua se la mitad de la presa, +y la otra mitad era de los demas principales-- _Principales cautiuos_ +Si cautiuauan a algun principal tratauanlo bien y si algun amigo por +estar lejos su tierra le rrescataua Voluiale El cautiuo doblado, de la +qe daua por El por la buena obra qe hacia en sacar le de prision, por +que siempre le tenian aprisionado--Al[gun: _crossed out in MS_.] que +estuaua cautiuo y al qe adulteraua y al que mataua todos los parientes, +le ayudauan a Rescatar y a pagan lo que deuia cada Vno conforme al +parentesco qe tenia con el, y si no tenian, los parientes quedaua +esclauo.--_Enprestidos_ si se emprestauan arroz Vnos a otros y se +pagauan vn ano sin qe se lo pagara, como es cosa qe se siembra si el +primer ano qe lo sembrauan no lo pagauan--Al segundo pagauan doblado, +y al tercero quatro doblado y asi yva subiendo y solo este logro +tenian aunqe algunos an dicho otra Cosa, pero no se an ynformado bien +agora algunos araganes que no quieren buscar su tributo para pagarlo, +lo piden prestado y bueluen alguna cosa mas _herencias_ las herencias +tenian Costumbre de Partir desta suerte qe si Vno moria, y dexaua +quatro hijos, la Hacienda y esclauos se hagian quatro partes yguales y +cada Vno de los hijos lleuaua la suya y si dexaua Algun hijo bastardo +le dauan la pte que A los hermanos querian porqe este no entraua en +las partes, ni lleuaua mas de lo que le dauan Voluntariamente los +hermanos o la mda qe El padre hacia, y si le parecia al padre mejorar +A alguno de sus hijos lo hacia, y si acaso el muerto no dexaua hijos +heredauan todos los hermanos qe tenia partes yguales y si no tenia +hermanos heredauan los primos hermanos, y si no los auia entraua todo +El linaje partiendo la hacienda de suerte qe auiendo hijo sino los +auia los hermanos eran herederos forcosos y si no los auia los primos +hermanos y no los auiendo los deudos todos partian la hacienda ygualmte + + + +Capo 10 + +_Qe_ Trata de los Matrimonios de las Yslas. + + +_Casamientos de los principales_ Grandes yerros se An hegho en +los casamientos qe se an hecho entre los naturales desta tierra +despues de Auer se hecho xpianos por no auer sacado bien en linpio +la consumacion qe tenian en sus matrimonios, y ansi Vnos Religiosos +casan a vnos y otros los descasan, y otros los bueluen a casar, y ansi +a auido grandissimas confusiones por lo qual yo E procurado con toda +diligencia sacar A luz la manera qe tenian en sus matrimonios qe pasa +desta manera quando Alguno se quiere Casar porqe siempre El varon pide +a la muger llaman a algunos timaguas, honrrados del pueblo esto hacen +los que son principales porqe parece a ser qe de tres calidades de +hombres qe ay en estas yslas qe son principales, timaguas qe son los +hombres libres y esclauos cada vno tiene diferente manera de casarse +y ansi como digo los principales enbian por terceros a algunos de sus +timaguas, para tratar El Casamiento y lleua el vno dellos la lanca +del desposado de su padre y en llegando A la casa del padre de la +desposada da vna lancada en la escalera de la cassa y teniendo la +lanca, de Aquella manera, ynuocan a sus dioses y antepasados para qe +les sean Propicios en aquel Casamiento y esta lanca es del tercero, +si se efectua el casamiento, o se la Rescatan. + +Despues qe ya esta concertado el Casamiento ques despues de auer se +concertado en el dote El qual paga El marido A la muger qe entre +los principales destas yslas, de hordinario son cien taes en oro +en esclauos y en preseas, ques Valor de quinientos, o seyscientos +pesos, van por la desposada en casa de sus padres y traela Vn yndio +en hombros, y llegando al piede la escalera, del desposado hace el +melindre y dice qe no quiere subir y de que Ven qe no Vastan Ruegos +sale el suegro y dice qe le dara vn esclauo y que suba y por el esclauo +sube, despues qe esta al fin de la escalera y Ve la casa del suegro, +y la gente qe esta dentro vuelbe luego a hacer de la melindrosa, +y El suegro le a de dar otro esclauo porqe entre dentro y ni mas ni +menos le a de dar otro Presea porqe se siente y otra porqe Comience +a comer y otra porqe comience a beuer despues qe ya estan juntos +los desposados bebiendo se leuanta Vn viejo y dice en altas Voces +qe callen todos qe quiere hablar y dice fulano se casa con fulana +pero es con tal condicion qe si el andubiere destraydo y no acudiere +a sustentar a su muger ella le a de dexar y no le a de Voluer Cosa +ninguna, del dote qe le dio y della quedara libre y se podra Casar +con otro y por El consiguiente si Ella fuere Ruyn le podra quitar la +dote qe le dio y dexalla, y Casar se con otra sea me todos testigos +deste concierto qe se hace y acabado de decir esto toman Vn plato +de aRoz linpio Crudo y biene Vna vieja y toma las manos derechas de +los desposados y ponelas encima del aRoz y junta la vna mano con la +otra y en teniendo las juntas toma el arroz y de Rama lo por encima +de todos los qe estan en el Vanguete y entonces la vieja da vn grito +y todos le Responden Con otro semejante y este es la consumacion del +matrimonio o casamiento y asta este Punto no les Consienten los Padres +comer ni dormir juntos, en haciendo esta ceremonia se la entregan por +su muger pero si auiendo tratado El Casamiento Por tercera Persa El +que se quiere Casar se aRepiente aunqe sea antes de auer se juntado +con ella, y se quiere casar con otra, pierde la senal qe a dado porqe +Ellos en comencando a tratar El casamiento comiencan a dar El dote, +y si Vno dice en alguna conuersacion o borrachera, yo me quiero Casar +con fulana, hija de fulano y despues saliendo le al casamiento no +quiere casarse le penan por ello y le quintan mucha pte de su hacienda + +en El dote no tiene que Ver El desposado con el ni la despues de +Rendido pagaualo de su bolsa, y si no del suegro y si El desposado +no es de hedad para Casar se o la desposada es nina sirue a su suegro +en casa, asta qe son de hedad para juntar se + +_Casamientos de los timaguas_ Los timaguas no hacen estas ceremonias +por la falta de la hacienda ni tanpoco hacen las ceremonias de +juntar las manos en el plato del aRoz por Respeto de los principales +por questa ceremonia es de solos los principales pero consumen su +matrimonio quando los juntan a entrambos a dos a beber en vn canuto de +la pitarrilla, y entonces dan Vn grito y se van todos los combidados y +quedan casados porqe nunca les juntan a beber asta ques ya gran Rato +de la noche y esta propria ceremonia hagen los esclauos honrrados +y ricos.-- + +_Casamientos de esclauos_ Pero los esclauos Pobres qe siruen en casa +enos se casan Vnos con otros sin beber ni sin alcaguete ninguno ni sin +ceremonia mas de decir El Vno al otro casemonos pero si Vn principal +tiene vn esclauo, de los ayoiyes qe le siruen en casa y lo quiere +casar con esclaua de otro principal de la misma calidad enbia Vna +yndia por tercera, que diga El Amo de la esclaua qe quiere casar su +esclauo con su esclaua y Concertado El casamiento dale vna tinaja +o tres o quatro Platos y no hacen otra ceremonia ninguna y lo que +nacen destos es la mitad del amo de la esclaua, y la otra mitad del +amo del esclauo y quando estos Vienen a tener hijos qe pueden seruir +a sus amos quedan ellos hechos tumaranpoques como emos dicho porqe +en casandose Vn esclauo de Vn principal con esclaua de otro principal +luego les dan casa por si y acuden a seruir a sus amos--Si se casa Vn +libre con Vna esclaua o al Reues lo que nace es medio esclauo y si ay +dos hijos el vno es libre y el otro esclauo a escojer de los padres.-- + +En vna cosa parece qe Van fuera de toda Racon y justa y es ques Vso +entre ellos qe si vn yndio de otro pueblo deue a otro deste pueblo +veynte pesos pongamos por caso y se los pide y no se los quiere pagar +encojiendo Algun indio de Aquel pueblo donde le deuen aquellos Veynte +pesos, aunque no sea pariente ni conocido del que los deue le hechan +mano y le hacen pagar los Veynte pesos y es costumbre que al que paga +estos veynte pesos el que los deuia primero le a de pagar quarenta +pesos por ellos por aquella fuerca qe le hicieron a el esto dicen +qe lo hacen por no entrar con mano armada a cobrar del otro pueblos +sacan se sangre de los bracos y los Vnos gustan _Amistades_ Para +hacer amistades entre los qe estan Venidos ora sean particulares, +o de pueblos con pueblos sacan se sangre de los bracos y los Vnos +gustan la sangre de los otros en Vna bellota, o en vn poco de vino +y esta amistad no ay quebrantarla. + +_Echiceros. Bruxos. medicos_. Ay en esta tierra Brujos y echiceros +aunqe Ay tambien buenos medicos qe curan con yeruas simples, +especialmente contra qualquier Genero de poncona, porqe ay muy +admirables contra yeruas, son los naturales desta ysla muy agoreros +de suerte qe por ninguna Via ningun natural se embarcaua en nauio +donde fuese cabra o mono porqe decian qe se auian de perder y desta +muerte tienen otras mil abusiones, agora pocos anos a ay entre ellos +Vna hechicera la qual dicen qe la ynuentaron los naturales de ybalon +despues de qe los espanoles estamos aqui y es que ynuocan ciertos +demonios que llaman naguined y arapayan, y macbarubac y con Aceyte de +cocos y Vn colmillo de cayman sobre qe hacen sus sacrificios ynvocando +los demonios y este aceyte venden vnos a otros, y quando lo Venden; +hacen tambien sus sacrificios ynvocando al demonio pidiendole qe la +virtud qe tiene se la traspase en aquel que se la compra y dicen qe con +solo que le digan qe se muera Dentro de tanto tiempo se muere luego, +si no le curan con otro aceyte qe Ay contra este y esta hechiceria +a hecho mucho dano entre los pintados porqe El demonio hace de las +suyas, los Religiosos an procurado El Remedio desto con quitar les +los aceytes y castigarlos-- + +_Estornudar_ si Alguno Va a alguna guerra o hacer alguna Cosa de +ynportancia, si Al salir de casa estornuda tienelo por mal aguero y +buelue se.-- + +_Fiestas_ No tienen estos naturales ninguna fiesta en todo El ano qe +la guarden mas de quando los maridos Van a las guerras no trauajan +las mugeres en aquel tiempo + +_Al granar del aRoz_ tienen tambien siete dias quando comiencan a +labrar sus sementeras, qe ni muelen aRoz para comer ni dexan entrar +estranjeros en sus pueblos en todo este tiempo porqe dicen qe aquel +es tiempo que estan Rogando a sus dioses qe les de buena cosecha. + +_Anos y meses_ Reparten El Ano en doce meses aunqe no nombran mas de +los siete [_sic_] y estos meses son lunares porqe los cuentan por las +lunas, El primer mes es quando salen las cabrillas qe le lleman Vlalen, +el otro mes le llaman dagancahuy ques quando desmontan los arboles para +sembrar, el otro llaman daganenan bulan, ques quando juntan esta madera +en las sementeras, El otro llaman, elquilin ques quando queman la +sementera. El otro llaman ynabuyan qe es en tiempo de bonancas el otro +llaman cauav ques quando desyeruan las sementeras el otro se llama[n +cabuy: _crossed out in MS_.] yrarapun ques quando comiencan a cojer +aRoz al otro llaman manululsul ques quando an acabado de cojer, con +los demas meses, no tienen cuenta por que no tienen qe hacer en campo. + +_Bientos_. tienen por opinion qe los Vientos salen de la mar, y +fundanse en esta Racon qe Ven ynchada la mar; primero qe comienca +a bentar + +_tortugas_ Ay en esta tierra muy gran cantidad de tortugas muy grandes +mayores qe no adargas es cosa marauillosa, que quando se juntan El +macho con la hembra, se estan veynte y veynte y cinco dias pegados +y estan tan enbeuecidos en aquel acto qe se hechan los yndios a nado +en medio de la mar y los atan los pies y las manos sin qe lo sientan +y las sacan a tierra, y esto a mi proprio me a acaecido hacerlo + +_Culebras_. Ay en esta tierra culebras grandisimas qe son tan grandes +como palmas, aunqe son bouas.-- + +_Caymanes_ ay grandissima cantidad de caymanes qe son lagartos de +agua en todos los Rios y por la mar qe hacen mucho dano. + +_gatos de algalia_ En muchas yslas destas ay gatos de algalia. + +_tabones pajaros_ Ay en esta tierra vn genero de pajaro ques menor qe +Vna gallina de castilla y ponen Vn guebo mayor qe de ansar ques casi +El todo yema, y El pajaro entierra, los guebos vna braca debaxo de la +arena. a la vera del agua y alli salen los pollos y con los piezitos +hacia arriua, vienen desbiando la arena, y en estando aRiba luego al +momento buelan.-- + +_Palmas_ En todas estas yslas ay Gran cantidad de Palmas de cocos +allan se piedras en algunos cocos tan grandes como abellanas que +ellos precian pero no se sabe hasta agora, la virtud qe tienen. + +Saca se de las palmas gran cantidad de Vino qe saca vn yndio a la +manana de las palmas qe beneficia dos arrobas de Vino y es dulce y +bueno y dell se hace gran cantidad de agua ardiente, hace se Vinagre +bueno y buena miel de los cocos qe a falta de aRoz es buen sustento, +hacen se basos y mecha para los arcabuces y cestos de las ojas de +suerte qe es arbol muy proueychoso. + +Ay en estas yslas muchos puercos y buenos cabras y gran cantidad de +bufanos brabos qe facilmente tomandose chicos se amansan, ay patos y +algunas ansares traydas de china, ay gran cantidad de gallinas como +las de castilla muy buenas y algunas qe no tienen colas qe tienen +abusion de no comerlas los naturales, y son mejores qe las otras +frutas de las qe ay en castilla no ay ninguna antigua en esta tierra +con estar tan Vecina de la china a do ay tantas de la tierra propria, +ay algunas y Raconables como son muy buenos platanos nancas qe es +fruta muy olorosa, y mayor quel mayor melon de espana macupas qe son +como mancanas santores qe saben a menbrillo ay muy buenas naranjas +y limones. Ay En la prouincia de ylocos Vn arbol grande qe hecha la +flor casi como la accuccena qe tiene sabor de pescado y los yndios +la cojen por la manana y la cuecen y Comen en lugar de pescado y es +cosa marauillosa, qe otro dia por la manana esta otra vez llena de +flor y ansi cada dia. + +Ay por los montes donde Ay falta de agua Vnos bexucos grandes de a +seys y ocho bracas mas gruesos qe Vn dedo pulgar grueso qe cortandolos +hechan de si gran cantidad de agua, ques muy buena, conqe se Remedia +la falta del agua sale de vn bexuco dos y tres cuartillos-- + + + +Capo 11 + +_Qe_ Trata de los Ritos y Ceremonias de los Moros de la Comarca de +la Ciudad de Manilla y de sus Condiciones + + +_Dios batala_ la ley que antiguamente guardauan estos moros era que +adorauan un dios qe llamauan entre ellos batala qe propriamente quiere +decir lios y decian qe adorauan a aquel batala por qe era senor de +todo y qe auia hecho los hombres y los pueblos y decian qe este batala +tenia muchos ministros qe enbiaua a este mundo a hobrar por ellos, +lo qe aca se hacia a estos llaman anitos y cada anito tenia su officio +vnos de las sementeras, otros de los nauegantes, otros de los qe yVan +a la guerra, otros de las entermedades y ansi cada vno tenia El nombre +del officio que tenia, como decir El anito de las sementeras, el anito +de la llubia, a estos anitos hacian sacrificio quando querian Algo de +Cada vno conforme a su oficio la suerte del sacrificio era semejante +a la de los pintados qe llamauan vn catalonan, qe es lo mismo qe +Vaylan, entre los Pintados que es Como sacerdote y este hacia El +sacrificio pidiendo Al anito lo que le querian pedir juntando mucho +aRoz y Carne y pescado y hacia sus ynuocaciones hasta ql demonio se +le enrraua en el cuerpo mientras qe El catalonan estaua desmayado y +basqueando, estan los yndios cantando y bebiendo y olgandose hasta qe +El catalonan buelue en si y les da la Respuesta quel anito le daua a +el y si era por enfermo ofrecian le muchas cadenas y joyas de oro y +decian qe le Rescatauan la salud de aquel enfermo duraua este anito +si era enfermo-el tiempo qe le duraua la enfermedad + +Preguntando les qe porqe causa hacian El sacrificio al anito y no al +batala decian qe El batala es tan gran senor qe no le puede hablar +nadie qe esta en el cielo y qe El anito ques de tanta Caledad y qe +baxaua aCa a hablar les como El ministro del batala y qe yntercedia +Por ellos Vnan en algunas partes especialmente en las serranias +en muriendoseles padre, o madre o pariente hacer de palo Vn ydolo +pequeno y guardallo y asi ay casa, qe tiene ciento o ducientos de +aquellos ydolos y a estos tambien llaman anitos porque dicen qe +en muriendose Van a seruir al batala y asi les hacen sacrificios, +ofreciendoles Cosas de Comer y vino y joyas de oro Rogandole sea su +yntercesor con el batala, ques El que tienen Por dios-- + +_Senorio de los moros_ Entre estos moros ay ni mas ni menos behetria qe +en los pintados, qe auia principales En sus Barrios a quien obedecian +qe castigauan sus delitos y les dauan las leyes qe auian de guardar +y en los pueblos donde Auia diez o doce principales no mas Vno dellos +El mas Rico era el qe obedecian todos, tienen en mucho la antiguedad +del linaje y ansi para ser senor aprouechaua mucho, quando hacian sus +leyes para gouernar su Republica el mayor principal a quien obedecian +los demas juntaua todos los demas principales del pueblo en su casa +y juntos proponia su platica diciendo qe para Remediar muchos delitos +qe se cometian era necesario poner penas y hacer hordenancas para qe +se Remediase y qe ellos pues qe eran los senores Viesen lo que les +parecia y que ordenasen, de suerte qe todos Vibiesen en Paz. desta +pulicia carecian los pintados, porqe ninguno queria rreconocer a +otro por mas principal, entonces los demas Principales Respondian +qe les parecia muy bien y que pues El era el mayor de todos hiciese +lo que le pareciese ser justo qe ellos le dauan la mano, y asi El +principal hacia las leyes qe le parecia ser necesarias porqe estos +moros tienen letras de las quales carecen todos los demas naturales +de las yslas y lo que el hordenaua, aprobauan los demas principales, +y luego Venia vn pregonero que llaman Vmalahocan ques propriamente +mayordomo y tomaua vna canpana, y salia por El pueblo y en cada barrio +pregonaua las hordenancas, qe se auian hecho y El pueblo rrespondia +que las obedecia y asi yva de en pueblo en Pueblo por todo El destrito +de aquel principal y de alli adelante el que yncurria en la pena era +lleuado Al principal y El le condenaua en ella y si la pena era de +muerte y El condenado decia que queria ser esclauo se le perdonaua y +quedaua esclauo, eran tambien jueces los demas Principales, cada vno +en su barrio y quando se offrecia algun negocio de Calidad mandaua El +principal mayor juntar todos los demas Principales para sentenciarlo, +y concluydo con Voto de todos los demas usauan lleuar derechos, y no +auia Cosa senalada en ellos, mas de lo que el proprio juez decia qe +le diessen. + +_Casamientos_ Estos moros Vsauan sus casamientos de la mesma orden +que Vsan los pintados en el dar El dote De suerte qe si El varon se +apartaua y descasaua contra la voluntad de la muger, tenia perdido +El dote y se quedaua Ella sin el y si la muger dexaua al marido Era +obligada a Voluer el dote y si Cometia adulterio y por ello la dexaua +el marido Voluia El dote doblado, y si aCaso la muger dexaua al marido +por casar se con otro aquel con quien se Cassaua estaua obligado a dar +al primer marido El dote qe auia dado y mas otro tanto de pena o lo +qe El juez mandase, la muger adultera siendo principal tenia pena de +muerte cojiendola el marido en ynfragante y El adultero tambien y los +podia matar, sin pena alguna, y si aCaso mataua al vno y se escapaua +El otro auia Guerra abierta entre las parentelas, hasta qe El otro +moria y si aCaso se esscapauan ambos, Rescatauan la vida a peso de oro, +y si eran principales tenian cien taes de pena, cinquenta la muger y +cinquenta El delinquente, y con esto les perdonauan y quedauan amigos, +y si eran timaguas tenian menos pena-- + +_Guerras_ Las guerras y la esclauonia dellos tenian ni mas ni menos +qe los pintados. + +_ladrones_ Era ley entre los naturales cerca de los ladrones qe Al +que hacia hurto de menor cantia; qe eran hasta quatro taes qe son +veynte pesos y siendo de alli para aRiba, era hurto mayor tenia de +pena Voluer El oro y despues la condenacion, al arbitrio del juez y +era pena pecuniaria, y siendo hurto mayor qe se entendia de quatro +taes para aRiba tenia de pena esclauo, y si el Vrto llegaua a vn cati +de oro era la pena de muerte o de hacerlo esclauo, a el y a sus hijos, +y los qe estubiesen dentro de su Casa. + +Era tambien ley qe por El primer hurto era la pena pecuniaria y por +El segundo esclauonia, y de alli para aRiua, era de muerte y si se +le perdonaua era Como esta dicho aRiua haciendole esclauo a el, +y a su muger y hijos, y El hijo qe probaua estar fuera de casa, +y posar en casa por si suya o de Algun pariente como Viuiese por si +no se entendia la pena con El y asi era libre de suerte qe no cayan +en la pena sino aquellos qe se allauan en casa, del delinquente por +la sospecha qe se tenia de saber todos del hurto-- + +Era tambien ley qe El que se descomedia al principal conociendo le +trataua mal de palabra, tenia pena de muerte, y si tenia posible para +Rescatar la Vida, tenia de pena quince taes De oro, y si no tenia +conqe o los parientes le ayudauan, a su Rescate; y El delinquente +pedia; misericordia conqe seria esclauo se le otorgaua la vida y asi +quedaua Por Esclauo del ynjuriado porqe la pena del dinero era para +El teniendo posible y si la pendencia, era entre personas yguales, +principales tratandose por justicia y por sus leyes tenia la mesma +pena y si no queria el delinquente pasar por lo sentenciado era luego +pregonada la guerra, entre los pueblos y parcialidades qe sucedia +esto y de Alli los qe se prendian eran esClauos + +_Podiase este rrescatar, despues dando la cantidad y en el entreianto +seruir_ Era ley qe si Venian dos timaguas y auia aFrenta en alguno +dellos tenia de dinero Conforme A la Calidad de la afrenta y esto era +al arbitrio del juez y si el afrenta era grande la pena asimismo y +no teniendo de qe pagarla pasando de cinco taes quedaua por esclauo +del ynjuriado y si El Delinquente pedia de med al principal, o a +otro amigo, le prestase El su dinero quedaua por esclauo del que +le prestaua El dinero y esta esclauonia se entendia, con solo El +delinquente, y no con sus hijos ni parientes saluo con los hijos qe +Vbiesse despues de esclauo. + +Es tambien Vsanca entre los naturales desta ysla ayudar se vnos a +otros con dineros prestados, y El que los lleua prestados de Algun +principal o timagua, quedaua de que passado cierto tiempo en qe auia +de tratar con aq dinero pagaua la cantidad qe le fue prestada, y de +mas desto por la buena obra qe se le hacia partia la ganancia + +Era ley qe si el que llevaua El dinero que braua, y No tenia de qe +pagar, quedaua por esclauo del y los hijos. qe tubiere despues que +los de antes son libres.-- + +_puedese Rescatar despues dando la cantidad el o sus hijos_. Era ley +entre estos qe si dos personas hacian Compania de merCaduria, y ponian +tanta cantidad de dinero el vno y El otro yva el vno a tratar Con +El dinero de entrambos, si yendo este tratante su viaje, le prenden +enemigos, es obligado El otro Companero que queda en el pueblo a +aCudir a Rescatar al otro con la mitad del precio qe conciertan +y El preso queda libre ansi de la deuda, de la conpania Como del +Rescate qe despues se le da, y No es obligado a pagar nada y si El +que lleua El dinero se pierde por Culpa suya jugandolo o gastandolo +con mugeres, esta obligado a pagar, Al Conpanero la Cantidad qe le +dio y quedan obligados El y sus hijos a la paga y si la cantidad es +tanta qe No alcancan conqe pagar dentro del tienpo qe se Conciertan, +queda por Esclauo del otro y la mitad de sus hijos qe si tiene dos +hijos El vno queda por esClauo y el otro libre, y si tiene quatro +quedan los dos esclauos y los dos libres, y ansi era siendo en mas +cantidad y si los hijos alcancauan despues conqe pagar la deuda del +padre quedauan libres. + +Era ley al que mataua a otro qe muriese y si pedia misericordia +quedaua por esclauo del padre o hijos del muerto o del pariente mas +cercano y si eran quatro o cinco en la muerte pagauan todos Al senor +del esclauo el precio qe El esclauo podia Valer y despues El juez +los sentenciaua En lo que Le parecia y si no tenian de qe pagar la +pena quedauan por esclauos y si el muerto era timagua tenian pena +de muerte los que se prueua qe lo mataron y si los Condenados piden +misericordia quedauan por Esclauos de suerte qe despues de Condenados +estaua en el escojer de los delinquentes la muerte o la esClauonia +y si El muerto era Principal todo El pueblo donde se prouaba qe lo +mataron auian de ser esclauos matando primero los mas culpados y +si eran personas particulares, de tres o quatro o mas morian los +mas culpados sin Remedio de misericordia y los demas y sus hijos +esclauos. Quando algun entraua en Casa de Algun principal de noche +contra la voluntad de su dueno tenia pena de muerte y era costumbre +quando se cojia alguno destos dalle primero tormento por saber si lo +auia enbiado algun otro principal y si confesaua auer sido mandado +tenia pena de esClauo y El que lo enbio tenia pena de muerte de la +qual podia librar se pagando cantidad de oro por El delito. + +El que cometia Adulterio siendo entre principales tenia pena de +muerte y la mesma pena tenia El que era cojido con alguna manceba de +algun principal y era desta suerte qe siendo cojido en ynfragante le +podia matar El marido, y si aCaso se escapaua, huyendo tenia pena de +dinero, y hasta qe la pagauan tenia pendencia entre las parentelas +donde sucedia, lo proprio era entre los timaguas. + +Esta Relacion saco por mandado del Gouernador destas yslas miguel de +loarca Vz deg. de la Villa de areualo Vno de los primeros que en ellas +entraron curioso e estas cosas y asi la tengo por cierta y Verdadera-- + + + +[_Endorsed at end_: "Relacion fha en conformidad de Vna cedula de su +magd Sobre cosas particulares destas yslas--Es para El Real consejo +de las yndias."] + +[_Endorsed on outside wrapper_: "Relacion de las Yslas Filipinas, +su descubrimiento, poblaciones de espanoles, usos y costumbres de +sus naturales, religion, &a; hecha en virtud de Real Cedula por +Miguel de Loarca, vecino de la villa de Arevalo, uno de los primeros +conquistadores y pobladores."] + + + + +RELATION OF THE FILIPINAS ISLANDS BY MIGUEL DE LOARCA + + +_A treatise on the Philipinas islands, in which an account is given +of all the islands and peoples reduced to the obedience of his royal +Majesty, King Don Phelippe, our sovereign, and of the settlements +that the Spaniards have made there; together with an account of the +form of government among both the Spaniards and the natives, and of +some customs of the Indians and Moros of these islands_. + + +Although the chief settlement of the Spaniards in these islands is +the city of Manila, and the island of Lucon, wherein it is situated, +is the finest and richest of all the islands discovered (on which +account we should discuss and begin to write about it first), yet, +since the island of Cubu was the first to be settled, and served +as the starting-point for the conquest of all the others; and, too, +because your Lordship has allowed me so short a time in which to write +this relation; and because I know them better, I shall commence with +the island of Cubu and those adjacent to it, the Pintados. Thus I may +afterward speak more at length on matters pertaining to this island +of Lucon and its neighboring islands--where, because the natives are +Moros, they differ somewhat from the former in customs, mode of life, +and language. + +It cannot be denied that the men who have come to this country have +lacked the desire for investigation, since neither ecclesiastics +nor laymen have undertaken to relate what occurred in this land at +the time of its conquest; and, although it is said that father Fray +Alonso de Buyca has written a large volume in Mexico on this subject, +I doubt the assertion, because I have seen his letters which came last +year, in this ship "Sanct Martin." In these letters he asked for exact +information about events in this region of sixteen years ago, because +he mistrusted the accounts which have been sent to him from here; he +also requested any one of the settlers of this land, who should write, +to give a faithful account of all things for times to come. At present, +it will be difficult to arrange such information, and much time will +be needed therefor. In view of this and the short time before me, +I shall not treat of that particular subject; but I shall fulfil +what his Majesty has ordered from your Lordship by his royal decree; +and I shall also add a description of some customs of the natives, +in order that, since they are his Majesty's vassals, he may know of +the barbarous life from which he has delivered these natives, and of +the civilized manner in which they now live under his gracious sway. + + + +Chapter First + + +_Of the island of Cubu, and of the other islands under its +jurisdiction_. + +_Island of Cubu_. The island of Cubu, the first to be settled by +Miguel Lopez de Legazpi, has a circuit of nearly a hundred leagues +and a length of about fifty leagues, for it is very narrow. At the two +extremities it is, at the widest place, about twenty leagues wide. One +extremity, the one lying toward the north, is called Burula. The +other extremity, which we call Las Cabecas and the natives Sanbuan, +lies at the south; for, as is inferred, this island runs nearly north +and south. One cannot sail very close to the island; because all +along the coast where the town of Cubu is situated are to be found +bays that curve in different directions. On the other and western +side of the island the land lies almost northeast and southwest. The +entire island contains about three thousand five hundred Indians, +living in different, and for the most part small, villages. Here +I shall mention only the principal ones, for the others are small, +numbering only from eight to ten houses. + +_Jaro_. Jaro is under the charge of an encomendero who also holds an +encomienda elsewhere; the village is inhabited by five hundred Indians. + +_Daraguete_. Daraguete is also an encomienda, with two hundred Indians. + +_Penol_. El Penol is also an encomienda, with two hundred Indians. + +_Jaro_. Jaro is likewise an encomienda, with two hundred Indians. + +_Temanduc_. Temanduque is also an encomienda, with five hundred +Indians. + +_Temanduc_. In the same province of Temanduque another encomendero +has seventy Indians; and it is also an encomienda. + +_Barile_. The village of Barile is another encomienda; it is inhabited +by four hundred natives. It is also an encomienda. + +_Burugan_. The village of Burugan has about seventy Indians. It is +also an encomienda. + +_Candaya_. The province of Candaya has three hundred and fifty Indians, +belonging to two encomenderos. It is also an encomienda. + +No Spaniards are to be found in any of the principal encomiendas, +in all this province, although fourteen of them possess holdings +therein. These Spaniards, because they were inhabitants of the town +of Cubu, received each two or three small villages, together with +service from the Indians, fowls, and other means of maintenance; +for the principal encomiendas were distant from them thirty or forty +leagues, more or less. On the other side of the above-mentioned native +communities, at about two arquebus-shots from the Spanish town of +Ssantisimo Nombre de Jesus (thus called because an image of the child +Jesus, of the time of Magallanes, had been found there, and was held in +great reverence by the Indians), is a village of the natives belonging +to the royal crown, with about eight hundred Indians. The commander +Miguel Lopez de Legazpi exempted this community from paying tribute; +for they had always taken sides with the Spaniards, and had helped +them to conquer some of the other islands. + +_Observations on the island of Cubu_. In this village live thirty +Spaniards, and as many encomenderos. Counting both citizens and +soldiers, fifty or sixty Spaniards ordinarily reside there. + +_Alcalde-mayor in Cubu_. The governors of these islands have always +appointed an alcalde-mayor, at a salary of three hundred pesos taken +from the fines forfeited to the royal treasury; and the royal treasury +not being sufficient, the alcalde-mayor has not, as yet, appointed any +deputy. There are six regidors, who, up to the present time, have been +elected annually. The past governors appointed also an alguazil-mayor, +whom they can remove and replace at their pleasure. There is no +remuneration for this last office; and it is therefore given to an +encomendero, who is generally one of the leading citizens. There +are also two alcaldes-in-ordinary, and one notary for the cabildo +and the public. If all these officials were not also encomenderos, +they would be unable to support themselves; for the town possesses +no commerce which comes within their reach. The town has the best +port of these islands, and it was for this reason that Miguel Lopez +de Legazpi founded a settlement there. It was he who founded the +above-mentioned town, in the year of sixty-four. Perhaps the traffic +with Maluco may prove of advantage to the town, for there is no other +place in its vicinity with which any commerce could be carried on. Its +neighborhood is poor, and all the vast district round about lacks gold +mines or gold-placers, except in the island of Mindanao--and that but +little--as will be described later. The island of Cubu produces a small +quantity of rice, borona, and millet and little or no cotton; for the +cloth which the natives use for their garments is made from a kind of +banana. From this they make a sort of cloth resembling colored calico, +which the natives call _medrinaque_. In these islands great value is +set upon the land which can produce rice and cotton, because cotton +and cloth find a good market in Nueva Espana. The condition of the +people will be described when I shall speak of all the Pintados in +general, for they all are very similar. All are provided with fowls, +swine, a few goats, beans, and a kind of root resembling the potatoes +of Sancto Domingo, called by the natives _camotes_. After rice, fish +is the main article of maintenance in this and other islands, for it +abounds in all of them, and is of excellent quality in this island +of Cubu. Although deer have been found in all the islands discovered +hereabout, there are none here; and if any should be brought hither +from elsewhere they would immediately die. + +_Island of Matan_. To the south of the settlement of Cubu, about two +arquebus-shots from it, lies the island of Matan where Magallanes was +killed; it forms the port of Cubu. The island is about four leagues +in circumference, and half a league wide; it has a population of about +three hundred Indians, scattered through four or five small villages, +all of which are under the jurisdiction of the town of Cubu. + +_Island of Vohol_. On the other side of the island of Matan, and +farther south, about eight leagues from the settlement of Cubu, +lies the island of Vohol, which is an encomienda with two thousand +Indians. The natives of this island are closely related to the people +of Cebu and are almost one and the same people. Those inhabiting +the coast regions are mainly fishermen. They are excellent oarsmen; +and, before the arrival of the Spaniards, they were accustomed to +cruise about in their vessels on marauding expeditions. They are +also traders. There was once a large town in this island [Bohol], +which, shortly before the Spaniards came hither, was plundered by the +people of Maluco, and the majority of its inhabitants were dispersed +throughout the other islands, where they now dwell. The settlements +inland among the mountains are small and poor, and are not yet wholly +under subjection. In this island, as well as in the many nearby +uninhabited islets--these latter abounding also in fish--there is +great abundance of game, both deer and boars. The island is about +forty leagues in circumference, and eight or ten leagues wide. + +_Island of Negros_. West of the island of Cubu lies another island, +called by the Spaniards Negros, because its mountain districts are +inhabited by some blacks. The Indians have given it various names, such +as Nayon, Mamaylan, and others, all taken from the names of villages in +different parts of the island. It contains some six or seven thousand +Indians; but the number of blacks has not been ascertained, because +of their hostility. The side of the island facing Cubu is sparsely +populated; for it has only one settlement worthy the name, which is +situated on the river Tanay, and half of the Indians on that river are +natives of Bohol. The southern side, facing the island of Panay and the +town of Arevalo, is thickly settled; for it contains the rivers Ylo, +Ynabagan, Bago, Carobcop, and Tecgaguan--all fertile districts, rich +in foods, such as rice, swine, and fowls; and abounding in medrinaque, +although there is no cotton. The coast facing Cubu lies about two +and one-half leagues from that island, and on the side facing the +island of Panay and the town of Arevalo there is a like distance; +so that two straits are made with these islands of Zubu and Panay +respectively. The side toward Cubu has three encomenderos; and that +toward Panay and the town of Arevalo has eight. All other encomenderos +hold encomiendas in other parts of the island. This island is about +ninety leagues in circumference, and about twelve or thirteen leagues +wide. None of its villages belong to his Majesty. + +_Island of Fuegos_. Near the straits formed by Negros Island and that +of Cubu, there is an island which we call the island of Fuegos. It +has a circuit of ten leagues, and a population of nearly two hundred +Indians, and is a part of an encomienda. This island produces a great +quantity of wax. + +_Island of Camotes_. East of the island of Cubu are two small islets, +each about five leagues in circumference. They are called the islets +of Camotes. The two are inhabited by about three hundred Indians, +and are under the jurisdiction of the city of Cubu. The people +are poor, although they possess some wax and a great quantity of +fish. The villages are small, consisting of only seven or eight houses +each. These islets are about three leagues from the island of Cubu, +and seven from the city of that name. + +_Island of Baybay_. About three leagues farther east lies the +island of Baybay, or Leyte, as it is also called. It is a large and +well-provisioned island, although the people dress in medrinaque. Leyte +is thickly settled; it may have a population of fourteen or fifteen +thousand Indians, ten thousand of whom pay tribute because that has +been a people hard to conquer. There are twelve encomenderos; but +his Majesty owns none of the Indians. This island is about eighty +leagues in circumference, and fifteen or sixteen wide. Its principal +settlements and rivers are Vaybay, Yodmuc, Leyte, Cavigava, Barugo, +Maraguincay, Palos, Abuyo, Dulaque, Longos, Bito, Cabalian, Calamocan +and Tugud. This island possesses neither mines nor gold-placers; the +only cloth it produces is medrinaque, which, as I have said before, +resembles calico, and is made from a kind of wild banana. + +_Island of Panaon_. Between this island and that of Mindanao, which +lies north and south, is the island of Panaon. It is about eight +leagues in circumference, and three leagues wide. The population +is poor, and numbers only about one hundred men, who belong to one +encomendero. + +_Island of Siargao_. Twelve leagues from the island of Panaon, and +next to the island of Mindanao, is the island of Siargao, which is +about fifteen leagues in circumference and six leagues wide. It may +have about four hundred inhabitants, and its villages are built around +rough and dangerous estuaries. There is only one encomendero. The +people are poor because of their indolence; for although there +are numerous small islets near this island, which contain many +gold-placers, they do not work them. They give as a reason that, +if the corsairs should discover that they were working these mines, +they would come hither to take them captive; but even now, when no +one can molest them, they do not work the mines, and hence we may +infer that their poverty is mainly due to sloth. + +_Island of Macagua_. West of the island of Baybay is a small island +called Macagua, about which father Fray Andres de Urbaneta related so +many wonders. It is four leagues in circumference and one league wide; +it has about sixty inhabitants, as well as an encomendero. The people +are poor and wretched, possessing nothing but salt and fish. + +_Island of Maripipe_. At the other side, northeast from the island +of Baybay, lies the island called Maripipe. It is a very mountainous +island, and by reason of its great roughness it is barren. It is about +seven leagues in circumference and two and one-half leagues wide. It +has a population of about one hundred Indians. + +_Island of Limancaguayan_. Nearer the strait and cape of Espiritu +Santo, and about three leagues from Maripipe, is another island, +called Limancaguayan. Like Maripipe it has a circumference of about +seven leagues, and a population of one hundred. This island produces +rice and medrinaque. These two islands belong to one encomendero, +together with the island of Fuegos, which we mentioned above. + +_Island of Masbate_. Farther to the north-northeast of this island +of Leyte lies the island of Masbate, which is about thirty leagues +in circumference, and six leagues wide. It has about five hundred +Indians, who belong to one encomendero. It has also gold mines from +which much gold was dug, for the natives of Camarines went thither to +work them; but they have left the place on account of the Spaniards, +and therefore the mines are not worked. The island of Leyte is +considered the centre of all the islands mentioned above, because +they all lie in its neighborhood. + +_Island of Bantayan_. About two leagues north of the island of Cubu +lies the island of Bantayan. It is about eight leagues in circumference +and two leagues wide, and has a population of about one thousand +Indians; this and the above-mentioned island of Vohol are under the +charge of one encomendero. Its inhabitants are well-disposed. They have +large fisheries, for there are many shoals near the island. There is +also a pearl-fishery, although a very small one. The land produces +millet and borona, but no rice, for all the island has poor soil +notwithstanding that it is level. Some of the natives of this island +cultivate land on the island of Cubu, which, as I have said, is two +leagues away. The island abounds in excellent palm-trees--a growth +common to all the Pintados islands, for all of them abound in palms. + +_Island of Capul_. Capul is the name of the island forming a strait +with the island of Lucon. Through this strait pass all the ships which +come from Espana. Capul is about twelve leagues in circumference and +four leagues wide. It has about five hundred Indians, and belongs to +one encomendero. Its inhabitants are poor and have rice and medrinaque. + +_Island of Viri_. Still nearer the cape of Espiritu Santo, and in the +strait itself, lies the island of Viri. It is about five leagues in +circumference and two leagues wide. It has a population of about one +hundred. This island and that of Macagua are under one encomendero. + +_Island of Ybabao_. Southeast of the island of Baybay, lies the +island of Ybabao, or as it is also called, the island of Candaya [also +Tandaya]. It is about one hundred and ten leagues in circumference. No +one has yet gone through the land, and therefore its width is not +known. They say that its population is as large as that of the island +of Baybay, and that it is a fertile and well-provisioned island. The +people seen by the Spaniards will number about five thousand Indians, +who are scattered through the following villages: + + + + The village of Daguisan. + The river of Ylaga. + The river of Yba. + The river of Basey. + The villages of Hubun. + The villages of Balingigua. + The villages of Guiguan. + The river of Sicavalo. + The river of Bolongan. + The river of Sibato. + The village of Tinagun. + The River of Calviga. + The estuaries of Ulaya. + The river of Paguntan. + The river of Napundan. + The river of Bolo. + The river of Pono. + The river of Gamay. + The villages of Panpan. + The river of Catubi. + The river of Volonto. + The river of Yuatan. + The river of Pagaguahan. + The village of Baranas. + The village of Arasan. + + + +_Islands of Bantac_. Close to the island of Ybabao, on its eastern +side and in the gulf of Nueva Espana [_i.e._, Pacific Ocean], are +to be found two islands, called Bantac. They are thinly populated, +and according to what the Indians say, no one has yet set foot on them. + +_Verde Island_. On this same side, opposite the town of Guiguan +on the gulf side, lies Verde Island. It is about eight leagues in +circumference, and four leagues wide. It contains about one hundred +and fifty Indians. + +_Island of Canaguan_. On the western side, opposite the river of +Tinahon, lies the island of Canaguan, which is about four leagues in +circumference and one league wide. It contains about one hundred men. + +_Island of Caguayan_. The island of Caguayan lies very close to +the western side of the island of Ybabao, and is three leaguo +in circumference and one league wide. Its population numbers two +hundred men. + +_Island of Batac_. The island of Batac, which is near this place, +contains one hundred men. All these islands which have been mentioned +are under the charge of the encomenderos of Cubu, and under the +jurisdiction of the city by the same name; so that, counting each +island by itself, and that part of the island of Mindanao which has +been explored, the jurisdiction of the city of Cubu extends over a +circuit of six hundred and sixty-seven leagues. + +_Island of Mindanao_. Of all the islands discovered up to the present +time, Mindanao is supposed to be the largest, although but few of +its inhabitants are friendly--almost none, in fact--and those dwell +along the coast. The Spaniards have explored only about one hundred +and fifty leagues of this island, namely, from the river of Catel to +the principal river, which is called Mindanao. From the city of Cubu +one has to sail southeast to reach the nearest point of Mindanao, +which is called Dapitan. Dapitan has a port, and lies in the middle +of the discovered section of the island. Once this section was thickly +populated, but now there are only a few inhabitants left. It produces +rice and gold, for there are gold-placers and mines all over the +island; but the gold is found in so small a quantity that it can +hardly be detected. From Dapitan to the point of Cinnamon there are +more than thirty rivers whose banks are settled. + +_Observations on the Island of Mindanao._ But those who live along +the shore are very few, and are called Lutaos--a name applied to +a tribe of people in this land, whose only means of sustenance is +derived from fishing; and who take their wives, dogs, cats, and all +their possessions in their boats. The fish that they catch they trade +with the people of the mountains. + +_Tree-dwellings of the mountaineers of Mindanao._ The mountaineers +of this island build their houses in certain trees, so large that in +each one a house is built which can contain forty or fifty married +men and their families; the tree serves as a fortress against the +enemy. As far as seen this region abounds in wax. The land is very +rough and mountainous, and the inhabitants dress in medinaque cloth. + +Forty leagues from Dapitan, on the side facing Maluco, is Cavite +Point, where there is abundance of cinnamon; this is the district +which extends toward Maluco. + +_Island of Taguima._ Not far from this Cinnamon Point, lies the island +of Taguima, which is about fourteen leagues in circumference, and +four leagues wide. It has a population of about five hundred Indians, +with two encomenderos. In all parts of Mindanao are found a great +many civet-cats. The Portuguese ships, on their way from Malaca to +Maluco for cloves, pass by this island, and formerly did much harm +to the natives, often committing acts of treachery while making that +passage. Civet-cats are found in all parts of the island of Mindanao; +but the people are poorly supplied with food and clothing. + +_Island of Soloc_. Twenty leagues from this Cinnamon Point lies +the island of Soloc. Its inhabitants are Moros from Burney. It +was discovered at the same time as was the river of Burney. The +island is about twenty-four leagues in circumference, and is said +to have somewhat more than one thousand inhabitants. It is said to +have elephants and a fine pearl-fishery. It belongs to one of the +encomenderos of Cubu, and is within the jurisdiction of that city. + +_Island of Mindanao, continued_. All the region northeast of +Dapitan, as far as the river of Butuan, is under one encomendero, +except the villages of Gonpot and Cagayan. These two villages, +on account of their production of cinnamon, are under his Majesty, +although their population is small, not exceeding two hundred men. The +same encomendero has charge also of the district between Dapitan and +almost to the Cinnamon Point, so that his encomienda in this island of +Mindanao is of nearly sixty leagues' extent; he is also encomendero of +the above-mentioned island of Soloc, and holds another encomienda in +the island of Cubu. With all this, he is poor [and dying of hunger: +_crossed out in original MS_.], and cannot help laying hands on all +the discovered land of Mindanao + +_Rivers: Paniguian, Ydac, Matanda, Ytanda, Tago, Ono, Beslin--all of +which have about three thousand men, for the most part hostile_. Around +the river Butuan, which belongs to Guido de la Vecaris, dwell about six +hundred Indians who are in this island. Farther on are to be found the +rivers Surigao, Parasao and others, all poor regions notwithstanding +their gold-placers. The same may be said of the rivers Paniguian, +Ydac, Matanda, Ytanda, Tago, Ono, and Beslin--all of which have a +population of about three thousand, mostly hostile. + +Two attempts have been made to explore the chief river of Mindanao--the +most important of the island, and from which the island of Mindanao +derives its name--but with little result, for our people have been +able to discover only six or seven villages. Of these villages the +principal one is where the petty king lives; others are Tanpacan, +Boayen, and Valet, with others, which, according to what has been seen, +have a population of a little more than three thousand, although it +is reported that there are many more than that number. + +_Island of Camaniguin_. Opposite Butuan River, in the direction of +Cubu, and between Vohol and the island of Mindanao, lies the island +of Camaniguin. It is about ten leagues in circumference, and has a +population of about one hundred Indians. This island is two leagues +from Mindanao. It is a craggy and mountainous island. It produces +some wax, and la gente della por la mayor parte anda sienpre muy city +of Cubu. + + + + +Chapter Second + +_Of the island of Panay and of the district under its jurisdiction_ + + +_Island of Panay_. Twelve leagues from the nearest point of Cubu, +and two and one-half leagues from Negros Island, lies the island +of Panay, the most fertile and well-provisioned of all the islands +discovered, except the island of Lucon; for it is exceedingly fertile, +and abounds in rice, swine, fowls, wax, and honey; it produces also +a great quantity of cotton and medrinaque. Its villages stand very +close together, and the people are peaceful and open to conversion. The +land is healthful and well-provisioned, so that the Spaniards who are +stricken with sickness in other islands go thither to recover their +health. The natives are healthy and clean; and although the island of +Cubu is also healthful and has a good climate, most of its inhabitants +are always afflicted with the itch and buboes. In the island of Panay +the natives declare that no one of them had ever been afflicted with +buboes until the people from Bohol--who, as we said above, abandoned +Bohol on account of the people of Maluco--came to settle in Panay, +and gave the disease to some of the natives. For these reasons the +governor, Don Goncalo Ronquillo, founded the town of Arevalo, on the +south side of this island; for the island runs almost north and south, +and on that side live the majority of the people, and the villages +are near this town, and the land here is more fertile. In this +town dwell fifteen encomenderos, who have among them about twenty +thousand Indians, all pacified and paying tribute. Since the town +is situated on the side nearest Negros Island, its nearest neighbor, +the above-mentioned governor placed under its jurisdiction the rivers +Ylo, Ynabagan, Bago, Carobcop and Tecgaguan--which, as has been said +before, constitute the best district of Negros Island. For all these +reasons, people flocked thither to build their houses; and the place +has become the best-provisioned district in all the islands. This +island of Panay provides the city of Manila and other places with a +large quantity of rice and meat. + +_Alcalde-mayor of Arevalo, with a salary of 300 pesos_. The city of +this island has one alcalde-mayor, four regidors, one alguazil-mayor, +two alcaldes-in-ordinary, and one notary for the public and for the +cabildo. The regidors are elected for life, and the alguazil-mayor +remains in office as long as does the alcalde-mayor. Being a new +town, there are few lawsuits; and the notary can depend on no other +compensation than that which he derives from lawsuits among the Indians +(for he accompanies the alcalde-mayor on his official visits), and from +the cases which are brought before the law for settlement. This city +holds jurisdiction over a circuit of three leagues, but it possesses +no territory of its own. + +The following are the principal communities in this island: + + + + The village of Oton, next to the town. + The village of Ticbaguan. + The river Jaro. + The river Yvahay. + The river Ajuy. + The river Harahut. + The river Panay. + The river Aclan. + The village of Antique. + The village of Bugason. + + + +and others of less importance. The alcalde-mayor receives a salary +of three hundred pesos, paid from the fines forfeited to the royal +treasury; and if those do not suffice, he will be empowered by the +governor and other royal officials to collect the tribute which +his Majesty receives in that island--from somewhat more than two +thousand men, who dwell in the vicinity of the rivers Haraut, Ajuy, +and Panay--the fifths of the gold which is dug in that region, +almost nothing in amount. This town is about fifty leagues from +that of Santisimo Nombre de Jesus in the island of Cubu. As this +island contains great abundance of timber and provisions, it has +almost continuously had a shipyard on it, as is the case now at the +location of the town of Arevalo, for galleys and fragatas. Here the +ship "Visaya" was launched. This island is about one hundred leagues +in circumference. + +_Island of Ymaraes_. About two arquebus-shots from the island of +Panay lies the island of Ymaraes. It is about twelve leagues in +circumference, and has a population of about five hundred Indians, +all of whom are in charge of one of the encomenderos of the island +of Panay. It abounds in rice, cotton, honey, wax, and much game, as +is usual in all the islands. It has much timber, which serves for the +shipyards, and for house-building in the neighboring islands. Although +of such extent, Ymaraes comes under the jurisdiction of the town +of Arevalo. + +_Island of Cuyo_. Opposite Antique, which is located in the island +of Panay, and about sixteen leagues farther in the same westerly +direction, lies the island of Cuyo. This island is also in charge of +one of the encomenderos of the island of Panay, and has a population of +about eight hundred. It abounds in rice which bears a reddish kernel, +because the soil is of that color. A great many goats are being raised, +for the region is favorable for that. There are large fisheries, and +some pearls are gathered. A large quantity of cotton cloth is woven +there, although the cotton is not produced on the island. Formerly +many ships from Burney were wont to come to barter for _bruscays_, +which are a kind of sea-shell which in Sian is used as money, as +cocoa-beans are used in Nueva Espana. It is under the jurisdiction of +Arevalo, although the authority of that town has never been exercised +therein. This island is twelve leagues in circumference. + +_Islets of Lutaya_. Not far from this island are five [seven] very +small islets called Lutaya, Dehet, Bisucay, Cadnuyan, Tacaguayan, +Lubit, and Tinotoan. The people are very poor, and are kept in slavery +by the chiefs of the island of Cuyo. These islets, all together, +contain somewhat more than one hundred men. The chief occupation in +all these islets is making salt and mats--the latter from rushes, +for they are a wretched people. These they pay as their tribute. This +island is six leagues in circumference. + +_Island of Osigan_. Northeast of the island of Panay and three leagues +from its extreme point, lies the island of Osigan, which we call the +island of Tablas. It is about eighteen leagues in circumference, and +is quite mountainous. Wax is collected there. It has a population of +about two hundred and fifty Indians, living in small villages. + +_Island of Cibuyan._ Six leagues from Osigan lies the island of +Cibuyan. It is about twelve leagues in circumference, and six leagues +wide. It has about three hundred Indians, of whom two hundred are +under one of the Panay encomenderos. In this island are to be found +very good gold mines, but they are not properly worked, for the +Indians are all Pintados, and are very slothful. They belong to the +jurisdiction of Arevalo. + +_Island of Buracay._ About two arquebus-shots from the north point +of the island of Panay, lies the island of Buracay. It is about three +leagues in circumference, and one-half league wide. It is inhabited by +about one hundred Indians, who cultivate rice there, and in addition +derive profit from some goats. + +_Island of Anbil._ One half league from this island is another island, +called Anbil. It is about three leagues in circumference, and one +wide. Its fifty Indians are mostly ship-builders. + +_Island of Simara._ About two leagues from the island of Tablas--or, +as it is also called, Osigan--lies the island of Simara. It is +about four leagues in circumference, and two leagues wide. It has +a population of one hundred and fifty. These people are traders, +and raise goats, and therefore the island is called Cabras ["Goats"] +Island. It is about twelve leagues from the island of Panay. + +_Island of Sivaay._ Four leagues west of the north point of Panay, +is the island of Sivaay. It is five leagues in circumference, and +one and one-half leagues wide, and has a population of seventy Indians. + +_Island of Similara._ About three leagues farther, toward the island +of Mindoro, is found the island of Similara, with a population of +ninety Indians. It is four leagues in circumference, and one league +wide. All the people of these islets gather a very scanty harvest; +they make salt, and are traders. + +_Island of Batbatan._ South of the north point of Panay, and about one +and one-half leagues from that island, lies the island of Bacbatan, +with a population of eighty Indians. The island is about three +leagues in circumference, and one league wide. The inhabitants raise +their wheat and produce their wax on the island of Panay. All these +islands--Buracay, Anbil, Simara, Sivaay, Similara, and Bacbatan--are +under one of the encomenderos of Panay. + +_Island of Banton._ The island of Banton lies about one and one-half +leagues from the island of Simara, or Cabras. It is about eight +leagues in circumference and three leagues wide, and has two hundred +Indians. The island is very craggy; it abounds in palm-trees, potatoes, +yams, and wax. The people are traders. + +_Island of Donblon._ The island of Donblon lies between Cibuyan and +the island of Tablas. It is seven leagues in circumference and three +leagues wide. Donblon is inhabited by nearly two hundred and fifty +Indians, and abounds in wax. This island and that of Banton come +under one of the Panay encomenderos, and under the jurisdiction of +the town of Arevalo. The jurisdiction of this town extends also over +the islands of Ymaras, Cuyo, Bacbatan, Sivahi, Similara, Buracay, +Anbil, Simara, Osaygan, Banton, Donblon, Cibuyan, and over the +larger populated section of Negros Island--namely, from the cape of +Sitaravaan to Siparay, an extent of more than twenty leagues. Banton, +which is the last island of this jurisdiction, lies about fifty-five +or fifty-six leagues from the town of Arevalo. + +_Island of Cagaian._ Sailing south-southeast from the town of Arevalo, +one comes to the open sea; for there are no other islands in that +direction except the ones called Cagayan--two low islets about fifteen +leagues from the island of Panay. They are surrounded by many low +reefs; and unless their narrow entry is well known, the ships which go +there encounter great dangers. These islands have about four hundred +inhabitants, all of whom are very skilful ship-builders. It is said +that a few years ago the natives peopled these islands in order to +fortify themselves by the reefs, for fear of the pirates. Then they +undertook to return to the island of Panay in order to dwell there; +but very many of their women died there. Seeing this, as they are +soothsayers they returned to the islands of Cagayan, whence they set +out every year, and scatter themselves over all the islands to build +ships. These Indians of Cagayan have made his Majesty's ships in +these islands, as well as the galleys, galliots, and fragatas. They +also help in repairing and righting ships. Being therefore the most +important people in these islands, the adelantado Miguel Lopez de +Legazpi allotted the islands of Cagayan to the encomenderos of Negros +Island. Afterwards it seemed best to put them under his Majesty's +control. Thus the town of Arevalo holds jurisdiction over an extent +of about two hundred and fifty leagues. + + + + +Chapter Third + +_Of the Island of Lucon_ + + +_Island of Lucon_. The island of Lucon is the most important island of +the whole group which has been discovered. It is thickly populated and +well-provided with rice and gold-mines. These mines have yielded much +gold, especially in the province of Ylocos. This island is divided +into three provinces, the chief of which is that wherein was founded +the city of Manilla, the capital of this kingdom and the seat of the +governor. Hither flock more Spaniards than are found in all the other +islands. One league and a half from this city is the port of Cavite, +where the ships from Nueva Espana anchor. The ships from China enter +also through the river of this city, for they usually come in great +numbers to carry on their trading. His Majesty has a fortress here, +with its governor, three royal officers, one major, and one royal +standard-bearer--all appointed by his Majesty. There are also two +alguacils-mayor--one of court and one of the city, one government +secretary, one notary for the cabildo, and four notaries-public. Manila +is also the seat of the bishop of all the islands; in this city he +resides and has his cathedral church. There are also seven regidors in +this city; three of them are proprietary magistrates, and are appointed +by his Majesty--namely, Captain Juan de Moron, Don Luis Enrriquez, and +Pedro de Herrera. The other four are appointed by the governor--namely, +Captain Graviel de Ribera, Captain Joan Maldonado, Captain Bergara, and +Captain Rodrigo Alvarez. There is also a convent of Augustinian monks, +one of descalced friars, and one house of the Company [of Jesus]. + +The city is situated midway on the shore of a large bay, about twenty +leagues in circumference. The region all about this bay is fertile, +and well-provisioned. The inhabitants are Moros, instructed in that +faith by those of Burney. The river has a fresh-water lake, about +five leagues above this city; it is more than twenty leagues in +circumference. The district abounds in rice and cotton. The people +possess much gold in the way of trinkets, but there are no mines in +this region. This same race of Moros have made settlements as far as +the villages of the Batangas; their number will be told later. They +have also peopled the island of Mindoro and that of Luban, but they +are to be found in no other region of these islands. The inhabitants +of the province of Camarines at the eastern end of this island, +through whose strait arrive the ships from Nueva Espana, resemble +the Pintados; and even those at the other and southeastern [_sc._ +northern] end of this island, toward the Japanese, also closely +resemble the Pintados--although they do not tattoo _[pintan]_ +themselves as the latter do, and bore their ears differently; for in +these two provinces there is but little tattooing. The Pintados tattoo +the whole body very gorgeously; but the Moros do not tattoo themselves +at all, nor do they bore their ears. Unlike the men of Visaya, the +Moros wear their hair short, although their women bore their ears, +but in a very ugly manner. The Moros inhabit only this district of +the bay of Manilla. with a fifteen-league coast, the most fertile +land of this island. The following encomiendas are to be found in +the neighborhood of this city: + +The encomienda of Vatan, eight hundred men. + +The encomienda of Vitis, with about seven thousand men. + +The encomienda of Macabebe, with two thousand six hundred men. + +The encomienda of Calonpite, with about three thousand men. + +The encomienda of Candava, with two thousand men. + +Near this encomienda is a village which, on account of its antiquity, +is called Little Castilla. It belongs to his Majesty, and has a +population of seventy. + +The encomienda of Pale, with three hundred men. + +The encomienda of Binto, with four hundred men. + +The encomienda of Malolos, eight hundred men. + +The encomienda of Guiguinto, four hundred men. + +The encomienda of Catangalan, with eight hundred men. + +The encomienda of Caluya belongs to his Majesty, and has six hundred +men. + +Formerly all the above-mentioned encomiendas had one alcalde-mayor, +but since Don Gonzalo came he has appointed the following officials: + +_Corregidor of Batan_. In Batan, a corregidor, with a salary of one +hundred and fifty pesos. + +_Alcalde-mayor of Lubao_. In Lubao, another, with a salary of three +hundred pesos. + +_Alcalde-mayor of Calompite_. In Calompite and Macaveve, another, +with a salary of three hundred pesos. + +_Alcalde-mayor of Candava_. In Candava and two other encomiendas, +another, with a salary of two hundred pesos. + +_Alcalde-mayor of Bulacan._ In Bulacan and its vicinity, another, +with a salary of two hundred pesos. + +One language is spoken in all these encomiendas. Quite near the city, +and along the coast from Tondo, which is situated on the other side +of the river of this city, another language is spoken. This village +of Tondo belongs to his Majesty, and possesses a population of one +thousand three hundred and fifty Indians. + +The village of Quiapo also belongs to his Majesty. + +The village of Pandacan, which is held by an encomendero, has one +hundred and fifty men. + +The village of Santa Maria is under an encomendero, and has a +population of [_blank space in MS_.]. + +The village of Capaques has two hundred men, and belongs to his +Majesty. + +The encomienda of Pasic has one encomendero, and contains two +thousand men. + +The encomienda of Tagui is under one encomendero, and has six hundred +and sixty men. + +The encomienda of Taytay is inhabited by five hundred Indians. All +these encomiendas are situated along the river of Manilla, from Tondo +to the lake, and are under the jurisdiction of one alcalde-mayor, +who appoints a deputy for Tondo. The alcalde-mayor has a salary of +two hundred pesos; and his deputy, one hundred. + +Around the lake the following settlements are under the jurisdiction +of another alcalde-mayor: + +The encomienda of Maribago, three hundred men. + +The encomienda of Tabuc, with [_blank space in MS._]. + +The encomienda of Vahi, with two thousand five hundred men. + +The encomienda of Pila, with one thousand six hundred men. + +The encomienda of Mayay, with four hundred men. + +The encomienda of Lumban, with one thousand five hundred men. + +The encomienda of Maracta belongs to his Majesty, and has six +hundred men. + +The encomienda of Balian, with six hundred men. + +The encomienda of Sinoloan, with seven hundred men. + +The encomienda of Moron, with one thousand one hundred men. + +The last two encomiendas have a much larger population; but they +are hostile, and live in the mountains. All the above-mentioned +encomiendas are found around the lake. Turning toward the coast of +Manilla, on the other side of Tondo, we find the following villages: + +On the coast near Manila are Laguo, Malahat, Longalo, Palanac, Vacol, +Minacaya, and Cavite. All these villages are in the neighborhood +of Cavite, and belong to his Majesty, to whom they pay tribute. On +entering the bay opposite the other point, which is called Batan, is: + +_Alcalde-mayor for the coast_. The encomienda of Maragondon, with four +hundred and fifty men. This encomienda of Maragondon, together with +all the above-mentioned coast villages which belong to his Majesty, +is under the jurisdiction of one alcalde-mayor, who receives a salary +of three hundred pesos. + +Outside of the bay of Manilla, on the east, are the villages of the +lowlands of Tuley, which belong to his Majesty and pay him tribute. + +_Corregidor of Balayan_. The encomienda of Balayan has six hundred men, +with one encomendero; one corregidor is appointed here, who receives +a salary of one hundred and fifty pesos. + +_Alcalde-mayor of Vonvon_. The district around the lake of Bombon +has a population of about three thousand four hundred. Then come +the villages of the Batangas district, with one thousand men and +one encomendero. These two encomiendas are under the jurisdiction +of another alcalde-mayor. All the land between Tuley and Batangas +is inhabited by Moros, who, as we have said above, have abundance of +cotton, and possess much gold handed down to them by their ancestors. + +Proceeding about three leagues from the settlement of Batangas, +which we mentioned above, along the coast toward Camarines, we come +to the river of Lobo, on which are about a hundred Indians. Two +leagues from Lobo is Maribago, where there are gold mines; here dwell +about one hundred Indians. Farther on is the village of Biga, with a +population of about one hundred and fifty Indians. Next is Galvan, +with about another hundred and fifty Indians. All these villages +have one encomendero. Farther along the coast is the river Dayun, +with about six hundred Indians; and next, the river Tubi, on which, +in the tingues [hills], are about five hundred Indians. + +Next are the river Carilaya and other small settlements, with a total +population of about five hundred Indians. + +Still farther is the river Caguayan, with about two hundred +Indians. All this territory has three encomenderos, and is all under +the jurisdiction of the alcalde-mayor of Mindoro. Here begins the +province of Camarines, although a few settlements of little importance +may be found between the two regions. + + + + +Chapter Fourth + +_Which treats of the Camarines Provinces_ + + +_Provinces of Camarines and Vicor_. Farther along the coast near the +Pasacao River begin the provinces of Vicor and Camarines, which, +as we have said above, are situated on the east side as you enter +the Philipinas islands. Disembarking at the Pasacao River, which +is seventy leagues from the city of Manilla by sea, and journeying +three leagues by land, one comes to the Vicor River flowing north; +its source is in the opposite coasts of the island. [11] + +_Alcalde-mayor of Camarines_. Here lies the town of Caceres, the +seat of an alcalde-mayor who receives a salary of three hundred +pesos. There are also two alcaldes-in-ordinary, and six regidors, +whom the governor appoints for as long a period as he chooses. This +town of Caceres is situated in the middle of the entire province, +on the banks of the river Vicor. This river district is allotted to +eight encomenderos, seven of whom have in charge about seven hundred +Indians each, and the other about two thousand. Along the same river, +his Majesty possesses the villages of Minalagua and Nagua, with two +thousand Indians. Following this river, one comes to a lake called +the lake of Libon, which is but scantily populated. The district round +about is one encomienda, with one thousand five hundred Indians living +in the village of Libon and its environs. This lake of Libon, lying +in a mountainous region, has many creeks, by which one can easily +go to Yguas, Albay, Camarines, Bicagua, and other places. The town +of Caceres has in all twenty-four encomenderos. Fourteen of them, +including the seven above mentioned, have seven hundred Indians each; +one has two thousand; another, that of lake Libon, has one thousand +five hundred; and the rest have about three hundred Indians each. The +inhabitants of the Vicor River district pay their tribute in gold and +rice, for they possess these articles in great abundance--for in this +province are the excellent mines of Paracale, sixteen leagues from +the town; they work also the mines of Catanduanes, thirty leagues +from the town. The town has no dependencies, nor does it hold any +jurisdiction over other communities. The whole district is under the +jurisdiction of the alcalde-mayor of the province of Laguna. This +province has a population of about one thousand five hundred, and is +allotted to three encomenderos. + +Albay and Baquian are inhabited by about eight hundred Indians, who +are allotted to two encomenderos. Camarines, with about five hundred +men, is under one encomendero. + +Libon is under one encomendero, and has one thousand five hundred men. + +The province of Paracale and its coast, as far as Mahuban, is inhabited +by about two thousand men, and is allotted to three encomenderos. The +king owns a share of this province. + +The district around the bay of Yvalon has a population of about one +thousand five hundred, being divided between two encomenderos. + +_Island of Catanduanes_. The island of Catanduanes has a population +of about four thousand, and is allotted to four encomenderos. The +alcalde-mayor receives a salary of three hundred pesos, which is paid +from the fines forfeited to the royal treasury, or from the royal +treasury itself. He appoints no lieutenant, except one for the town +when he is absent. The governor appointed a notary for this town, who, +having little to do, attends also to the affairs of the alcalde-mayor, +and accompanies him on his tours of inspection. Thus his various +occupations yield him an annual income of nearly four hundred pesos. + +There is also a treasurer in this town, appointed by the governor, +at a salary of two hundred pesos. His duty is to collect the tribute +due to his Majesty, and to go every year to Manila to give an account +of his work. + +The country is fertile and healthy. It abounds in rice and palm-trees, +from which wine and a great quantity of brandy are made. + +As already said, the natives of this province closely resemble the +Pintados--although the former are more slothful; for they spend nearly +all their time in drinking, while their wives cultivate the land. Like +the Pintados, they are a sociable people, and observe the same customs. + +They all worship the ugly wooden idol, and talk to the demon. They +have also many wizards. Not having lived in this province, I am not +acquainted with their manner of sacrifice, nor have I found one who +could tell me of it. + +_Mines_. As I have said, there are mines in Paracale, in the bay of +Caporaguay, and in the island of Catanduanes. All these districts +are in the neighborhood of the town of Caceres. + +_Distances_. From Pasacao, one has to follow the coast of the island +eastward twenty leagues to Bucaygan, and sixty leagues more to the +northwest, before he reaches Vicor River. All this may be shortened to +the three leagues [by land] between Pasacao and the Vicor River. The +distance between Vicor River and the cape of Babuyanes--situated at +the other end of the island, toward Japan, as above stated--is one +hundred and twenty leagues. The coast between Vicor and Babuyanes is +rugged, and extends northwest and southeast. Not all this land is +inhabited, but only three districts of it, namely: the province of +Valete, with about eight hundred Indians; ten leagues farther, that +of Casiguran, with about five hundred Indians (a district resembling +Ylocos, which lies on the opposite coast, although the two provinces +have no communication, because of the ruggedness of the country); +and, farther on, the province of Alanao River. This last is well +peopled, and produces gold and cotton; its native Indians resemble +those of Valete and Casiguran. Besides these three districts, no other +settlement on this coast is encountered until the cape of Babuyanes is +reached. From the cape the coast runs east and west until the river of +Cagayan is reached. This is a very large river. It is twelve leagues +from the cape to the mouth of this river. + +_River Cagayan_. Cagayan is a river of great volume, although its bar +forms shallows. At high tide the bar has two brazas of water, and at +low tide one. On its banks are large settlements with a population of +more than thirty thousand. The people gather a great quantity of rice, +and keep many swine. They have also some gold, although there are no +gold mines. Their trade is carried on with the men of Ylocos. This +region is unwholesome, especially when the north wind prevails. + +_Islands of Mandato and Buyon_. On the opposite coast, near the +island of Lucon, are two inhabited islets, called Mandato and Buyon +respectively, each one about five leagues in circumference, settled +by Moros, on account of their lying so near the island of Lucon +opposite the bay of Manila. [_Marginal note:_ "The island of Lucon +curves from the city of Manilla, where the change in direction begins, +to the river of Cagayan."] + +_Island of Marinduque_. Between the island of Banton and that of Lucon, +four leagues from the former and five from the latter, lies the island +of Marinduque. It is about twenty-six leagues in circumference, and +eight leagues wide, and contains about one thousand men. Capul and +this island are under the charge of one encomendero. The Indians are +Pintados, although under the jurisdiction of neither Cubu, Arevalo, +nor Camarines. + + + + + +Chapter Fifth + +_Which treats of the province of Ylocos_ + + +_Island of Luzon, continued_. Going out of the bay of Manilla, and +sailing north toward the province of Ylocos, first comes the province +of the Cambales. This province has about one thousand men, who are like +the Chichimecos of Nueva Espana. Their customs are much like those of +the Moros; they differ from the latter in their dress. These people +wear short trousers, and short-sleeved jackets shaped to fit [the +neck: _crossed out in MS_.], which resemble the _saltambarca_. [12] +On the middle of the breast, and on the shoulders, they wear a badge +resembling a cross, fashioned in different colors. Some of them cut +only half of their hair--namely, from the brow to the crown of the +head. The villages of this province which are known are Marayomo, +Pinahuyu, Mahaban, Buanguin, Tuguy, Polo, Bongalon, Dalayap, Cabatogan, +and Bacol. It is the custom among this people to punish murderers by +boring a hole through the crown of the head and taking out the brains. + +_Province of Bulinao_. Next comes Bulinao, also inhabited by Cambales; +but the province belongs to his Majesty. It has a population of about +four hundred peaceful Indians, besides many more who live among the +mountains. The latter are a warlike people, whose only delight and +satisfaction is in waging war and in cutting off one another's heads, +which they hang up in their houses. The man who can display the most +heads in his house is he who is most respected and feared by all. They +cultivate the land although only in small tracts. They are like the +Chichimecos of Nueva Espana, who cannot be subdued--except that the +villages of Bulinao, as I have said, contain about four hundred Indians +who are pacified. These people recognize a God in heaven; but in times +of trouble and sickness they invoke their dead and their ancestors, +like the people of Visaya. + +_Bay of Pangasinan_. About five leagues farther is the province of +Pangasinan. Its bay is about six leagues around. Three large rivers, +which flow from the mining district of the mountains, fall into this +bay. This province has a peaceful population of four thousand. The land +is allotted to six encomenderos; but the best portion of it, which +has one thousand men, belongs to his Majesty. The people resemble +the Cambales above mentioned, in both dress and language; but they +are more intelligent, for they are traders and traffic with the +Chinese, Japanese, Borneans, and the natives of other islands. This +province abounds in food supplies, such as rice, goats, and swine; +and many buffaloes are hunted. The main occupation of this people is +commerce; but they are also good farmers, and sell their articles of +food and clothing to the miners; the gold that they obtain in return +for these they barter with the Spaniards. The men are very jealous +of their wives, whom they kill immediately if caught in adultery; +nor do the relatives of the latter resent the deed. These people, +like the Pintados, kill their children if they have many, in order +that they may not live in poverty. + +_Alcalde-mayor of Pangassinan_. For two years this district has had +one alcalde-mayor, who receives a salary of one hundred pesos. From +this province one can go by land to Manilla, over a very smooth and +good road, having to travel only fourteen or fifteen leagues to arrive +at the Capanpanga River. + +_Port of Japon_. Four leagues farther is a port which is called the +port of Japon. There is a settlement of [Spaniard: _crossed out in +MS_.] Indians, of the same race as those of Pangasinan. + +_Alinguey and Baratao_. Six leagues farther are the villages of +Alinguey and Baratao, with a population of about two thousand. Once +they were allotted to one encomendero, but now they belong to the royal +crown. The people are of the same race as those who inhabit Pangasinan. + +_Purao_. Four leagues farther are the villages of Purao, with a +population of two thousand. These towns are under the encomendero +of Bitis and Lubao. The people differ from the above in language, +but resemble them in their behavior and customs. They till the land; +and possess much gold, on account of being near the mines. These +people do not kill their children, as do the people of Pangasinan. + +_Villages of Lumaquaque_. Three leagues farther is the valley of +Lumaquaque, where live about one thousand five hundred natives. Half +of this district is under one encomendero, the other half belongs to +his Majesty. The people resemble those of Purao. + +_Villages of Candon_. Two leagues farther are the villages of Candon, +with a population of about one thousand eight hundred. They are under +two encomenderos. The people resemble those of Purao. + +_Province of Maluacan_. Three leagues farther is the province of +Maluacan, with a population of about one thousand eight hundred. It +is under the encomendero of Bonbon. + +_Valley of Landan_. Two leagues farther is the valley of Landan, +with a population of about one thousand Indians, who belong to the +hospital of the city of Manilla. + +_Village of Vigan_. Opposite this valley is the village of Vigan, with +about eight hundred inhabitants. It belongs to his Majesty. Not far +from Vigan is settled the town of Fernandina, which Guido de la Vezaris +founded in the year seventy-five. He appointed there six regidors, two +alcaldes, and one chief justice for all the provinces of the Ylocos. + +_Alcalde-mayor of Ylocos_. At the coming of Limahon, Fernandina was +plundered, and there only remains now one alcalde-mayor, with twenty +or thirty Spaniards, who usually dwell there as if in banishment. The +alcalde-mayor receives a salary of three hundred pesos, and appoints +notaries at his pleasure. + +_Valley of Bantay_. One league from this town is the valley of +Bantay, with a population of about one thousand six hundred, and +one encomendero. + +_Valley of Sinay_. Three leagues farther is the valley of Sinay, +which is under the same encomendero of Bantay, and has a population +of about one thousand six hundred. + +_The valley of Vavo_. Two leagues from Sinay is the valley of Vavo. It +is under one encomendero, and has a population of about one thousand +Indians. + +_Province of Cacaguayan_. Still farther is the province of Cacaguayan, +with a population of about four thousand. Two thousand of them are +under two encomenderos--each with one thousand; and two thousand +belong to his Majesty. + +_Province of Ylagua._ Two leagues farther is the province of Ylagua, +which belongs to his Majesty. It has a population of about five +thousand, but they are not all peaceful. + +_Valley of Dynglas._ Three leagues inland from this province is a +valley called Dinglas. It has a population of about two thousand +Indians, and one encomendero. + +_Valley of Vicagua._ Farther along the coast from Ylagua is +the valley of Vicagua, with a population of two thousand, and +two encomiendas. This valley is twenty leagues from the Cagayan +River. There are to be found some rivers and settlements, but the +inhabitants are not pacified or even known. + +All the people of the Ylocos resemble the Pintados in their manner of +living, but they eat raw meat. They are a quiet and peaceful people, +dislike war, and are humble and well-disposed. + +Thus, from the city of Manilla to the Cagayan River hither, the +distance is about one hundred and ten leagues, as stated above. On +account of the shortness of the time before me, I am unable to give +a more detailed account of this island of Lucon, which is the most +important in this land. + +_Island of Mindoro._ Opposite the encomiendas of Bonbon and Batangas +lies the island of Mindoro. The Moros form the greater part of its +population. Three leagues from the island of Lucon is located the +village of Mindoro. This is a good harbor for ships, and belongs to +his Majesty. The village is inhabited by about two hundred and fifty +Moros. The island is eighty leagues in circumference, and is scantily +populated, for it has in all less than five hundred inhabitants. Some +blacks live in the mountains, who gather a large quantity of wax. The +island is ill supplied with provisions. + +_Island of Luban_. Four leagues from the western point of this island, +and opposite the bay of Manilla, lies the island of Luban. It is +twenty leagues from Manilla, and has a circumference of about ten +leagues. It has six villages, with a total population of about five +hundred Indians. + +Close to this island is a smaller one by the same name, with about +one hundred inhabitants. The people are the same as those of Luzon. + +_Island of Elin_. The island of Elin lies two leagues south from +the island of Mindoro. It is seven leagues in circumference and is +inhabited by about two hundred Visayan Indians. + +_Alcalde-mayor of Vindoro_. These islands--namely Mindoro, Elin, and +Luban--are under one encomendero, and all have one alcalde-mayor, +who holds jurisdiction also over that region of Lucon which begins +at Batangas and ends at the province of Camarines, to which region +we shall now return. + +_Islands of the Babayanes_. Opposite the Cagayan River, in the open +sea toward China, are seven islands, called Babuyanes. Because many +swine are imported therefrom into the province of Ylocos, and since the +word for swine in the Ylocos language is _babuyes_, the islands have +been called by that name. Of their inhabitants very little is known. + +_Island of Calamianes_. Returning from Burney and sailing from +Manilla twelve leagues beyond the island of Elin, we find the islands +of the Calamianes. These islands being somewhat out of the way, +very little is known about them--that is, about their inhabitants, +for only a few villages along the coast have been seen, where the +tribute is collected. The natives of these coast-towns are Pintados; +those who live in the mountains are blacks. A very large quantity +of wax is collected there, which is an article of barter for nearly +all the other islands. They lack provisions and clothing. The most +important of the Calamianes islands is Paraguan, which has a circuit +of one hundred and fifty leagues. The other islands are small, and +only the following are inhabited: Tanianao, Binorboran, Cabanga, +Bangaan, Caramian (which is also called by another name, Linapacan), +Dipayan, and Coron. In all these islands, only three hundred Indians +pay tribute; therefore very little is known about them. These islands +are all under the jurisdiction of the alcalde-mayor of Mindoro, +[and pay tribute: _crossed out in MS_.] and belong to the royal crown. + + + +Chapter Sixth + +_Of the inhabitants of the Pintados Islands and their mode of life_ + + +The natives of the Pintados Islands are not very dark. Both men and +women are well formed and have regular features. Some of the women +are white. Both men and women wear their hair long, and fastened in a +knot on the crown of the head, which is very becoming. The men tattoo +their entire bodies with very beautiful figures, using therefor small +pieces of iron dipped in ink. This ink incorporates itself with the +blood, and the marks are indelible. They are healthy people, for the +climate of that land is good. Among them are found no crippled, maimed, +deaf, or dumb persons. No one of them has ever been possessed by evil +spirits, or has become insane. Therefore they reach an advanced age in +perfect health. The Pintados are a courageous and warlike race; they +have continually waged war on both land and sea. They bore their ears +in two places and wear beautiful ornaments, not only in their ears, +but also around their necks and arms. Their dress is neat and modest, +made generally of cotton, medrinaque, or silk (which they get from +China and other places). They are greatly addicted to the use of +a kind of wine which they make from rice and from the palm-tree, +and which is good. Very rarely do they become angry when drunk, +for their drunkenness passes off in jests or in sleep. + +The men are very fond of their wives, for it is the men who give the +dowry at marriage. And even if their wives commit adultery, action +is never taken against the woman, but against the adulterer. An +abominable custom among the men is to bore a hole through the genital +organ, placing within this opening a tin tube, to which they fasten +a wheel like that of a spur, a full palm in circumference. These +are made of tin, and some of them weigh more than half a pound. They +use twenty kinds of these wheels; but modesty forbids us to speak of +them. By means of these they have intercourse with their wives. [13] +The inhabitants of the mountains do not follow this custom; all, +however, circumcise themselves, saying that they do it for their +health and for cleanliness. When they marry, they are not concerned +whether their wives are virgins or not. + +The women are beautiful, but unchaste. They do not hesitate to commit +adultery, because they receive no punishment for it. They are well +and modestly dressed, in that they cover all the private parts; they +are very clean, and are very fond of perfumes. It is considered a +disgrace among them to have many children; for they say that when +the property is to be divided among all the children, they will +all be poor, and that it is better to have one child, and leave +him wealthy. The Pintados are very strict as to whom they marry; +for no one marries below his station. Therefore chiefs will never +marry any but women of rank. All the men are accustomed to have as +many wives as they can buy and support. The women are extremely lewd, +and they even encourage their own daughters to a life of unchastity; +so that there is nothing so vile for the latter that they cannot do +it before their mothers, since they incur no punishment. The men, +however, are not so vile as the Moros. The Pintados love their wives +so dearly, that, in case of a quarrel they take sides with their wives' +relatives, even against their own fathers and brothers. + + + + +Chapter Seventh + +_Which treats of the belief held by the natives of the Pintados +islands concerning the creation_ + + +There are two kinds of people in this land, who, although of the +same race, differ somewhat in their customs and are almost always on +mutually unfriendly terms. One class includes those who live along the +coast, the other class those who live in the mountains; and if peace +seems to reign among them, it is because they depend upon each other +for the necessities of life. The inhabitants of the mountains cannot +live without the fish, salt, and other articles of food, and the jars +and dishes, of other districts; nor, on the other hand, can those of +the coast live without the rice and cotton of the mountaineers. In +like manner they have two different beliefs concerning the beginning of +the world; and since these natives are not acquainted with the art of +writing, they preserve their ancient lore through songs, which they +sing in a very pleasing manner--commonly while plying their oars, +as they are island-dwellers. + +Also, during their revelries, the singers who have good voices +recite the exploits of olden times; thus they always possess a +knowledge of past events. The people of the coast, who are called the +Yligueynes, believe that heaven and earth had no beginning, and that +there were two gods, one called Captan and the other Maguayen. [14] +They believe that the land breeze and the sea breeze were married; +and that the land breeze brought forth a reed, which was planted +by the god Captan. When the reed grew, it broke into two sections, +which became a man and a woman. To the man they gave the name of +Sicalac, and that is the reason why men from that time on have been +called _lalac_; the woman they called Sicavay, and thenceforth women +have been called _babayes_. One day the man asked the woman to marry +him, for there were no other people in the world; but she refused, +saying that they were brother and sister, born of the same reed, +with only one knot between them; and that she would not marry him, +since he was her brother. Finally they agreed to ask advice from the +tunnies of the sea, and from the doves of the air; they also went to +the earthquake, who said that it was necessary for them to marry, +so that the world might be peopled. They married, and called their +first son Sibo; then a daughter was born to them, and they gave +her the name of Samar. This brother and sister also had a daughter, +called Lupluban. She married Pandaguan, a son of the first pair, and +had a son called Anoranor. Pandaguan was the first to invent a net +for fishing at sea; and, the first time when he used it, he caught +a shark and brought it on shore, thinking that it would not die. But +the shark died when brought ashore; and Pandaguan, when he saw this, +began to mourn and weep over it--complaining against the gods for +having allowed the shark to die, when no one had died before that +time. It is said that the god Captan, on hearing this, sent the flies +to ascertain who the dead one was; but, as the flies did not dare to +go, Captan sent the weevil, who brought back the news of the shark's +death. The god Captan was displeased at these obsequies to a fish. He +and Maguayen made a thunderbolt, with which they killed Pandaguan; he +remained thirty days in the infernal regions, at the end of which time +the gods took pity upon him, brought him back to life, and returned +him to the world. While Pandaguan was dead, his wife Lubluban became +the concubine of a man called Maracoyrun; and these people say that +at that time concubinage began in the world. When Pandaguan returned, +he did not find his wife at home, because she had been invited by her +friend to feast upon a pig that he had stolen; and the natives say +that this was the first theft committed in the world. Pandaguan sent +his son for Lubluban, but she refused to go home, saying that the dead +do not return to the world. At this answer Pandaguan became angry, +and returned to the infernal regions. The people believe that, if his +wife had obeyed his summons, and he had not gone back at that time, +all the dead would return to life. [_Blank space in MS_.] Inheritances, +and their inventor. Their ceremonies. The omentum [15]. + + +_Another belief, that of the mountaineers, who are called Tinguianes_ + +The Tinguianes believe that in the beginning were only the sea and +the sky; and that one day a kite, having no place where to alight, +determined to set the sea against the sky. Accordingly, the sea +declared war against the sky, and threw her waters upward. The sky, +seeing this, made a treaty of peace with the sea. Afterward, to +avenge himself upon her for having dared to assert herself, they say +that he showered upon the sea all the islands of this archipelago, +in order to subdue her; and that the sea ran to and fro without being +able to rise again. They say that from this event arose the custom +of _mavaris_--that is, taking vengeance for an insult received, a +very common practice in this land; and they consider it a point of +honor to take revenge. Then they relate also the story of the reed; +but they say that the kite pecked the reed, and the aforesaid man and +woman came out. They add that the first time when Cavahi gave birth to +children, she brought forth a great number at once. One day the father +went home, very angry, and threatened the children. The latter were +frightened and fled; some into the most hidden rooms of the house; +some hid in other places nearer the open air; some hid themselves +within the _dindines_, or walls of the houses, which are constructed +of reeds; some in the fireplace; and some fled to the sea through +the same door by which the father had entered. It is said that those +who fled to the most hidden rooms are the chiefs of these islands; +those who remained nearer the outside are the timaguas; those who hid +themselves within the walls are the slaves; those who hid themselves +in the fireplace are the blacks; and those who fled out to the sea +through the open door, are the Spaniards, and that they had no news +of us until they beheld us return through the sea. + + + + + +Chapter Eighth + +_Of their belief concerning the dead_ + + +It is said that the souls of those who are stabbed to death, eaten +by crocodiles, or killed by arrows (which is considered a very +honorable death), go to heaven by way of the arch which is formed +when it rains, and become gods. The souls of the drowned remain in +the sea forever. By way of honor to these, they erect a tall reed +and hang upon it a garment--that of a man, if the dead be a man; but +a woman's, for a woman. This garment is left there until it falls to +pieces through age. When the children or other relatives of drowned +persons are sick, the relatives are taken and placed in a barangay, +in company with a _baylana_, who is a sort of priestess; and, at the +place indicated by the priestess, they throw into the sea a chest +filled with robes and other articles, which they have brought with +them. At the same time their ancestors are invoked to protect and +help the sick man during his illness. + + +_Belief regarding the dead_ + +If those who die from disease are young, the Pintados say that the +_mangalos_, who are goblins, are eating their bowels, wherefore they +die; for these people do not know that the corruption of humors causes +diseases. They say of those who die in old age that the wind comes +and snatches away their souls. And of those who die thus, the Arayas +(which is a certain alliance of villages), they say, go to a very +high mountain in the island of Panay, called Mayas. The souls of +the Yligueynes, who comprise the people of Cubu, Bohol, and Bantay, +go with the god called Sisiburanen, to a very high mountain in the +island of Burney. + +_The god Sidapa_. They say that there is in the sky another god, called +Sidapa. This god possesses a very tall tree on mount Mayas. There he +measures the lives of all the new-born, and places a mark on the tree; +when the person's stature equals this mark, he dies immediately. + +_Belief concerning the destination of souls_. It is believed that +at death all souls go directly to the infernal regions; but that, +by means of the _maganitos_, which are the sacrifices and offerings +made to the god Pandaque in sight of the mount of Mayas, they are +redeemed from Simuran and Siguinarugan, gods of the lower regions. + +It is said that, when the Yligueynes die, the god Maguayen carries +them to Inferno. When he has carried them thither in his barangay, +Sumpoy, another god, sallies forth, takes them away, and leads them to +Sisiburanen, the god before mentioned, who keeps them all. Good or bad +alike, he takes them all on equal terms, when they go to Inferno. But +the poor, who have no one to offer sacrifices for them, remain forever, +in the inferno, and the god of those regions eats them, or keeps them +forever in prison. From this it will be seen how little their being +good or bad avails them, and how much reason they have to hate poverty. + +_Baylanas_. The natives of these islands have neither time nor place +set apart for the offering of prayers and sacrifices to their gods. It +is only in case of sickness, and in times of seed-sowing or of war, +that sacrifices are offered. These sacrifices are called _baylanes_, +and the priestesses, or the men who perform this office, are also +called _baylanes_. The priestesses dress very gaily, with garlands +on their heads, and are resplendent with gold. They bring to the +place of sacrifice some _pitarrillas_ (a kind of earthen jar) full of +rice-wine, besides a live hog and a quantity of prepared food. Then +the priestess chants her songs and invokes the demon, who appears to +her all glistening in gold. Then he enters her body and hurls her to +the ground, foaming at the mouth as one possessed. In this state she +declares whether the sick person is to recover or not. In regard to +other matters, she foretells the future. All this takes place to the +sound of bells and kettle-drums. Then she rises and taking a spear, +she pierces the heart of the hog. They dress it and prepare a dish +for the demons. Upon an altar erected there, they place the dressed +hog, rice, bananas, wine, and all the other articles of food that +they have brought. All this is done in behalf of sick persons, or to +redeem those who are confined in the infernal regions. When they go +to war or on a plundering expedition, they offer prayers to Varangao, +who is the rainbow, and to their gods, Ynaguinid and Macanduc. For +the redemption of souls detained in the inferno above mentioned, +they invoke also their ancestors, and the dead, claiming to see them +and receive answers to their questions. + +_Belief concerning the world. The god Macaptan._ They believe that +the world has no end. They say that Macaptan dwells highest in +the sky. They consider him a bad god, because he sends disease and +death among them, saying that because he has not eaten anything of +this world, or drunk any pitarrillas, he does not love them, and so +kills them. + +_The god Lalahon_. It is said that the divinity Lalahon dwells in a +volcano in Negros island, whence she hurls fire. The volcano is about +five leagues from the town of Arevalo. They invoke Lalahon for their +harvest; when she does not choose to grant them good harvests she sends +the locusts to destroy and consume the crops. This Lalahon is a woman. + +_Burials_. These natives bury their dead in certain wooden coffins, +in their own houses. They bury with the dead gold, cloth, and other +valuable objects--saying that if they depart rich they will be well +received in the other world, but coldly if they go poor. + +_How they guard the dead_. When anyone dies, the people light many +fires near his house; and at night armed men go to act as sentinels +about his coffin, for fear that the sorcerers (who are in this +country also) may come and touch the coffin; for then the coffin +would immediately burst open and a great stench issue from the corpse, +which could not any longer remain in the coffin. For this reason they +keep watch for several nights. + +_Slaves killed at the death of chiefs_. When any chief descended from +Dumaguet dies, a slave is made to die by the same death as that of the +chief. They choose the most wretched slave whom they can find, so that +he may serve the chief in the other world. They always select for this +a slave who is a foreigner, and not a native; for they really are not +at all cruel. They say that the reason for their killing slaves, as +we have said, at the death of any chief is very ancient. According to +their story, a chief called Marapan more than ten thousand years ago, +while easing his body asked a slave of his for some grass with which +to clean himself. The slave threw to him a large stalk of reed-grass, +which seems to have hit the chief on the knee, causing a wound. As he +was at the time a very old man, he died, as they say, from the blow; +but before his death he gave orders that, when he should die, the +slave and all his children should be put to death. From this arose +the custom of killing slaves at the death of a chief. + +_Mourning indicated by fasting_. When the father or mother or any near +relative died, they promised to eat no rice until they should seize +some captive in battle. The actual sign of mourning among them was the +wearing of armlets made of bejucos [rattans] which covered the entire +arm, with a similar band around the neck. They drank no pitarrilla, +and their only food was bananas and camotes, until they had either +taken a captive or killed some one, when they ceased their mourning; +it might thus happen that they would eat no rice for a whole year, +and therefore they would be, at the end of that period, very languid +and weak. Sometimes a man determined, soon after a relative's death, +to eat nothing, but to abandon himself to death. But his timaguas +and slaves quickly assembled, and made a collection throughout the +village; bananas were given him for food, and _tuba_ (which is a wine +made from the palm-tree) for drink, so that he should not die. These +gains were the perquisites of the chiefs. This kind of mourning is +called among them _maglahe_. + +_Mourning among the women_. The mourning observed by the women they +call _morotal_. It is similar to that of the men, except that the +mourner--instead of going to capture or kill some one before she is +allowed to cease mourning and to eat rice again--embarks in a barangay +with many women; they have one Indian man to steer, one to bail, and +one in the bow. These three Indians are always chosen as being very +valiant men, who have achieved much success in war. Thus they go to +a village of their friends, the three Indians singing all along the +way, keeping time with their oars; they recount their exploits, the +slaves whom they have captured, and the men whom they have killed in +war. The vessel is laden with wine and pitarrillas. When they reach +the village, they exchange invitations with the inhabitants, and +hold a great revel. After this they lay aside their white robes, and +strip the bejuco bands from their arms and necks; the mourning ends, +and they begin to eat rice again, and to adorn themselves with gold. + +_Larao of the dead_--_that is, mourning_. One of the observances +which is carried out with most rigor is that called _larao_. This +rule requires that when a chief dies all must mourn him, and must +observe the following restrictions: No one shall quarrel with any +other during the time of mourning, and especially at the time of the +burial. Spears must be carried point downward, and daggers be carried +in the belt with hilt reversed. No gala or colored dress shall be +worn during that time. There must be no singing on board a barangay +when returning to the village, but strict silence is maintained. They +make an enclosure around the house of the dead man; and if anyone, +great or small, passes by and transgresses this bound, he shall be +punished. In order that all men may know of a chief's death and +no one feign ignorance, one of the timaguas who is held in honor +goes through the village and makes announcement of the mourning. He +who transgresses the law must pay the penalty, without fail. If he +who does this wrong be a slave--one of those who serve without the +dwelling--and has not the means to pay, his owner pays for him; but +the latter takes the slave to his own house, that he may serve him, +and makes him an ayoey. They say that these rules were left to them +by Lubluban and Panas. To some, especially to the religious, it has +seemed as if they were too rigorous for these people; but they were +general among chiefs, timaguas, and slaves. + +_Wars_. The first man who waged war, according to their story, was +Panas, the son of that Anoranor, who was grandson of the first human +[parents: _crossed out in MS_.] beings. He declared war against +Mangaran, on account of an inheritance; and from that time date the +first wars, because the people were divided into two factions, and +hostility was handed down from father to son. They say that Panas +was the first man to use weapons in fighting. + +_Just wars_. There are three cases in which these natives regard war +as just. The first is when an Indian goes to another village and is +there put to death without cause; the second, when their wives are +stolen from them; and the third is when they go in friendly manner to +trade at any village, and there, under the appearance of friendship, +are wronged or maltreated. + +_Laws_. They say that the laws by which they have thus far been +governed were left to them by Lubluban, the woman whom we have already +mentioned. Of these laws only the chiefs are defenders and executors +There are no judges, although there are mediators who go from one +party to another to bring about a reconciliation. + + + + + +Chapter Ninth + +_Which treats of slavery in the Filipinas Islands_ + + +_Laws of slavery_. No Indian in this country is made a slave or is +put to death for any crime which he commits, even if it be theft, +adultery, or murder--except that for each crime there is an established +fine, which they have to pay in jewels or gold, and if the culprit is +unable to pay the fine he will borrow the money, and pledge himself +to the man from whom he borrows. As a result he becomes a slave, +until he shall repay what was lent to him; after that, he is free +again. Therefore, according to the crime committed, they are slaves; +and there are three classes of slaves in these islands. The first, +and the most thoroughly enslaved, is the bondman of him who is served +in his own dwelling; such a slave they call _ayuey_. These slaves +work three days for the master, and one for themselves. + +_Kinds of slavery_. Another class of slaves are those called +_tumaranpoc_. They live in their own houses, and are obliged to go +to work for their master one day out of four, having the three days +for themselves. If they fail to work for their master, in order +to cultivate their own fields, they give the master each year ten +_chicubites_ of rice, each chicubite being equal to one fanega. + +There are other slaves, whom these people hold in most respect, who +are called _tomatabans_; these work in the house of the master only +when there is some banquet or revel. On such occasions they bring +small gifts, and share in the drinking. But when one of these slaves +dies, the property left by the slave is shared with his children by +the master. During their lifetime, these slaves are bound to work +for their master five days in a month; or, if they do not work, +they annually give the master five chicubites of rice. + +_Value of the slaves_. The ayueys are worth among these people two gold +taes of Labin sian, the equivalent of twelve pesos. The tumaranpoques +are worth the same sum. The tumatabans are worth one tae, or six pesos. + +The ayuey women, like their husbands, work in the houses of chiefs. The +tumaranpoque women, if they have children, serve half of the month in +spinning and weaving cotton, which their masters supply; and during +the other half of the month they work for themselves. The tumataban +women spin only one hank of cotton each month for their masters, +who furnish to them the cotton in the boll. Only the ayueys receive +food and clothing from their masters; to the others the masters +give nothing. When these slaves die the masters take away all their +property, except from the tomatabans, as we have said above. Those +whom these natives have sold as slaves to the Spaniards are mostly +the ayueys. + +The rules which they observe for punishing any one so severely as to +enslave him are as follows: for murder, adultery, and theft; and for +insulting any woman of rank, or taking away her robe in public and +leaving her naked, or causing her to flee or defend herself so that +it falls off, which is considered a great offense. + +_Thieves_. If a thief commit a great robbery, he and all his relatives +(or at least his nearest kin) are fined. If they are unable to pay the +fine, they are made slaves. This law applies to all classes, and even +to the chiefs themselves; accordingly, if a chief commit any crime, +even against one of his own slaves or timaguas, he is fined in the +same manner. But they are not reduced to slavery for lack of means to +pay the fine; as, if they were not chiefs, they would be slaves. In +case of a small theft, the punishment falls upon the thief alone, +and not on his relatives. + +_In time of famine._ When there is a famine the poor, who have not +the means of sustenance, in order not to perish, go to the rich--and +almost always they seek their relatives and surrender themselves to +them as slaves--in order to be fed. + +_Another kind of slavery._ There is another kind of lordship [slavery: +_crossed out in MS_.], which was first introduced by a man whom they +call Sidumaguer--which, they say, occurred more than two thousand +years ago. Because some men broke a barangay belonging to him--in +Languiguey, his native village, situated in the island of Bantayan--he +compelled the descendants of those who had broken his barangay to +bequeath to him at their deaths two slaves out of every ten, and +the same portion of all their other property. This kind of slavery +gradually made its way among all the Indians living on the coast, +but not among the Tinguianes. + +_Real timaguas._ The freemen of these islands, who are called timaguas, +are neither chiefs nor slaves. This is their mode of life. If a +timagua desires to live in a certain village, he joins himself to +one of the chiefs--for each village usually has many chiefs, each +of whom has his own district, with slaves and timaguas, well known +to him--to whom he offers himself as his timagua, binding himself to +observe the following laws: When feasts are given to other chiefs he +must attend; for it is the custom that the timagua drink first from +the pitarrilla, before any chief does so. He must, with his weapons, +accompany the chief when he goes on a journey. When the latter enters +a boat the timagua must go to ply the oar, and to carry his weapons +for the defense of the vessel; but if the vessel sustain any damages +he receives no punishment for this, but is only reprimanded. For this +service the chief is under obligation to defend the timagua, in his +own person and those of his relatives, against anyone who seeks to +injure him without cause; and thus it happens that, to defend the +timaguas, fathers fight against their sons, and brothers against one +another. If the timagua goes to any other village and there is wronged, +the chief will endeavor, with all his forces, to avenge him to the same +extent. Thus the timaguas live in security, and are free to pass from +the service of one chief to that of another, whenever they so desire, +and without any obstacle being placed in their way. + +_Of the manner in which they set out on raids_. These natives +have a method of casting lots with the teeth of a crocodile or of +a wild boar. During the ceremony they invoke their gods and their +ancestors, and inquire of them as to the result of their wars and their +journeys. By knots or loops which they make with cords, they foretell +what will happen to them; and they resort to these practices for +everything which they have to undertake. The Indians along the coast +are accustomed to set out every year on their plundering expeditions +in the season of the bonancas, which come between the brisas and +the vendabals. The Tinguianes set out after they have gathered their +harvests; and since their custom is to be enemies to those who are +such to their friends, they do not lack opportunity for fighting. + +While on a plundering expedition, if they could take their enemy +alive they did not kill him. If any one slew a captive after his +surrender, he must pay for him with his own money; and if he were +unable to do so he was held as a slave. The booty that they take, +whatever it may be, belongs to the chiefs, except a small portion +which is given to the timaguas who go with them as oarsmen. But if +many chiefs went on a raid, the one who offered the _magaanito,_ +or the sacrifice mentioned above, received half of the booty, and +the other half belonged to the other chiefs. + +_Captured chiefs._ If any chief were taken captive, he was well +treated; and if any friend ransomed the captive because he was far +from home, the captive returned to him double the amount that his +friend had paid for him, because of his good offices in withdrawing +the chief from captivity; for the latter would, otherwise, always +remain a prisoner. When a chief was taken captive, or committed +adultery or murder, all his relatives contributed toward his ransom, +each according to the degree of his kinship; and if the relatives +had not means to do this the chief remained a slave. + +_Borrowing._ If they lent rice to anyone, one year was allowed for +repaying it, since it is something that is planted. If the loan were +not repaid after the first harvest, double the amount was to be paid at +the second; at the third harvest, fourfold was due on an unpaid loan; +and so on, regularly increasing. This was the only usury among them, +although some have stated otherwise; but those persons were not well +informed. Now, some who are lazy, and unwilling to exert themselves +to pay the tribute, ask a loan for this purpose, and repay a somewhat +larger sum. + +_Inheritances._ It is their custom to share inheritances in the +following manner. If a man died and left four children, the property +and the slaves were divided into four equal parts, and each one +of the children took his own share. If the dead man left a bastard +child, the latter would receive only what the brothers were pleased +to give him; for he had no right to one of the shares, nor could he +take more than what his brothers voluntarily gave him, or the legacy +made by his father in his favor. If the father chose to favor any of +his children in his will, he did so. If the dead man left no children, +all his brothers inherited his property, having equal shares therein; +and if he had no brothers, his cousins-german would inherit; if he +had no cousins, all his kinsmen. His property, then, went to the +children, if he had any; if not, his brothers were necessarily the +heirs; if he had no brothers, his first cousins; and in default of +these, all his relatives shared the estate equally. + + + + +Chapter Tenth + +_Which treats of marriage customs in these islands_ + + +_Marriage of the chiefs._ Great mistakes have been made regarding +the marriages formed among the natives of this country since they +have become Christians, because the marriage customs once observed +among the natives have not been clearly understood. Therefore some +religious join them in marriage, while others release them, and +others reestablish the marriage, thus creating great confusion. For +this reason, I have diligently endeavored to bring to light the way in +which they observed the marriage ceremonies, which are as follows. When +any man wishes to marry, he, since the man always asks the woman, +calls in certain timaguas who are respected in the village. (This +is what the chiefs do. For there appear to be three ranks of men +in these islands--namely, chiefs, timaguas, who are freemen, and +slaves--each class having different marriage customs.) The chiefs, +then, I say, send as go-betweens some of their timaguas, to negotiate +the marriage. One of these men takes the young man's lance from his +father, and when he reaches the house of the girl's father he thrusts +the spear into the staircase of the house; and while he holds the +lance thus, they invoke their gods and ancestors, requesting them +to be propitious to this marriage. If the marriage takes place, +the lance belongs to the go-between, or it is redeemed. + +After the marriage is agreed upon--that is to say, after fixing the +amount of the dowry which the husband pays to the wife (which among +the chiefs of these islands is generally the sum of one hundred +taes, in gold, slaves, and jewels, and is equivalent to one hundred +pesos)--they go to bring the bride from the house of her parents. One +of the Indians takes her on his shoulders; and on arriving at the +foot of the stairway to the bridegroom's house, she affects coyness, +and says that she will not enter. When many entreaties have proved +useless, the father-in-law comes out and promises to give her a slave +if she will go up. She mounts the staircase, for the slave; but when +she reaches the top of the stairway and looks into her father-in-law's +house and sees the people assembled within, she again pretends to be +bashful, and the father-in-law must give her another slave. After +she has entered, the same thing takes place; and he must give her +a jewel to make her sit down, another to make her begin to eat, and +another before she will drink. While the betrothed pair are drinking +together an old man rises, and in a loud voice calls all to silence, +as he wishes to speak. He says: "So-and-so marries so-and-so, but on +the condition that if the man should through dissolute conduct fail +to support his wife, she will leave him, and shall not be obliged to +return anything of the dowry that he has given her; and she shall +have freedom and permission to marry another man. And therefore, +should the woman betray her husband, he can take away the dowry that he +gave her, leave her, and marry another woman. Be all of you witnesses +for me to this compact." When the old man has ended his speech, they +take a dish filled with clean, uncooked rice, and an old woman comes +and joins the hands of the pair, and lays them upon the rice. Then, +holding their hands thus joined, she throws the rice over all those +who are present at the banquet. Then the old woman gives a loud shout, +and all answer her with a similar shout; and the marriage contract or +ceremony is completed. Up to this time, her parents do not allow the +young couple to eat or sleep together; but by performing this ceremony +they deliver her up as his wife. But if, after the marriage contract +has been negotiated by a third party, the man who seeks marriage should +repent of the bargain and seek to marry another woman, he loses the +earnest-money that he has given, even if he has had no intercourse with +the former; because when they commence negotiations for the marriage +they begin to give the dowry. If a man say in conversation, or at a +drunken feast, "I wish to marry so-and-so, daughter of so-and-so," +and afterward break his promise and refuse to marry her, he is fined +for it; and they take away a great part of his property. + +In regard to the dowry, neither the husband nor the wife can +enjoy it until they have children; for until then it belongs to the +father-in-law. If the bridegroom is not of age to marry, or the bride +is too young, both still work in the house of the father-in-law until +they are of age to live together. + +_Marriage among the timaguas_. The timaguas do not follow these usages, +because they have no property of their own. They do not observe the +ceremony of joining hands over the dish of rice, through respect for +the chiefs; for that ceremony is for chiefs only. Their marriage is +accomplished when the pair unite in drinking pitarrilla from the +same cup. Then they give a shout, and all the guests depart; and +they are considered as married, for they are not allowed to drink +together until late at night. The same ceremony is observed by rich +and respectable slaves. + +_Marriage among the slaves_. But the poor slaves, who serve in +the houses, marry each other without drinking and without any +go-between. They observe no ceremony, but simply say to each other, +"Let us marry." If a chief have a slave, one of his ayoiys, who serves +in the house, and wishes to marry him to a female slave of the same +class belonging to another chief, he sends an Indian woman as agent +to the master of the female slave, saying that her master wishes to +marry one of his male slaves to the other's female slave. After the +marriage has been arranged, he gives his slave an earthen jar, or three +or four dishes, and there is no other ceremony. Half of the children +born to this couple will belong to the master of the female slave, +and the other half will belong to the master of the male slave. When +the time comes when their children are able to work for their masters, +the parents are made tumaranpoques, as we have said; because when a +male slave of one chief marries the female slave of another chief, they +immediately receive a house for their own use, and go out to work for +their masters. If a freeman marries a female slave, or _vice versa_, +half of the children are slaves. Thus, if there are two children, +one is free and the other a slave, as the parents may choose. + +In one thing these natives seem to go beyond all reason and justice. It +is usage among them that, if an Indian of one village owes twenty pesos +(to suppose a case) to an Indian in another village, and when asked +for the money refuses to repay it, when any Indian of that village +where the said twenty pesos is due is caught, they seize him--even +if he is in no way related to or acquainted with the debtor--and +compel him to pay the twenty pesos. It is their custom that he who +first owed the twenty pesos must return to him who paid that sum forty +pesos instead, on account of the violence used against him. They say +that they act thus in order not to use the mailed hand for collecting +from the other in that village, since that would result in war. + +_Friendship_. Reconciliation between those who have quarreled, +whether these are individuals or the people of different villages, +is brought about by drawing blood from the arms of both parties, +and each tasting the blood of the other, placed in a shell, sometimes +mixed with a little wine; and such friendship is not to be broken. + +_Witches and sorcerers; physicians_. In this land are sorcerers and +witches--although there are also good physicians, who cure diseases +with medicinal herbs; especially they have a remedy for every kind +of poison, for there are most wonderful antidotal herbs. The natives +of this island are very superstitious; consequently, no native will +embark for any voyage in a vessel on which there may be a goat or a +monkey, for they say that they will surely be wrecked. They have a +thousand other omens of this sort. For a few years past they have +had among them one form of witchcraft which was invented by the +natives of Ybalon after the Spaniards had come here. This is the +invocation of certain demons, whom they call Naguined, Arapayan, and +Macbarubac. To these they offer sacrifices, consisting of cocoanut-oil +and a crocodile's tooth; and while they make these offerings, they +invoke the demons. This oil they sell to one another; and even when +they sell it they offer sacrifices and invoke the demon, beseeching +him that the power which he possesses may be transferred to the buyer +of the oil. They claim that the simple declaration that one will die +within a certain time is sufficient to make him die immediately at +that time, unless they save him with another oil, which counteracts the +former. This witchery has done a great deal of harm among the Pintados, +because the demon plays tricks on them. The religious have tried to +remedy this evil, by taking away from them the oil and chastising them. + +_Sneezing_. If any one who is going to war or is about to begin any +important undertaking, sneeze on leaving the house, he considers it +a bad omen, and turns back. + +_Feasts_. These natives have no feasts that they observe, throughout +the year-save that when the married men go to war, during their +absence the women do not work. + +_At the rice-harvest._ Besides these times they set apart seven days +when they begin to till their fields, in which time they neither grind +any rice for their food, nor do they allow any stranger, during all +that time, to enter their villages; for they say that that is the +time when they pray to their gods to grant them an abundant harvest. + +_Years and months_. They divide the year into twelve months, although +only seven [_sc_. eight] of these have names; they are lunar months, +because they are reckoned by moons. The first month is that in which +the Pleiades appear, which they call Ulalen. The second is called +Dagancahuy, the time when the trees are felled in order to sow the +land. Another month they call Daganenan bulan; it comes when the +wood of those trees is collected from the fields. Another is called +Elquilin, and is the time when they burn over the fields. Another +month they call Ynabuyan, which comes when the bonancas blow. Another +they call Cavay; it is when they weed their fields. Another they call +[Cabuy: _crossed out in MS._] Yrarapun; it is the time when they +begin to harvest the rice. Another they call Manalulsul, in which +the harvesting is completed. As for the remaining months, they pay +little attention to them, because in those months there is no work +in the fields. + +_Winds_. It is their opinion that the winds come from the sea, which +they base on the fact that the sea swells before the winds begin +to blow. + +_Turtles_. In this land are very many turtles, of great size; they +are larger than a shield. Here is a marvellous thing when the male +and the female have intercourse, they remain thus joined together for +twenty or twenty-five days. They become so stupefied during this act +that the Indians dive into the sea, and tie the feet of the turtles +without their perceiving it, and draw these creatures ashore. I have +even done this myself. + +_Serpents_. There are in this land enormous serpents, as large as +palm-trees; they are, however, sluggish. + +_Crocodiles_. There are enormous numbers of crocodiles, which are +water-lizards. They live in all the rivers and in the sea, and do +much harm. + +_Civet-cats._ In many of these islands are civet-cats. + +_Tabon birds_. In this land there is a kind of bird, smaller than +a Castilian fowl; its eggs is larger than that of a goose, and is +almost all yolk. This bird lays its eggs in the sand, a braza deep, +at the edge of the water. There the young ones are hatched, and come +up through the sand, opening a way through it with their little feet; +and as soon as they gain the surface they fly away. [16] + +_Palms_. In all these islands are great numbers of cocoa-palms. In +some of the nuts are found stones as large as filberts, which the +natives prize, although thus far it is not known what efficacy +they have. They draw a great quantity of wine from the palm-trees; +one Indian can in one forenoon obtain two arrobas of sap from +the palm trees that he cultivates. It is sweet and good, and is +used in making great quantities of brandy, excellent vinegar, and +delicious honey. The cocoanuts furnish a nutritious food when rice is +scarce. From the nut-shells they make dishes, and [from the fibrous +husk?] match-cords for their arquebuses; and with the leaves they +make baskets. Consequently this tree is very useful. + +In these islands are very many swine, and goats of excellent +quality. There are also a great many wild buffaloes, which, if caught +when young, can be easily tamed. There are ducks, and some geese which +have been brought from China. There are also a great many fowls of +excellent quality, which are similar to those of Castilla. There +are some fowls which have no tails, for which reason the natives +superstitiously refuse to eat them; but these are better than the +other sorts. + +As for fruits like those in Castilla, they were formerly not to +be found in this land, because of its proximity to China, where +there are so many fruits peculiar to that country. There are here +some tolerably good fruits, such as excellent bananas [17]; nancas, +a very fragrant fruit, and larger than the largest Spanish melon; +macupas, which resemble apples; and santors, which taste like the +quince. There are also many good oranges and lemons. + +In the province of Ylocos is found a large tree whose blossoms resemble +the white lily, and taste like fish. The Indians gather the blossoms in +the morning, cook them, and eat them in place of fish. And, wonderful +to relate, on the next morning the tree is again full of blossoms; +and this occurs day after day. + +In the mountain region, where there is scarcity of water, are found +certain bejucos, six or eight brazas high, and larger around than the +thumb. When this stem is cut, there gushes forth a great quantity +of water, of excellent taste; and this liquid supplies the lack of +water. Each bejuco will yield two or three cuartillos of water. [18] + + + + +Chapter Eleventh + +_Which treats of the rites and ceremonies observed by the Moros in +the vicinity of Manilla, and of their social conditions_ + + +_The god Batala_. According to the religion formerly observed by these +Moros, they worshiped a deity called among them Batala, which properly +means "God." They said that they adored this Batala because he was +the Lord of all, and had created human beings and villages. They said +that this Batala had many agents under him, whom he sent to this world +to produce, in behalf of men, what is yielded here. These beings were +called _anitos_, and each anito had a special office. Some of them were +for the fields, and some for those who journey by sea; some for those +who went to war, and some for diseases. Each anito was therefore named +for his office; there was, for instance, the anito of the fields, and +the anito of the rain. To these anitos the people offered sacrifices, +when they desired anything--to each one according to his office. The +mode of sacrifice was like that of the Pintados. They summoned a +_catalonan_, which is the same as the vaylan among the Pintados, +that is, a priest. He offered the sacrifice, requesting from the +anito whatever the people desired him to ask, and heaping up great +quantities of rice, meat, and fish. His invocations lasted until +the demon entered his body, when the catalonan fell into a swoon, +foaming at the mouth. The Indians sang, drank, and feasted until the +catalonan came to himself, and told them the answer that the anito +had given to him. If the sacrifice was in behalf of a sick person, +they offered many golden chains and ornaments, saying that they were +paying a ransom for the sick person's health. This invocation of the +anito continued as long as the sickness lasted. + +When the natives were asked why the sacrifices were offered to the +anito, and not to the Batala, they answered that the Batala was a +great lord, and no one could speak to him. He lived in the sky; +but the anito, who was of such a nature that he came down here +to talk with men, was to the Batala as a minister, and interceded +for them. In some places and especially in the mountain districts, +when the father, mother, or other relative dies, the people unite in +making a small wooden idol, and preserve it. Accordingly there is a +house which contains one hundred or two hundred of these idols. These +images also are called _anitos_; for they say that when people die, +they go to serve the Batala. Therefore they make sacrifices to these +anitos, offering them food, wine, and gold ornaments; and request them +to be intercessors for them before the Batala, whom they regard as God. + +_Government of the Moros_. Among the Moros there is precisely the same +lack of government as among the Pintados. They had chiefs in their +respective districts, whom the people obeyed; they punished criminals, +and laid down the laws that must be observed. In the villages, where +they had ten or twelve chiefs, one only--the richest of them--was +he whom all obeyed. They greatly esteem an ancient lineage, which is +therefore a great advantage to him who desires to be a lord. When laws +were to be enacted for governing the commonwealth, the greatest chief, +whom all the rest obeyed, assembled in his own house all the other +chiefs of the village; and when they had come, he made a speech, +declaring that, to correct the many criminal acts which were being +committed, it was necessary that they impose penalties and enact +ordinances, so that these evils might be remedied and that all might +live in peace. This policy was not in vogue among the Pintados, because +no one of them was willing to recognize another as his superior. Then +the other chiefs replied that this seemed good to them; and that, +since he was the greatest chief of all, he might do whatever appeared +to him just, and they would approve it. Accordingly, that chief made +such regulations as he deemed necessary; for these Moros possess +the art of writing, which no other natives of the islands have. The +other chiefs approved what he ordained. Immediately came a public +crier, whom they call _umalahocan_, who is properly a mayor-domo, or +steward; he took a bell and went through the village, announcing in +each district the regulations which had been made. The people replied +that they would obey. Thus the umalahocan went from village to village, +through the whole district of this chief; and from that time on he who +incurred the penalties of law was taken to the chief, who sentenced him +accordingly. If the penalty be death, and the condemned man say that +he prefers to be a slave, he is pardoned, and becomes a slave. All the +other chiefs are also judges, each in his own district; but when any +important case arises the head chief calls all the others together, in +order to decide it, and the affair is settled by the vote of all. The +chiefs are accustomed to impose the taxes; but there is no fixed +amount for these, save what the proper judge decrees shall be paid. + +_Marriages_. These Moros followed in their marriages the same customs +as those of the Pintados, in giving the dowry. Thus, if the man +should, contrary to the woman's desire, break his pledge and annul the +marriage, he would lose the dowry, and she would retain it, free from +him. Likewise, if the wife left the husband she was obliged to return +him the dowry. If she committed adultery and the husband therefore +left her, she returned him double the amount of the dowry. If the wife +left the husband in order to marry another, the second husband was +obliged to repay to the first husband the dowry which the latter had +given to the woman, and to pay a fine, more or less--such an amount +as the judge should order him to give. If the husband were a chief, +and caught his wife in the act of committing adultery, he had the +right to punish her with death, and the adulterer also, and could +slay them with impunity. If he killed one and the other escaped, +there would be open war between the two families until the other +adulterer died. If both escaped, they must pay for their lives with +a certain weight of gold. If they were chiefs, the penalty was one +hundred taes, fifty for the woman and fifty for the adulterer. This +done, they were pardoned, and remained friends. If they were timaguas, +they incurred a lighter penalty. + +_Wars_. In wars and slavery among the Moros, they observed the same +customs as did the Pintados. + +_Thieves_. There was among the natives a law concerning thieves. It +was a petty theft if the amount were less than four taes (that is, +twenty pesos); but if more than that sum, it was a serious offense. He +who committed the former must return the gold, and then be sentenced, +at the will of the judge, to pay a fine in money. If it were the +greater theft, involving an amount of four taes or upward, he incurred +the penalty of slavery. But if the goods stolen amounted to a cati +[catty] of gold, the penalty was death, or the enslavement of the +culprit and his children and all those of his household. + +It was also a law that for the first theft the penalty was a fine +in money, and for the second, slavery; for further offenses, it was +death. Or if pardoned, as described above, he was made a slave, +with his wife and children. This punishment did not apply to the +son who proved that he was outside the house--whether he dwelt in a +house of his own or lived with relatives on an independent footing; +and therefore he was free. Only those who lived in the house of the +delinquent were liable to punishment, because they all were suspected +of knowledge of the theft. + +There was also a law that anyone who spoke disrespectfully of a chief, +or uttered abusive language to him, was liable to death. If he could +redeem his life, a fine of fifteen taes of gold was imposed. If he did +not have the means to pay and relatives did not contribute to ransom +him, and the delinquent begged for mercy, saying that then he would +become a slave, his life was spared, and he became the slave of the +injured party. For this reason the penalty of a fine was available +for him who possessed wealth. If the quarrel were between persons +of equal rank, the chiefs settled the matter according to justice +and their laws, and the like penalty was imposed. If the delinquent +refused to pay according to this sentence, war was declared between +the villages or the factions. Hostilities then followed; and from +that time those who were captured were enslaved. + +_One may be released after paying the sum decreed; until then he +is a slave._ It was a law that if, when two timaguas were together, +either of them insulted the other, he must pay a sum of money according +to the nature of the insult, which was decided by the judge. If the +insult were a gross one, the fine was large accordingly; and if the +culprit had not the means to pay more than five taes, he became the +slave of the injured person. If the delinquent begged from the chief +or some other friend the favor of lending him the money, he became +the slave of him who loaned the money. This slavery extended only to +the culprit, and not to his children or relatives, except to children +who were born during his slavery. + +It is usual among the natives of this island to aid one another with +money-loans. He who borrowed from a chief or a timagua retained the +money until a fixed time had elapsed, during which he might use the +money that was lent to him; and besides, he divided with the lender +the profit that he made, in acknowledgment of the favor that he +had received. + +It was a law that if he who borrowed the money became insolvent, and +had not means to pay his debt, he was considered a slave therefor, +together with the children born during his slavery; those already +born were free. + +It was a law among these people, when two men formed a business +partnership in which each placed the same amount of money, that +if one of them went to traffic with the money belonging to both, +and while on a trading journey were captured by enemies, the other +man who remained in the village must go to ransom his partner, +with half of the ransom-price agreed upon; and the captive was then +released from liability--not only for what was due to the partnership, +but for the amount which was afterward given for his ransom, and was +not obliged to pay anything. If the man who lost the money lost it in +gambling, or by spending it with women, he was obliged to repay to the +partnership the amount which he had drawn therefrom, and he and his +children were obliged to pay it. If the amount were so great that they +could not pay it within the time agreed upon, he and half his children +would become the slaves of the partner. If there were two children, +one was a slave and the other was free; if four, two were slaves, +and two free; and so on with any larger number. If the children were +able to pay their father's debt afterward, they were set free. + +It was a law that he who killed another must die; but if he begged for +mercy he would become the slave of the dead man's father, children, or +nearest relatives. If four or five men were concerned in the murder, +they all paid to the master of the slave the price which the slave +might be worth; and then the judge sentenced them to such punishment +as he thought just. If the men had not means to pay the fine, they +became slaves. If the dead man were a timagua, the penalty of death +was incurred by those who were proved to be his murderers; but if +the condemned men begged for mercy they became slaves. Accordingly, +after they were sentenced the culprit might choose between death and +slavery. If the man slain were a chief, the entire village where he +was slain must, when that was proved, become slaves, those who were +most guilty being first put to death. If the murderers were private +persons only, three or four of the most guilty were put to death, +without any resource in mercy; and the rest, with their children, +became slaves. + +When any person entered the house of a chief by night, against +the will of the owner, he incurred the death penalty. It was their +custom that when such an offender was caught he was first tortured, +to ascertain whether any other chief had sent him. If he confessed +that he had been thus sent, he was punished by enslavement; and he +who had sent him incurred the death penalty, but might be released +therefrom by paying a certain amount of gold for the crime. + +He who committed adultery was, if he were one of the chiefs, punished +with death; the same penalty was inflicted upon any man who was caught +with the concubine of a chief. Similarly, the husband might kill the +adulterer, if caught in the act. If perchance he escaped by flight, +he was condemned to pay a fine in money; and until this was done +there was enmity between the two families concerned. The same law +was in force among the timaguas. + +This relation was written by order of the governor of these islands. + +_Miguel de Loarca_ +of the town of Arevalo. + +was also one of the first, among those who came to these islands, +who showed any curiosity regarding these matters; and therefore I +consider this a reliable and true account. + + + +[_Endorsed at end_: "A memoir regarding the peculiarities of these +islands, written in obedience to a decree of his Majesty. To the +royal Council of the Indies."] + +[_Endorsed on outside wrapper_: "Relation of the Filipinas Islands, +their discovery, the Spanish settlements, the usages and customs +of the natives, their religion, etc.; written, in virtue of a royal +decree, by Miguel de Loarca, a citizen of the town of Arevalo, one +of the earliest conquerors and settlers." _A similar endorsement is +written on the inside cover of the MS_.] + + + + + +LETTER FROM DOMINGO DE SALAZAR TO FELIPE II + + +Royal Catholic Majesty: + +After having written the letters and memoranda which are going to your +Majesty, there came some neighboring Indians to this city, who begged +me to make known to your Majesty the contents of their testimonial. A +few days afterward I told certain of them that they should decide +what they wished, and that I would write to your Majesty concerning +them--as your Majesty is a most Christian king who considers well +their interests, and has commanded that they be well-treated, and +will order punishment for those who maltreat them. + +On the same day, some of the most prominent Indians came, and with +them more than forty others from the neighboring villages. They asked +from me the things that I have stated elsewhere; and I certify to your +Majesty that, if all that they said could be written in this account, +it would be but little shorter than the other one which I am sending +to your Majesty. Without doubt it would break your Majesty's heart if +you could see them as they are, and how pitiable are their appearance +and the things that they relate. + +Another day there came chiefs from other villages to say the same +and much more. Today ten or twelve chiefs have come to see me from +a province called Mauban, which belongs to your Majesty. They are +all heathen, and told me that they had learned that I wrote to your +Majesty in their behalf. They asked me to remember them also. I did +not wish to admit more than what was said by those who came first, +as it would make a disturbance in the land, should they all come here +to complain. Your Majesty will be pleased to command that their case +be considered, and provision made for them. I can do nothing, save +to deplore it, and to beseech your Majesty for the remedy. Manila, +June twenty, 1582. + +_Fray Domingo_, Bishop of the Felipinas + + + +In the city of Manila, on the fifteenth day of the month of June, +of the year one thousand five hundred and eighty-two, before the very +illustrious Don Fray Domingo de Salasar, first bishop of these islands +and a member of his Majesty's council, and in the presence of me, +the secretary undersigned, there appeared certain Indians who spoke +through Francisco Morantes and Andres de Cervantes, interpreters of +the Moro tongue. They declared themselves to be Don Luis Amanicaldo, +Don Martin Panga, Don Gabriel Luanbacar, and Don Juan Bautangad, +Christians; and Salalila and Calao Amarlenguaguay, heathen; and Dona +Francisca Saygan: all chiefs of the villages of Tondo and Capaymisilo; +and many other chiefs. Through the interpreters, they said that they +had learned that by this ship which is about to depart for Nueva +Espana, his most reverend Lordship was to write to his Majesty. As +they were suffering so many injuries, grievances, and vexations, as is +well-known to all, they humbly begged that he be so kind as to inform +his Majesty thereof in detail, in order that his Majesty, after having +learned of their afflictions, may be pleased to remedy them. They +were then asked what things they desired to be especially placed +before his Majesty's consideration, and to declare the same. They +replied that the injuries which they suffer, and which ought to be +redressed, are those inflicted by the alcaldes-mayor. Much trouble is +caused them by these officials, as within three leagues there are four +alcaldes-mayor and their officers, who inflict serious penalties for +light offenses. They take at their own price the rice of the Indians, +and afterward sell it at a very high rate, doing the same with all +other articles of provisions and agricultural products. Furthermore, +they oblige the Indians to act as their oarsmen, whenever they wish. If +they return from an expedition which has lasted a month, they are told +straightway to prepare for another, being paid nothing whatsoever; +nevertheless in every village assessments are levied upon the natives, +for the payment of those who go on such service. If at any time they +are paid, it is very little, and that very seldom. Because of the +many acts of oppression which they have suffered, many Indians have +now abandoned Tondo, Capaymisilo, and other villages near this city of +Manila. They have gone to live in other provinces, which has occasioned +much damage and loss to the chiefs. Out of the three hundred Indians +who were there, one hundred have gone away, and the said chiefs are +obliged to pay the tribute for those who flee and die, and for their +slaves and little boys. If they do not pay these, they are placed +in the stocks and flogged. Others are tied to posts and kept there +until they pay. Moreover, they dig no gold, for the officials oblige +them to pay the fifth. If they do not make a statement of their gold +it is seized as forfeited, even when it is old gold; and the gold +is not returned to them until after payment of a heavy fine. They +do not wish to let the alcaldes-mayor buy rice, because they all +hoard it. If the natives come to complain of their grievances to the +alcaldes-mayor alone, they are imprisoned and thrown into the stocks, +and are charged with prison-fees. Their afflictions and troubles are so +many that they cannot be endured; and they wish to leave this island, +or at least to go to some encomienda of a private individual. In the +said villages of the king they cannot endure the alcaldes-mayor. + + +_Fray Domingo_, Bishop of the Filipinas +_Andres de Cervantes_ +_Francisco Morante_ + +Before me: +_Salvador de Argon_, secretary + + + + + +LETTER FROM JUAN BAPTISTA ROMAN TO THE VICEROY + + +Most Illustrious and Excellent Sir: + +I do not know whether the letters with new information which the +governor is writing today will arrive in time to go on this ship, +which has been despatched to this port of Acabite; so I wish to give +your Excellency notice of what is going on. Yesterday--St. John's +Day--in the afternoon, there arrived six soldiers who had gone with +Captain Juan Pablo de Carrion [19] against the Japanese, who are +settled on the river Cagayan. They say that Juan Pablo sailed with his +fleet--which comprised the ship "Sant Jusepe," the admiral's galley, +and five fragatas--from the port of Bigan, situated in Ylocos, +about thirty-five days' journey from Cagayan. As he sailed out, +he encountered a Chinese pirate, who very soon surrendered. He put +seventeen soldiers aboard of her and continued his course. While +rounding Cape Borgador near Cagayan one fair morning at dawn, they +found themselves near a Japanese ship, which Juan Pablo engaged with +the admiral's galley in which he himself was. With his artillery he +shot away their mainmast, and killed several men. The Japanese put +out grappling-irons and poured two hundred men aboard the galley, +armed with pikes and breastplates. There remained sixty arquebusiers +firing at our men. Finally, the enemy conquered the galley as far +as the mainmast. There our people also made a stand in their extreme +necessity, and made the Japanese retreat to their ship. They dropped +their grappling-irons, and set their foresail, which still remained +to them. At this moment the ship "Sant Jusepe" grappled with them, +and with the artillery and forces of the ship overcame the Japanese; +the latter fought valiantly until only eighteen remained, who gave +themselves up, exhausted. Some men on the galley were killed, and +among them its captain, Pero Lucas, fighting valiantly as a good +soldier. Then the captain, Juan Pablo, ascended the Cagayan River, +and found in the opening a fort and eleven Japanese ships. He passed +along the upper shore because the mouth of the river is a league +in width. The ship "Sant Jusepe" was entering the river, and it +happened by bad fortune that some of our soldiers, who were in a +small fragata, called out to the captain, saying to him: "Return, +return to Manila! Set the whole fleet to return, because there are a +thousand Japanese on the river with a great deal of artillery, and +we are few." Whereupon Captain Luys de Callejo directed his course +seaward; and although Juan Pablos fired a piece of artillery he did +not and could not enter, and continued to tack back and forth. In +the morning he anchored in a bay, where such a tempest overtook them +that it broke three cables out of four that he had, and one used +for weighing anchor. He sent these six soldiers in a small vessel to +see if there was on an islet any water, of which they were in great +need. The men lost their way, without finding any water; and when they +returned where they had left their ship they could not find it. They +met with some of those Indians who were in the galley with Juan Pablos, +from whom it was learned that Juan Pablo had ascended the river two +leagues and had fortified himself in a bay; and that with him was the +galley, which had begun to leak everywhere, in the engagement with +the Japanese. The Indian crew was discharged on account of not having +the supplies which were lost on the galley. Most of these men went +aboard the "Sant Jusepe." They said that the Japanese were attacking +them with eighteen _champans_, [20] which are like skiffs. They were +defending themselves well although there were but sixty soldiers with +the seamen, and there were a thousand of the enemy, of a race at once +valorous and skilful. The six soldiers came with this news, and on the +way they met a sailor who had escaped from a Sangley ship which had +sailed from here, with supplies of rice for Juan Pablo. He says that +the Sangleys mutinied at midnight and killed ten soldiers who were +going with it as an escort, who had no sentinel. This one escaped by +swimming, with the aid of a lance that was hurled at him from the ship. + +Moreover, I have just detained some passengers who were going on this +ship, because there are no troops on these islands, and a hundred +soldiers have to go immediately as a reenforcement, although the +weather is tempestuous. I expect to be one of them, if the governor +will give me permission. + +These enemies, who have in truth remained here, are a warlike people; +and if your Excellency do not provide by this ship, and reenforce us +with a thousand soldiers, these islands can be of little value. May +your Excellency with great prudence provide what is most necessary +for his Majesty's service, since we have no resource other than the +favor your Excellency shall order to be extended to us. + +The governor was disposed to send assistance to the ship, which was a +very important affair; but after these events he will not be able to do +it, because there do not remain in this city seventy men who can bear +arms. May our Lord guard the most illustrious and excellent person of +your Excellency and increase your estate, as your Excellency's servants +desire. From Cabite, June 25, 1582. Most excellent and illustrious sir, +your servant kisses your Excellency's hands. + +_Juan Baptista Roman_ + + + + + + +LETTER FROM PENALOSA TO FELIPE II + + +Royal Catholic Majesty: + +By this ship, which is to leave these islands on the last of June of +this year, I am giving your Majesty a full account of the condition of +affairs and events in this region. As it was about to sail news came +of the fleet--which, I wrote among other things, I had despatched to +effect a settlement in Cagayan--and of the punishment and resistance +of the Japanese pirates, of whose coming we had news this year. The +fleet sent by me, as above stated, met two vessels of the enemy near +Cagayan, one of Japanese and the other of Sangleys; an engagement +ensued, and those vessels surrendered after a fierce fight, in which +two hundred Japanese, among them the commander of the fleet and his +son, were killed, while we lost only three soldiers. + +Juan Pablo de Carrion, whom I sent as my lieutenant-general in charge +of this fleet, continued his journey, and entered the Cagayan River, +where he was to make a settlement. At the entrance of the river he +found six more Japanese vessels belonging to the fleet of those which +had surrendered. There was also a goodly number of people there, and +fortifications. On account of his lack of men--a severe storm having +driven out to sea the flagship, which he took on this expedition--he +did not sack these forts, but attempted only to enter the river. This +he did, going up about six leagues, where he made a settlement in a +place where he could erect a fort, whence he could direct offensive +and defensive warfare against the enemy. This news came yesterday; +and with all possible despatch I am sending reenforcements, boats, +ammunition, and the provisions necessary. I considered it so needful +to employ the soldiers for this purpose, because too small a force +remains to me for the aid of Maluco, as I have written, since that +undertaking is so important. However if they send from that place to +beg aid, I shall give it with what forces I can. For I suffer a great +lack of men and other things because no reenforcements have been sent +me from Nueva Espana, although I have implored them. This land suffers +from a constant and pressing need of reenforcements, on account not +only of its unhealthful climate, but of the many emergencies which +continually arise when I must send aid. These occasions now are not +so much a matter of jest as they have been hitherto; for the Chinese +and Japanese are not Indians, but people as valiant as many of the +inhabitants of Berberia [Barbary], and even more so. I entreat your +Majesty to give careful attention to this, and to order that in all +vessels as many men as possible be sent; for it is the key to what is +necessary for the preservation of this camp. I beg also that careful +attention be given in the other things. + +The gratuity for the expenses incurred in these necessary undertakings +and for others similar to them, which are thrusting themselves forward +every moment--which was provided by your Majesty's auditors of your +royal Audiencia of Mexico in the ship arriving at this bay on the +twenty-fourth of last month, consisted of a decree and warrant in +which they order that Doctor Sande be paid here for the time while he +remained here after my arrival, and until his arrival at Mexico. For +this purpose they set aside in their decree the tributes which belong +to your Majesty, and order that they be attached for this and sent +to them--threatening me with imprisonment if I do not comply. I have +written to your Majesty already of the poor state of your treasury +here and its many pressing necessities, and of the extreme difficulty +experienced in raising the amount needful for the same. Will your +Majesty please take suitable action in this? for without the aid +of what little resources your Majesty possesses here, this colony +cannot be preserved. May our Lord guard the Catholic and royal person +of your Majesty for mary prosperous years, and give you increase of +many kingdoms and seigniories for the good of Christianity. Manila, +July first, 82. + +[_Endorsed:_ "To the royal Catholic Majesty, King Don Phelipe, our +sovereign, through his royal council of the Indies. Governor of the +Philipinas."] + + + + +TWO PAPAL DECREES + + + +Indulgence Granted to the Dominicans on Their Setting Out for the +Philippines + + +Gregory, Bishop, servant of the servants of God: In perpetual +remembrance of the affair. + +Since, as we have learned, very vast kingdoms, islands, cities, and +towns in the parts of the Western Indias are being converted to the +faith of Christ, and daily the light of heavenly learning is beaming on +the peoples thereof--who, hitherto unacquainted with the law of God, +and under the yoke of the demon, were groping their way in the dark +places of unbelief; but now, rejecting the errors of heathenism, are +revering and following the name of our Savior Jesus Christ: therefore +our beloved son, the master-general of the Order of Preachers [21] +[Dominicans], has determined to send thither professed members under +the care of their own vicar, with rules for austere life and a reformed +standard of conduct--as is becoming to a religious and praiseworthy +institute, and according to which their province of New Spain was +established--who there may found a new province of their order. + +We, on whom through appointment of the Lord it is incumbent to +foster the spread of the gospel, desirous of taking part in this +duty of preaching the gospel in kingdoms wherein Christ is unknown, +desirous moreover to aid, in as faras we can, the pious and religious +endeavors of the Friars Preachers--who, with their abandonment +of fatherland and their self-denial of comforts, are now exposing +themselves to dangers of land and sea for the sake of spreading the +name of Christ--therefore, trusting in the mercy of almighty God +and the authority of His blessed apostles Peter and Paul, we by our +apostolic authority, in virtue of these presents do grant, etc., a +plenary indulgence and remission of all their sins to the professed +members of the said Order, all and singular, if really penitent and +confessed, who by leave or order or mandate of their afore-named +master-general shall go to the Philippine Islands. + +Given at Rome, at St. Mark's, under the seal of the Fisherman, on +the fifteenth day of September, in the year 1582, the eleventh of +our pontificate. + + + + +Foundation of the Province of the Dominicans in the Philippines + + +Gregory XIII, Pope. Beloved son, health and apostolic blessing. + +Not long ago you acquainted us with the fact that, some time before, +Paul Conestabile, master-general of the entire order of Friars +Preachers, gave you leave--with thirty or forty professed members of +the said order, to be gathered by you from the provinces of Spain, +Aragon and Andalusia, and ten from the province of Mexico and from +Chiappa, [22] to go to the Philippine Islands and to the kingdom +of China. Moreover, appointing you his vicar-general in the said +Philippine Islands and kingdom of China, etc., he granted to you, +all and singular, the privileges which had been granted by former +generals to the province of Santiago of Mexico--to the end that you +might there establish a rule of life in accordance with the same, +and found provinces, etc. + +But since, as you also told us, the said General Paul is dead, and +there are some who are doubtful of your power in the premises, and +therefore you have humbly petitioned us to determine what through our +apostolic bounty you should do in the premises: therefore, holding +that you are free from any sort of excommunication, etc., and by +these presents decreeing that the tenor of the said letters is to be +considered as if herein expressed; moreover, being not unwilling to +hearken to your petition, we by our apostolic authority, in virtue +of these presents, approve and confirm the things contained therein, +all and singular; and, as far as needs be, do again depute you to +the aforesaid charge, [23] etc. + +Given at Rome, at St. Peter's, under the seal of the Fisherman, +on the twentieth day of October in the year 1582, the eleventh of +our pontificate. + + + + + +REPORT ON THE OFFICES SALEABLE IN THE PHILIPPINES + + +The following are the saleable offices in these Philipinas islands, +from which some gain may be derived. + +Seven positions as city magistrates in Manila; because, of the +twelve which are available, three are filled with officials of his +Majesty, and two by Captain Juan de Moron and by Pedro de Herrera, +both possessing titles from his Majesty. + +Two offices as notaries-public in the same city; for, of the three +available, one is filled by Diego Aleman who was appointed by his +Majesty, and the other two are appointed by the governors, and +therefore are not royal notaries. + +A notary of the cabildo, for no one has been supplied by his Majesty. + +The office of alguacil-mayor [high constable] in this city was +held by Hernan Lopez: he has lived during the last three years in +Mexico, where he has married, and has not attended to his office; +and consequently the governor disposes of this position. More will +be given for this office on account of its dignity, as holding a seat +in the cabildo next to the royal officials. + +The office of chief clerk of registers and mines of these islands; +for no appointment has been made by his Majesty. + +Six magistrates for the town of Zubu, which is the required number. No +one has been appointed by his Majesty. + +In the said town, two notaries--one public, and the other for the +cabildo; for they have not been filled by his Majesty. + +In the said town, the office of alguacil-mayor; for his Majesty has +made no provision for the said dignity. + +The offices which are available in the town of Zubu are also available +in the town of Caceres, in the province of Camarines; and in the town +of Arevalo, in the island of Panai. + +The town of Fernandina in the province of Ylocos has proved to be +so unhealthy a region that, from being the richest town of these +islands, it has now only a few inhabitants with no organized cabildo +or government. + +The city of Segovia, in the province of Cagayan, is a newly-settled +city. The offices have been filled by the governor with the early +conquerors; it will therefore be convenient for his Majesty to confirm +them, in order that the community may become permanently settled. + +Concerning the office of alcalde-mayor in the villages and provinces of +the Indians, the following method is carried out. The alcalde-mayor, +who goes there for a year or two, takes with him his own alguacil +and clerk, appointed by himself. The lawsuits which take place before +them are seldom made public; and they can keep the fines forfeited to +the royal treasury--which are not slight, for they fine the natives +even for treading the ground. They keep neither archives nor record +of anything, so that his Majesty is ill served in their office; +the natives suffer, and the officials condemn themselves. In view of +all this, it would be better for each province of Indians possessing +the office of alcalde-mayor to have a permanent alguacil and clerk +appointed by his Majesty; for if they are not appointed by the alcalde +and are not his servants, they will not conform so thoroughly to his +will. Thus light would be shed upon the legal proceedings, of which an +account would be kept; and the fines forfeited to the royal treasury +would not be lost, together with the expenses of justice. Finally, +if they are appointed permanently, they will aim at the preservation +of the Indians for their own benefit, and will not plunder and then +go away, as they do now. The three most important provinces in which +an alcalde resides are: the province of Pampanga, which is the most +fertile region of these islands, and which has about thirty thousand +Indians; the province of La Laguna de Bai, with a like number of +Indians; and the province of Bombon, Balaian, Mindoro, with about +twenty thousand Indians. I believe that in these three provinces the +offices of alguacil and clerk will be of no less value than they are +in Spanish communities. In the other provinces, these offices are of +little importance at present. + + + + + +DOCUMENTS OF 1583 + + + + Complaints against Penalosa. Gabriel de Ribera; [1583?] + Affairs in the Philipinas Islands. Fray Domingo de Salazar; + [1583]. + Instructions to commissary of the Inquisition. Pedro de los + Rios, and others; March 1. + Foundation of the Audiencia of Manila. Felipe II; May 5. + + + +_Sources_: These documents are obtained from MSS. in the Archivo +general de Indias, Sevilla--excepting the third, which is from the +Archivo general at Simancas. + +_Translations_: The first and third documents are translated by Alfonso +de Salvio, of Harvard University; the second, by Herbert E. Bolton, +of the University of Texas; the fourth, by Henry B. Lathrop, of the +University of Wisconsin. + + + + + +COMPLAINTS AGAINST PENALOSA + + +Most powerful lord: [24] + +Captain Gabriel de Rivera [25] beseeches your Highness on behalf of the +Filipinas islands, kindly to see that due attention and consideration +be given to the advancement and preservation of those islands, upon +which his Majesty has set his eyes so fixedly, and which have cost so +many thousands of ducats and Spanish lives. May what has been asked +be provided, according to the memorials which I have presented to +the royal person and to your Highness; for it befits the service of +God our Lord, that of your Highness, and the advancement and good +government of those islands. + +The appointment of Don Gonzalo Ronquillo [26] by your Highness as +governor for life, and the many sentences, decrees, and favors in his +behalf, greatly injure the said islands in their advancement; they +harass and totally ruin them as we have seen with our own eyes. Such +an appointment is contrary to the orders and laws given for the new +discoveries; for the Filipinas islands were discovered more than +fifty years ago, and were settled at the time of the emperor (may he +rest in peace). Since a way of return to Nueba Espana had not been +discovered, the settlers for lack of sustenance abandoned the land, +until the viceroy, Don Luis de Belasco, by order of your Highness +despatched a fleet to the said islands, and sent Miguel Lopez de +Legazpi as governor, who made a settlement and discovered a way of +return. He went there at his own expense. All favors granted him in the +meantime were so small and inadequate that he was not even allowed to +take a repartimiento. The islands have been settled for twenty years, +and have enjoyed peace and quiet. [27] The appointment may have been a +very lawful one, but it should not be forgotten that it is injurious +to the said islands and their advancement. God alone can remedy the +abuses perpetrated every day, for, as is well known by your Highness, +they are beyond any other remedy--inasmuch as Don Gonzalo has carried +out no part of the agreement he made with his Majesty. In regard to +this, and the papers and memorials which I have presented, may your +very Christian Highness take the measures befitting the service of God, +and the advancement and good government of those islands. + +_Gabriel de Ribera_ + + + + + + +AFFAIRS IN THE PHILIPINAS ISLANDS + +_By Fray Domingo de Salazar_ + + +_Memorial regarding occurrences in these Philipinas Islands of the +West, also their condition, and matters which require correction; +written by Fray Domingo de Salazar, bishop of the said islands, in +order that his Majesty and the gentlemen of his royal Council of the +Indies may see it._ + + +At first, when the Spaniards came to these islands, there was a great +abundance of provisions, such as are produced in the country; namely, +rice, beans, fowls, swine, deer, buffaloes, fish, cocoanuts, bananas +and some other fruits, wine, and honey. Of these a large quantity +could be bought from the natives with very little money. Although +among them there was gold, with which they traded and trafficked, +yet it was most usual to barter eatables for rice until the Spaniards +introduced the use of money, from which no little harm has come to the +country. Wine and rice are measured by the ganta, which is equivalent +to a quarter of a celemin in our measure. + +The prices which articles brought after the Spaniards introduced +silver coins--which are, as a rule, tostons, as the four-real pieces +are called--were as follows: [four] [28] hundred gantas of rice [for +one toston]; for another, a hundred of wine; and for another, twelve, +fourteen, or sixteen fowls; and other things in proportion. These +rates continued until a year and a half or two years ago. Then +products began to be scarce in this country, and articles which were +formerly cried through the streets have today reached so high prices +and such scarcity that there is now no one who can obtain them, even +when they go to search for them in the Indian villages. For what +is thus found the common prices are forty or fifty gantas of rice, +or eight or ten gantas of wine, for one toston; fowls have advanced +to two reals apiece, although the usual price is one real; while a +hog costs four or five pesos, or six or eight for one of considerable +size. Oil of agenxoli [sesame], cocoanuts, and butter, which formerly +could be bought very cheaply, cannot now be obtained--although in +this there is variation, as little or much comes to the market. + +I have tried to ascertain the reason for so great a change, and for +the dearness of food; and after thoroughly informing myself through +persons who know, and through what I have seen with my own eyes, I find +the following reasons therefor. First: When Don Goncalo Ronquillo came +here as governor of La Pampanga, [29] whence all this country used +to be supplied with rice, wine, and fowls, a great number of Indians +went to the mines of Ylocos, where they remained during the time +when they ought to have sowed their grain. Many of them died there, +and those who returned were so fatigued that they needed rest more +than work. As a result, in that year followed a very great scarcity +of rice, and for lack of it a great number of Indians in the said +Pampanga died from hunger. In Luvao alone, the encomienda of Guido +de la Vacares, the dead exceeded a thousand. + +Second: in regard to the many occupations in which the Spaniards +employ the Indians, such as setting them to row in the galleys +and fragatas despatched by the governor and officials on various +commissions, which are never lacking. At times they go so far away +that they are absent four or six months; and many of those who go die +there. Others run away and hide in the mountains, to escape from the +toils imposed upon them. Others the Spaniards employ in cutting wood +in the forests and conveying it to this city, and other Indians in +other labors, so that they do not permit them to rest or to attend to +their fields. Consequently, they sow little and reap less, and have +no opportunity to attend religious instruction. It sometimes happens +that while these miserable creatures are being instructed for baptism +the Spaniards force them to go to the tasks that I have mentioned; +and when they return they have forgotten what they knew; for this +reason there are today many Indians to be baptized. In some cases when +I have gone to a village to administer confirmation, I have returned +without confirming any one, because the Indians were not in the place, +but were occupied in labors ordered by the alcalde-mayor, and I could +not collect them together. In proof of this, I send a mandate issued by +a deputy of Tondo. (I was present at the time, and all the people were +away, occupied in the tasks assigned to them; and the only Indians in +the village were those who were being instructed for the reception of +baptism.) This ordinance commanded all the Indians of the said village +to cut wood, and those who were receiving instruction to quit it. + +Third: Before the governor Don Goncalo Ronquillo came, there were +not more than three or four alcaldes-mayor in all these islands; +but now there are sixteen and most of them are men who came with +him. As they came poor, and as the salaries are small, they have +taken away the Indians--as all affirm, and it is common talk--at +the time for harvesting rice; and they buy up all other provisions, +and many profit by selling them again. In this way everything has +become dear, because, as they have forbidden the Indians to trade and +traffic, they sell at whatever price they wish. Formerly the Indians +brought their produce to the gates, and sold it at very low-prices; +for they are satisfied with very little gain, which is not true of +the Spaniards. But, not to ascribe all the guilt to men, but to our +sins, the cause of this dearness has in part been that these years +have not afforded as good weather as others. This is the state in +which the country has thus far been up to the present. + + +_Injuries inflicted upon the Indians_ + +First: When a long expedition is to be made, the wrongs which they +suffer are many. One is to despatch for the Indians who are to row +in a galley or fragata a sailor who has neither piety nor Christian +feeling. Moreover, it is notorious that, without inquiring whether +an Indian is married or single, or whether his wife is sick or his +children without clothing, he takes them all away. It has happened +that when a husband has led this deputy to his wife, who was great +with child, and has asked with tears that he might be left behind +as she had no one to care for her, the sailor has beaten her with +cudgels in order to make her go, and the poor husband also, despite +his resistance. In other cases, their wives are abandoned when dying, +the husband being compelled to go away to row. The Indians are put +into irons on the galleys, and flogged as if they were galley-slaves +or prisoners. Moreover, the pay that is given them is very small; +for they give each man only four reals a month--and this is so +irregularly paid that most of them never see it. The [officials of +the] villages from which they take the rowers divide the pay among +themselves, or give it to those whom they impress as oarsmen. This +statement is thoroughly authenticated; for when the governor, Don +Goncalo Ronquillo, sent to the mines, in Vitis and Lobao alone they +divided three thousand pesos belonging to the Indians themselves; +and when he sent to Borney, in Bonbon they divided more than two +thousand. They say that in all Pampanga five or six thousand pesos +were taken, and similarly in all towns where they get recruits. + +Sometimes they do not go at harvest-time to collect the rice which +they say belongs to your Majesty, but only when it is very dear; and +then they require it to be sold for the price which it was worth when +they harvested. Sometimes the Indians buy back for five or six tostons +what they sold for one. The past year, when the Indians ate shoots of +palms and bananas because they had no rice, and many Indians died from +hunger, they made them sell the remaining rice at the price which it +was worth at harvest-time. Sometimes the entire quantity of his rice +is taken from an Indian, without leaving him a grain to eat. One poor +widow, seeing that they were carrying off all her rice without leaving +her a grain to eat, took, as best she could, two basketfuls to hide +under the altar, and there saved them; but it is certain that if the +collector had known it, they would have been taken from that place. + +Another injury that they do to this poor people, under pretense +of its being for your Majesty, whereby your royal name is detested +among them, is as follows. Formerly, when rice was plentiful, four +hundred gantas were worth one toston; your Majesty's officials of La +Pampanga furnished me with the price which it was worth. Last year the +governor ordered that twelve thousand fanegas of rice be taken from +La Pampanga for your Majesty, and that the Indians should give three +hundred gantas for one toston. It was then worth among them about a +peso of gold, because it could not be had at any price. Many Indians +died of hunger. The three hundred gantas which they took from them for +one toston were worth about six tostons, and a person who wished to +buy it could not find it. This present year, when they have so little +grain and the famine is so great in La Pampanga, the Spaniards might +have sent to other districts to buy rice, where--although they must +go farther--it is more plentiful, and could be taken without injuring +the Indians. Yet the Spaniards have chosen not to do this, but rather +to order that it be taken from La Pampanga. And while the price among +the Indians is fifty gantas for one toston, they require them to give +for your Majesty at the rate of two hundred and fifty gantas. At the +season when this was collected, I was visiting La Pampanga, and I +saw so much weeping and moaning on the part of the wretched Indians +from whom they took the rice, that it moved me to great pity--and +all the more since I could see so little means to provide a remedy; +for although I wrote about it to the master-of-camp, who was at that +time lieutenant-governor, it profited me little. + +As for the means of collecting this rice, the alcalde-mayor or his +deputy divides among the chiefs two, three, four, or more taes of gold +(which is a certain weight worth five pesos), and orders that so many +gantas of rice be collected for one toston. Afterward they send, +to collect this rice, men without piety; who, with blows, torture, +and imprisonment enforce compliance with the rate of three hundred +and fifty gantas for a toston; and, in other years, one hundred of +wine, and this year, sixty. It is a fact well established, for I have +learned from the very persons who collect it that it often happens, +that the Indian, not having so much rice as is demanded, is obliged to +go to buy at the rate of fifty gantas for a toston, and fifteen gantas +of wine; and from him, as is said, they take two hundred and fifty +of rice and seventy of wine for one toston. If this occurred only +with respect to rice, which is necessary for the expense which your +Majesty incurs in this city, it would be but half a wrong, although I +do not know what law permits them to invent one price for your Majesty +and another for others. However this may be, I will pass on. But the +real evil is that the governor, master-of-camp, alcaldes-mayor, your +Majesty's officials and other persons to whom these wish to give it, +all consume it at this same price, and they also collect it at this +price for the hospitals of the city. Although the governor, in the +orders which he gives for the hospitals and for other persons, such +as alcaldes-mayor, does not name the number of gantas to be given for +a toston, yet the rate is not higher than for your Majesty. He is at +fault, in that--knowing that they collect at this price--he neither +causes what has thus been taken to be restored, nor punishes him who +transgresses in this matter; thus many dare to take rice from them +at these same prices, knowing that they will not be punished. I know +that many alcaldes-mayor, having orders from the governor to buy from +the Indians of their districts three hundred fanegas from each single +man and five hundred from each married man, take it at the aforesaid +price, and even much more than they are permitted to take, and sell +it again at the current price. I know that they also go to collect, +at the price fixed for your Majesty, for themselves and their friends, +much more rice than they have a right to take according to order. The +same is true in regard to cutting timber. + +They compel the Indians to work at tasks in the service of your +Majesty, paying them but little, and that irregularly and late, +and often not at all. + +I do not mention the injuries which the Indians received from the +Spaniards during the conquest, for from what happened to them in +other parts of the Yndias can be inferred what would happen here, +which was not less, but in many places much more. I speak of what has +happened and now happens in the collection of the tributes, so that +your Majesty may see if it is right to overlook or tolerate things +which go so far beyond all human justice. + +As for the first, your Majesty may be assured that heretofore these +Indians never have understood, nor have they been given to understand, +that the Spaniards entered this country for any other purpose than +to subjugate them and compel them to pay tributes. As this is a +thing which all peoples naturally refuse, it follows that where +they have been able to resist they have always done so, and have +gone to war. When they can do no more, they say that they will pay +tribute. And these people the Spaniards call pacified, and say that +they have submitted to your Majesty! And without telling them more of +God and of the benefits which it was intended to confer upon them, +they demand tribute from them each year. Their custom therein is as +follows. As soon as the Spaniards have subjugated them, and they have +promised to pay tribute (for from us Christians they hear no other +word than "Pay tribute"), they say to the natives, "You must give so +much a year." If they are not allotted in encomiendas, the governor +sends some one to collect the tributes; but it is most usual to allot +them at once in an encomienda to him who has charge of collecting the +tributes. Although the decree relating to encomiendas says, "Provided +that you instruct them in the matters of our most holy faith," the +only care that they have for that is, that the encomendero takes with +him eight or ten soldiers with their arquebuses and weapons, orders +the chiefs to be called, and demands that they give him the tributes +for all the Indians of their village. Here my powers fail me, I lack +the courage, and I can find no words, to express to your Majesty the +misfortunes, injuries, and vexations, the torments and miseries, which +the Indians are made to suffer in the collection of the tributes. The +tribute at which all are commonly rated is the value of eight reals, +paid in gold or in produce which they gather from their lands; but +this rate is observed like all other rules that are in favor of the +Indians--that is, it is never observed at all. Some they compel to +pay it in gold, even when they do not have it. In regard to the gold +likewise, there are great abuses, because as there are vast differences +in gold here, they always make the natives give the finest. The weight +at which they receive the tribute is what he who collects it wishes, +and he never selects the lightest. Others make them pay cloth or +thread. But the evil is not here, but in the manner of collecting; +for, if the chief does not give them as much gold as they demand, +or does not pay for as many Indians as they say there are, they +crucify the unfortunate chief, or put his head in the stocks--for +all the encomenderos, when they go to collect, have their stocks, +and there they lash and torment the chiefs until they give the entire +sum demanded from them. Sometimes the wife or daughter of the chief +is seized, when he himself does not appear. Many are the chiefs who +have died of torture in the manner which I have stated. When I was +in the port of Ybalon some chiefs came there to see me; and the +first thing they said to me was, that one who was collecting the +tributes in that settlement had killed a chief by torture, and the +same Indians indicated the manner in which he had been killed, which +was by crucifixion, and hanging him by the arms. I saw this soldier +in the town of Caceres, in the province of Camarines, and learned +that the justice arrested him for it and fined him fifty pesos--to be +divided equally between the exchequer and the expenses of justice--and +that with this punishment he was immediately set free. Likewise I +learned that an encomendero--because a chief had neither gold nor +silver nor cloth with which to pay the tribute--exacted from him an +Indian for nine pesos, in payment of nine tributes which he owed; +and then took this Indian to the ship and sold him for thirty-five +pesos. And although I told this to the steward and asked for the +Indian, he remained in slavery. They collect tribute from children, +old men, and slaves, and many remain unmarried because of the tribute, +while others kill their children. + +What the encomendero does, after having collected his tributes in the +manner stated, is to return home; and for another year he neither sees +nor hears of them. He takes no more account of them than if they were +deer, until the next year, when the same thing is repeated. These +injuries the Spaniards inflicted in all places until recently. In +this district of Manila there is not so much of it now, because many +of the natives are already Christians, and there are religious among +them, and affairs are in better order. But in remote places and some +not very far away, what I have stated occurs, and even worse things +are done. Because all, or nearly all, of those who pay the tribute +are infidels, and neither know nor understand more of the matters +of our faith than they did a hundred years ago, and even more on +account of the wrongs which they suffer, they abhor and abominate +the faith. Indeed, as for the example of decency which those who +mingle with the Indians set them there is no way to describe it here +without offending your Majesty's ears; but I state it as an assured +fact that they care not whether a woman be a believer or an infidel, +single or married; all are on the same level. From this your Majesty +will gather what these unhappy Indians will have conceived of us and +of the faith which we preach. + +I shall not omit to mention here a thing which is full of reproach +to the Christians who have lived here, and even to all of us who hear +it--namely, that the natives of these islands have been, from ancient +times, infidels, of whom there are many now in this and other islands; +and that the Moros have come to these islands from that of Burney to +preach the law of Mahoma, through which preaching a large number of +pagans have turned Moros. Those who have received this vile law keep +it with much pertinacity, and there is great difficulty in getting +them to leave it. Moreover it is known that the reason which they +give--to our shame and confusion--is that they were better treated by +the preachers of Mahoma than they have been and are by the preachers of +Christ. [30] Since, through kind and gentle treatment, they received +that doctrine willingly, it took root in their hearts, and so they +leave it reluctantly. But this is not the case with what we preach to +them, for, as it is accompanied with so much bad treatment and with +so evil examples, they say "yes" with the mouth and "no" with the +heart; and thus when occasion arises they leave it, although by the +mercy of God, this is becoming somewhat remedied by the coming of the +ministers of the gospel, with whose advent these grievances cease in +some places. After Don Geronimo [31] Ronquillo carne to govern, [it +was decreed] that from the Indians should be taken the [taels?] [32] +of gold which the Indians manufacture. Whether or not this has been +done by order of your Majesty, I do not know; but I know that if +your Majesty were in this country you would not order this law to +be executed now; because most of them are still infidels, and I do +not know what right there is to exact these taxes from the infidel, +nor to what a people so [_illegible in original MS._] might be driven +by such rigor. From this result many injuries to the Indians. For, +as is well known, they have wrought the gold which they received from +their ancestors, and they regard it as lost. [33] All the Indians +are compelled to declare all the gold that they possess, and the +amounts are placed on a list, in order that if they should come into +possession of more gold in the future, it may be taken from them--not +as the royal fifth, but as forfeited. Moreover as these Indians +wear chains and ajorcas, [34] the alcaldes-mayor, in the attempt +to profit thereby, require that these should be declared, on the +ground that these are ornaments which the Indians have manufactured, +and on which they have not paid the fifth; and although this may be +a lie, it costs the Indian, before he is free, a good share of his +gold. Indeed, they denounced an Indian before the governor himself; +and in spite of many entreaties from religious, he fined the Indian +one hundred and twenty pesos, which was the third part of the gold +about which he was accused. A religious assured me that it was gold +received from his ancestors; but the Indian could not help himself. + +I could never finish--and it would be a very annoying subject for your +Majesty--relating all the hardships that befall these unfortunates in +this country. They ought to be feasted and favored, in order that they +may become attached to our faith, and understand the mercy that God +has shown them in bringing them to the knowledge and manifestation +of it; but those who here continue to forget this are the cause of +their abhorring the faith. They consider your Majesty a cruel king, +and think that you are trying only to profit by their estates and to +claim their personal service--although all is so much to the contrary +on the part of your Majesty, as witness the holy laws and ordinances +which, for the good government of these lands, your Majesty has made +and ordered to be observed. + +But if it is true, most Christian king, that the intent of your Majesty +in sending Spaniards to these lands is that God may be known, His faith +preached, and His holy law received here; and that these Indians, by +love, good works, and example, may be led to the knowledge of God and +obedience to your Majesty--what law or right permits individuals to +transgress in this matter by their greed and self-interest, and to do +the opposite of that for which your Majesty sent them? This purpose is +that in your royal name and with holy royal authority they may govern +this country, dignified for this task by very honorable titles, and +remunerated by large salaries, your Majesty so affectionately charging +them to treat these natives well, and giving them for that purpose such +holy laws, ordinances, and instructions. Yet these men turn aside their +eyes from all this and close them to the injuries and ill-treatment +which these unfortunates receive. What abhorrence to our holy faith +arises in their minds from this conduct, and what an impediment to the +conversion of the infidels is thus formed! And those who are already +converted are regretting that step; for these men concern themselves +so entirely with getting rich in the shortest possible time, to +which end they are continually planning and undertaking every means +which seems to them best suited to attain that object--even though +it may be contrary to your Majesty's commands and prohibited by the +laws of the kingdom and the ordinances of the Yndias, and though it +may be injurious and prejudicial to those whom they were charged, +by the authority of your Majesty, to make free, and to secure from +all those wrongs. If this be true, what punishment would be fitting +for such a crime? Or how could your Majesty so overlook a thing so +pernicious, that you should not order it to be punished rigorously, +and should not remedy evils which so greatly need correction? But +whether this is so or not, it is not for me to accuse or to speak ill +of any one. I only say, and truthfully, that this land is ruined; and +it is doubtful whether, if it experiences another year like the two +just past, it will endure till the third--and this is no exaggeration. + +In the ship which just arrived from Nueba Espana came certain royal +decrees--a remedy for some evils of which information had been +given. It seems that the country received thereby some alleviation +of its troubles, but I do not know what will follow. It is a great +misfortune to have your Majesty so far away. For if you were near us, +all these ills would soon disappear--as I hope, by the Divine goodness +and your Majesty's holy zeal, that they will not endure longer than +till you shall hear of them, not by my report, but by information +which may be quite sufficiently obtained in Nueba Espana; for what +I say here is for no other purpose than that your Majesty may be +informed of what is going on, and that you may order it to be remedied. + +Since your Majesty orders, by your royal decree, that in case the +governor do not keep the royal laws and ordinances which are made +for these lands, I advise your Majesty of the fact: what might in +compliance be said with entire truthfulness is, that I do not know +what decree, provision, or ordinance issued for the benefit and aid +of the Indians is kept or noticed; and if any promise is made, it is +only for courtesy. Never have I seen any man punished who may have +violated the decrees, or who may be scandalous in sin; and in order +that it may be quite evident to your Majesty how badly your holy laws +are kept, I shall proceed to demonstrate by the royal ordinances. + +2nd. The second clause, commencing, "those who administer government," +etc., is neither kept nor noticed, because it never is taken into +account. Therefore the Indians understand that the good which is +to be done them is but to subjugate them and make them pay tribute; +and as this is the purpose of those in authority, they never do what +is ordered in this clause, but at once send soldiers to force the +Indians to submit although they may not desire it; and before they +return they leave the natives subjects and tributarios. + +4th. Clause four, for the same reason, is not heeded. + +20th. In regard to clause 20, although it is so necessary, and so +deserves to be obeyed, those in power act as if they were ordered +to do the very opposite, as is explained above, where I discuss the +wrongs that they inflict. + +24th. To what is ordered in clause 24 some respect is now paid in this +island; but heretofore everything has been done in contravention of +it, and the penalty has never been enforced. + +25th. Nor has clause 25 been observed in this island. On the contrary, +there has been, I say plainly, a notable diminution in the royal +exchequer, and the difficulties which are mentioned in the clause +result. + +29th. With regard to clause 29, the deeds of those who go on these +expeditions are so contrary to the orders given in this clause that +it would appear that they are sent to rob, rather than to pacify. + +30th. Clause 30 is the least respected of all those contained in this +book of ordinances, as was said, and there is most necessity for its +observance. It is, moreover, certain that all the other ordinances +are regulated by what is here commanded. + +32nd. To clause 32, which treats of new settlements, no more attention +is paid than if it had not been written. For no settlement is either +made or contemplated in this island; no Spanish town has any pasture +for cattle, or land for cultivation, although that would be a great +convenience; and those who wish to undertake anything of the sort--for +there are two or three such--are granted no favor when this matter +is discussed; nor is there any one who remembers the law. + +33rd. No attention is paid to clause 33, nor is the pacification of +the natives conducted on any orderly plan--except that here and there +some men are sent to make the Indians tributary, without attention to +securing their pacification or settlement. Some attention was, however, +given to this in the expedition which was just made to Cagayan. + +36th. We all know well that the principal aim of your Majesty is that +expressed in clause 36, but this is not the aim of those who govern; +accordingly, they do little for the conversion of the Indians, but +much for their own profit. + +138th. The part of clause 138 which is observed, for good or bad, +is to subjugate the Indians and compel them to pay tribute; beyond +this there is neither care nor thought. + +139th. For the like reason, clause 139 is not observed, nor is there +thought of it. + +141st. Of what is ordered in clause 141 nothing is observed; for they +care no more for rendering justice to the Indians than if these were +beasts who lack reason. + +144th. The part of clause 144 most important for observance was +that beginning "the country being pacified" [_illegible in original +MS._]; it was, indeed, the most necessary for observance. But +in order to relate the harm that follows from not observing it, +there should be another man who knows better how to say it than I +do. This law or clause contains two parts. In the first is stated the +obligation of the governor in allotting the Indians; in the second, +the obligations of the encomenderos toward their encomiendas. As for +the first, it might (and not without reason) be disputed whether, +for your Majesty's peace of conscience and for the welfare of these +natives, it is fitting that these encomiendas be allotted. But since +this subject requires more time and space than I now have to devote +thereto, let it remain for another voyage, when, by the help of God, +these and other doubts will be dissipated, for the service of God and +your Majesty. I venture to say this because, although your Majesty +has so near you so many and so excellent learned men in all subjects, +yet, to determine many matters relative to the Yndias, it is doubtless +necessary to have dwelt in them, and that for not a few years. For +the present it is sufficient to say that if the governors (before +allotting the Indians) and the encomenderos (after their allotment) +would observe even what is demanded from them in this clause, they +would relieve your Majesty from painful scruples, and us from doubt, +and thus from a heavy burden of conscience; while to the Indians would +be given an extraordinary benefit. But all is contrary to this, because +neither do the governors, when allotting the Indians, take notice of +what is here required from them--for they make the encomiendas before +the Indians are pacified, or even have heard the name of God or of your +Majesty--nor do the encomenderos heed the obligation which they take +upon themselves; but, confident of the encomienda allotted in this +manner, they go to collect the tributes in the manner above stated; +and among them are some who do so even more tyrannically. + +145th. Of clause 145, that which has to do with the Indians is not +observed any more than the foregoing in regard to reserving the chief +villages for your Majesty. Your islands are not like Nueva Espana, +where there is a chief village with many others subject to it. Here +all are small villages, and each one is its own head. The governors, +interpreting this law more literally than is good for the service of +your Majesty, have added to your royal crown some very small maritime +villages; and the advantage has been given to whomsoever they have +wished--whether justly or not, it is not for me to decide. I can +assure your Majesty that it is very little in way of tributes that +finds its way into the royal chest, although there is much need that +your Majesty should have money here to provide many necessities, +which others cannot supply if your Majesty cannot. I also say that, +according to accounts current here, no Indians are harder worked or +less free than those apportioned to the royal crown. There are many +other reasons which might be given to make this clear, which are +very patent to us here. One is that, as the officials do not go out +to collect the tributes, the governor sends one of his servants whom +he wishes to favor, to collect them. He collects for your Majesty +what they owe, and for himself whatever he desires; and this is most +certain, as well as the method of collecting. Your Majesty's Indians +undergo greater oppression than do the others. Those encomenderos +visit their Indians, and once in a while they cannot help taking pity +on them; but for those of your Majesty, there is no one to grieve and +no one to care. I even hear it said that many soldiers, when without +food, take it from the Indians, under the pretense that they serve +your Majesty and are given nothing--saying that, as it belongs to +your Majesty, they may do so. + +146th. What is contained in clause 146 is the thing which would most +attract the Indians to receive our faith if it were observed. But there +is nothing which more impedes the conversion of these barbarians than +that, from the very outset, the Spaniards go among them and compel +them to become subjects of another and a foreign king whom they do +not know; and without more ado demand tribute from them, which is the +thing that they most unwillingly acquiesce in. Certainly it is a very +great pity and a cause for much grief that such covetousness is found +among us, that--through not knowing how to deal with these barbarians, +through not having patience with them that they may understand the good +which comes with us to them, and through greed for what they now pay +us--we may be the cause of thousands of them remaining unconverted, +and of those who are converted becoming so more through force than +choice. I am certain that if this clause had been observed, all of +these islands would be converted, and that not as a pretense, but +in all sincerity. From this your Majesty may see the harm done by +those who do not observe what your Majesty commands with respect to +the pacification of the Indians. And--in order that you may know how +these Indians feel about paying the tribute--when my arrival was made +known among them, and it was said that I was captain of the clergy, +as the governor was of the laymen, they asked if I had come to force on +them any tribute, a thing which they so much fear. In the instructions +which the governor, Don Geronimo [_sc._ Gonzalo], recently gave to +Captain Juan Pablo de Carrion, who made the expedition to Cagayan, +there is a clause stating that "tribute shall not be demanded from +them for one year"--which marks the beginning of some respect for +your Majesty's orders; and I hope to God that it is to be one of much +importance, in order that those Indians, who three or four times have +been so wronged and scandalized, may now have peace. + +147th. Clause 147 is quite forgotten, nor can those who govern be +persuaded that this so holy manner of preaching the gospel be tried; +besides, your Majesty leaves no authority to the bishops or to other +prelates to attempt the apostolic preaching of the gospel, but all +the authority is given to the governors, or is assumed by them. If +this clause were to be observed, the bishops and not the governors +would have to reform whatever is needed. The preachers go either +alone or with an escort; hence it is that the governors attempt +more than the conversion of the Indians. They never find place for +the fulfilment of this clause. It is without doubt a shameful thing, +and unworthy of one who professes such a law as ours, that we should +not trust in God, for sometimes the preachers would do more alone, +unaccompanied by arquebuses and pikes; and, although I do not deny +that this may be lawful and sometimes necessary, it would not be a +bad plan that this be tried the other way, at some time. But it will +not be done if your Majesty does not order otherwise. + +148th. It is very necessary to observe clause 148 in this country, +since the Indians are thinly scattered, and are settled amid rivers +and marshes where they are found with much difficulty. Hence it is +very desirable that the encomenderos do as they are here commanded, +and not wait for the religious or ecclesiastics, who can not do it with +the same facility as can the encomenderos. Moreover, since the removal +of the Indians from their former homes is a thing very odious to them, +and they change their homes very unwillingly and with much hardship, +it would be better that they be vexed with the encomendero than with +the minister--who has to teach them, and through whom they have to +learn love, and who in all things strives for their good. The same +is true of building the churches and monasteries. + + +_Relation of what concerns the Sangleys_ + +The commerce with the Sangleys has always been considered very +important for the supplies and trade not only of this city, but of +those who come here to invest their money, and for what is expected +from it in the future. For it might be that by this means we shall +get a foothold in that great realm, which of all things is so much +desired. This trade has been so harassed and injured this year that +we are in great dread lest those who come here, or many of them, will +not return, or that they will not be willing to sell their merchandise +at former prices, because of the bad treatment that they have received +and the lack of order here. + +During the past year and the present one the ill feeling has +increased, because at first they paid nothing; but later anchorage +dues were levied upon them--more by way of securing acknowledgment +than for gain; while last year and this they have demanded three per +cent from the Sangleys, from which many injuries to the latter have +resulted. The first is, that they all were ordered to live apart, in +one fenced-in dwelling made this year, whither they have gone very +unwillingly. There the shops have made them pay higher prices than +goods would cost them outside. A warden has been appointed for them, +with judicial authority to punish them; and, according to report, +many wrongs and injuries are inflicted upon them. Indeed, for very +trivial causes they are put in the stocks, and pecuniary fines exacted +from them. Sometimes they have been fined for going outside at night +to ease the body, or for not keeping their place clean. + +Under the pretext that they must pay taxes to your Majesty, +a penalty was imposed upon the sale of any article without its +previous registration; but at the time of this registration the best +of their merchandise was taken from them, and that at the price +which the inspector or the registrar chose to set. Some pieces of +silk were therefore hidden by the Sangleys, either to sell them to +better advantage or to give them to persons to whom the goods had +been promised. For this they were punished with as much rigor as +if the penalty had been required from them for many years, instead +of being, on the contrary, only the first or second time when they +had heard of it. Among other things, I know that because a Chinese +merchant sentenced him to one hundred lashes and a fine of seventy-five +tostons. A brother of his came to me to ask protection for him, and at +my request they remitted the lashes; but he paid the tostons before he +could leave the jail. Of these and of other wrongs to individuals so +many cases occur that I have been greatly troubled. For some would take +the goods from the Sangleys by force, and keep them; others would not +give them what the goods were worth; others would give them written +orders [Span. _cedulas_] [35] (which are much in use among them), +and afterward repudiate these. Thereupon they would hasten to me; +and, as I could not secure reparation for these wrongs, I was greatly +afflicted. The confusion and lawlessness which prevailed in taking the +goods from them was so great, that in order to get these better and +cheaper, those who had authority in this matter would not allow the +Sangleys liberty to sell to those whom they might prefer. But these +of whom I speak took all the goods. Then, after having selected what +they desired, at whatever price they might choose, they would give +the rest to their servants, friends, and associates. In consequence, +although twenty ships have come from China--and so many have never +before been seen in this space of time--nothing of all that comes from +China has been visible this year. On the contrary, Chinese goods have +risen to such excessive prices that a piece of satin formerly worth +ten or twelve tostons here, has been sold at forty or forty-five, and +yet could not be found, even for the church, which is so needy that +it has not been able to obtain silk to make a single ornament. The +same is true of all other Chinese goods, which were formerly hawked +in vain through the streets. Who may have been the cause of this, +what has become of these goods, or where they may have gone, it is +not incumbent upon me to say. What devolves upon me is, to represent +to your Majesty the condition of this country, which can not last +long volves upon me is, to represent to your Majesty the will insist +upon knowing whose is the guilt, and upon providing a remedy for your +vassals who are so greatly in need of it. + +From this condition of affairs has resulted very great harm, which +must be the reason why the trade of this city has ceased. That is, +since all the goods have this year come into the possession of a few +persons, the traders who came here on the strength of reports of the +good trade in this country have not spent their money; or else those +who have spent it have bought very little, and at so high prices that +they will do well if they get back their money. The evil does not +stop here; for these traders are compelled to perform sentinel-duty, +just as the soldiers do, and in order not to leave their goods to be +stolen, they pay a soldier who does this for them, and collects the +money. Thus every week they have to pay one toston (the equivalent +of four reals) for the services of a sentinel. + +These same merchants were summoned for an expedition which was going +to Iapon [Japan], and a fleet was made ready to sail thither; and +in order to avoid going they paid as much as thirty and forty pesos +each. Thus, in many ways, trade has been unfortunate this year. The +latest injury--that which most harassed the Chinese, and most succeeded +in irritating them--was that, in sending a galley on the expedition to +Iapon which I mentioned, twenty or thirty Sangleys who had come this +year to remain here were seized, and compelled to row. Many have come +to me to complain, saying that they had come here to earn a living +for their children; and asked that, since they were not allowed to +accomplish what they came for, they might be permitted to return to +their own land. But it profited neither them nor me to say this, +for they went on that expedition and have not yet returned. From +this another injury has come to us all. For since those who went +in the galley, and others sent afterward, were fishermen, the fish +that formerly was sold in the streets in great quantities, and for +a trifling sum, now cannot be obtained at a high price. Next, they +sent another vessel, loaded with rice as provision for the fleet, +and ordered a like number of Sangleys to accompany it. In order to +avoid going, each hunted up whomsoever he could find; and he who +had no slave to send gave ten pesos to some other man to act as his +substitute. These and other wrongs have caused two hundred Sangleys, +who came this year to settle here, to return; and of those who were +living here two hundred and more have gone away. There used to be a +very prosperous settlement of them on the other side of the river, +but now there appears to be almost no one--as your Majesty will see +by the letter written to me by the vicar of the Sangleys, who is an +Augustinian friar. + + + +Another wrong is done to the Indians--not to all in general, but to +many; it is, to hold them as slaves. This clause also concerns the +failure of the governors to obey your Majesty's decrees and writs; +for so many of these are issued, commanding that Indians must not +be held as slaves of the Spaniards anywhere in the Yndias--either +in the islands or on the mainland, in lands discovered or to be +discovered. This applies, in whatever way the Spaniards may have +obtained them: whether it be in just war; or if the Indians themselves +have sold them to the Spaniards, saying that they are slaves; or even +if among them these are actually slaves; or by any other means, and +in any manner whatsoever. By the ship in which I came the Augustinian +fathers brought a new decree from your Majesty, ordering with much +rigor, and in strong terms, that the Spaniards shall at once liberate +the slaves whom they may hold, under whatever circumstances they may +have obtained them. This was presented to the governor, for I talked +with him about it. But, to show that what I say above is true--that +no decree in favor of the Indians is ever enforced--since this +decree was presented the Indians are still in the same servitude +as formerly, and some of them are even worse treated than in the +past. The governor did not so long delay to enforce the decree (if +there be one) relative to taking a fifth of the gold; for the first +thing that he did on entering his office was to demand the fifth, +while the decree regarding liberty is yet to be executed. I have +passed over many things in this connection which, if written here, +would be annoying to your Majesty. A document in behalf of the city +is being prepared which proves the great necessity in this country +for servitude. It states that the Spaniards undergo much toil, +and most of them many hardships, and that there is much need that +your Majesty should aid and favor them; but asks that this be done +by allowing them to hold slaves. Your Majesty will order this to be +carefully examined, for it is a certain and well-established fact (and +admitted by the very persons who hold and attempt to gain possession +of slaves) that although among the Indians there are some who are +really slaves, these are few; and that, rather than sell these now, +the Indians will sell one of their children. All others are wrongfully +obtained and unjustly enslaved--as would be done by a people so +barbarous as this, who at this very time sell a relative for gain, +and among whom the more powerful will sell the weaker. Most of those +who today are in Manila as slaves are of this class. As soon as this +decree was presented to him, the governor asked me to advise him what +he should do. Accordingly, I convened the superiors of the orders, +and the religious therein who had long resided here, with some very +learned men who came with me. All of them, without one exception, were +of one opinion, a copy of which goes with this letter; your Majesty +will please order it to be examined--although it profits little, +because proclamation of the decree and orders that it be obeyed were +not issued until March of this year. Would to God that it had not +been proclaimed! because before that the masters were afraid, and had +already determined to give their slaves liberty, seeing that they were +urged thereto in the confessional. But when the decree was proclaimed, +and the petition which the city referred to your Majesty was granted, +all returned to their obstinacy. Upon seeing this, I again convened +the fathers and priests, and we agreed to admit the owner of slaves +to confession, but on condition that they make no objection to what +your Majesty may order; or that within two years from the departure +of this ship (the term assigned to them by your Majesty) they should +free the slaves. But I am sure that if your Majesty does not renew +your order the masters would not release them, if two years or even +twenty should pass. It is a great hardship, and a scandal, to have to +deny them confession; and many say that they will not release their +slaves until your Majesty so orders, even though they remain without +confession. The decrees made by the city and by the protector of the +Indians are being sent to you. Your Majesty will order examination +of them, and whatever else may be proper, and command accordingly; +because, although I have been of the opinion that for the present +the masters may be absolved, many of the religious refuse to do so +unless the slaves are first given their liberty. + +It is next in order to inform your Majesty of what is done here with +the prelates; [36] it is as follows: When a Spaniard comes to this +country he is at once ordered to serve under the flag, although he +may be a merchant who comes here to buy and sell. The authorities +say that for the present it seems proper to allow the merchants to +depend upon their merchandise, and the encomenderos to live upon +their encomiendas. All the rest live a very poor and wretched life; +for they are not supplied with any provisions, nor do they possess +means to procure food and clothing. Notwithstanding all this, they +are ordered with great severity to assist the sentinels and aid in +other duties of war, just as if they were well paid. Hence ensue +oppression and ill-treatment of the Indians; for sometimes when an +Indian has some food that he has cooked for his own meal, a soldier +enters and takes it away from him. Not only that; they also maltreat +and beat the Indians, and when I, being near at hand, go to them and +reprimand them for it, they say to me: "What is to be done? must we +be left to die?" I assure your Majesty that in this matter I suffer +an intolerable torment; because all come to me with their troubles, +and I have not the means to remedy them. I only pity them, and do what +I can, with my limited means, to aid them. Moreover, the encomenderos +refuse to pay tithes, although they have been ordered to do so; nor +can the royal officials pay me what your Majesty orders to be given +me from your royal treasury, because they assert that no adequate +instructions are sent them. Thus I am without means for myself or for +the poor. The former governors were accustomed to divide among the poor +soldiers some of the rice paid to your Majesty as tribute, in order +that they might endure their misery; but now not even this is given to +them. It is a still greater oppression that the authorities neither +consent to furnish them a living, nor give them permission to go in +search of it or even to leave this island. I gave to the governor the +decree regarding this matter which your Majesty ordered to be sent; +but nothing has been done, because in it your Majesty did no more +than to order him to attend to it, and to do what he might think best. + +The governor consulted me about his intention to add to the tribute +of the Indians two more reals apiece, with which to support the poor +soldiers; and I convened the fathers and the clergy to confer about +this matter. Seeing that this country cannot be sustained unless there +are Spaniards in it, unless the encomenderos are supported, unless the +tributes are collected with the aid and assistance of the soldiers +here, and unless the Indians pay the tribute which the encomenderos +levy for love of the faith, they concluded that the encomenderos +are obliged to support the soldiers, who are necessary to render the +country secure. But, on the other hand, they considered that as the +encomenderos of these islands are very poor, and some of them are +married, and very few have encomiendas of reasonable extent, and they +can maintain themselves only with much difficulty--much less will they +be able to support the soldiers. They concluded that your Majesty +is not obliged to use your royal patrimony for this and the other +expenses, but that those for whose benefit they are incurred (for which +purpose the Spaniards are here) must bear the cost. Accordingly, if +the tribute they give does not suffice for all the expenses necessary +in order that they may have suitable instruction and may be protected, +they, and not your Majesty, must bear these--as St. Paul says, and as +the divine law commands. For this reason the governor wished to add +the two reals before mentioned, and there was no lack of agreement +in this opinion among the fathers and clergy. To me also it seems +that, considering the divine law, these people are obliged to pay +all the expenses. But considering the poverty of the common people, +that perhaps the tribute they give might suffice, for all that is +necessary--if it were well apportioned--and for other reasons that make +the project doubtful, I have ventured to give the opinion that nothing +should be added to the tribute which the Indians now give, until your +Majesty can be informed and can order what action should be taken. + +In these islands there are many soldiers who were married in Mexico, +Espana, and other countries. Many of them left their wives twenty-five, +others ten, fifteen, or twenty years ago; and others, more or less. I +have done my best to induce them to go to live with their wives, or +to bring them here, but it has been of no avail. Will your Majesty +please order that your decree in this matter be observed, for this +is not done--nor do the governors try to observe it, saying that the +soldiers are needed here; and thus they spend so many years, breaking +the law of God and that of holy matrimony. I beg your Majesty, if it +please you, to provide a remedy for this; for, if your Majesty does +not order it, there will be no one here who can send them hence. + +The thing most necessary for the protection of these Indians until +they shall better understand our ways is, that there should be +a protector who should look after them and defend them from the +innumerable injuries that are inflicted upon them. The governor has +named one who, it appears to me, does this well, and with care and +diligence. But as his appointment is temporary, he dare not exercise +his office with as much freedom as if he were appointed by your +Majesty. I beseech your Majesty to order this matter disposed of in +such manner that it may be to the advantage and not to the injury of +the Indians--which would result if this office were given through favor +or sale, instead of being conferred on a person who is unencumbered, +and very zealous in the service of your Majesty and for the welfare of +the Indians; of such there will be very few. He who is now protector +is very persevering, and is qualified for this appointment. His name +is Benito de Mendiola. [37] But this man might prove deficient; and +for the future, if it shall please your Majesty--since this should be +well done (for it surely is a very important matter), and the bishops +are, by right, fathers of the unhappy--it might be entrusted to him +whom the bishop appoints, your Majesty naming the salary or requiring +that it be raised here. If it please your Majesty, I will see that +the Indians pay it, which they will do very willingly. And if your +Majesty does not commit this to the bishop, he and the governor might +be entrusted to name the appointee, it being provided that together and +in no other way may they remove him--because many times the protector +has to ask things which the governor does not like. The governor +becomes angry at him, and if it is in his power, removes him--as I +have seen done more than once since I came. The inhabitants of this +city are among the most loyal subjects that your Majesty has in all +his islands; and the soldiers, although suffering so many hardships, +as above stated, and many more which cannot be told, are so obedient +to orders in the service of your Majesty that it is certainly a cause +for thanksgiving to God that, in so great an expanse of country, +there should be a prince so obeyed and feared, loved and reverenced +as is your Majesty in these regions. And since this condition of +affairs is conserved by subjects perceiving gratitude in their kings +and princes, and knowing that their rulers reward them for loyalty, +I humbly petition your Majesty to give attention to what I have said +(which is unquestionably true); and that you show them favor, in order +that they may know that your Majesty is pleased with their loyalty. + +I understand that what they ask is, that your Majesty order that +the limits of this city's jurisdiction (which is five leagues) be +maintained; and that you make them a gift of some lands, of which +they have none, but without which no commonwealth can be sustained or +conserved. The cabildo of Mexico has, besides other sources of income, +an encomienda--that of Jalapa, a prosperous village near Mexico. Here +there is at present nothing with which to undertake any enterprise, +unless your Majesty is pleased that some village be given them as +an encomienda, in order that from the tributes may be obtained means +to defray the necessary expenses, and conduct the public business in +such manner as your Majesty shall order. With that they will be well +content. The governor despatched a soldier to Maluco to ascertain +what conclusion the Portuguese of those islands had reached. He +returned almost at the same time as the ship from Nueba Espana, +with the news which the governor will write to your Majesty. This +news gave great satisfaction to all the people of these islands, +because your Majesty's interests are thereby promoted, since our Lord +has placed in your Majesty's hands the spice-trade of Maluco, which +your ancestors so greatly desired. I am sending the letter which the +captain at Maluco wrote me, in order that it may please your Majesty to +reward generously so worthy a Portuguese as this man is--who certainly +has displayed great zeal in your Majesty's service--not forgetting +him who obtained and bore the news. This is Ensign Francisco de +Duenas, a very intelligent man, and very reliable in his own duties, +who by his energy and diligence succeeded with this undertaking, +in which others had failed. He is an old soldier in these islands, +and has served your Majesty well in times of war. He is loved by all +in this city, and has a good reputation on account of his excellent +qualities. He is a person to whom anything whatever may be entrusted; +he is very faithful, and a very good Christian. Will your Majesty +please order that some reward be given to him? because he merits it, +and because others may thereby be encouraged. I also beg that the +Portuguese soldiers of Maluco may be in some way rewarded for the +affection with which they ask your Majesty to be their king and lord. + +In the letter written to me by the captain, he complains that I have +not written to him; and he has reason for this--although the blame +was not mine; for the governor wrote to the captain without saying +anything to me, as he has done in other undertakings. I do not say +this to speak ill of the governor, but only that your Majesty may +know how affairs go here, and what respect is paid to the bishops. + +In regard to Maluco, your Majesty will send some one there who +understands it well. To those here who understand the trade, it has +appeared that the cloves and other spices will go at less cost by +way of Nueba Espana, and with less risk and more quickly than by +way of India; and that to preserve the supply of cloves, so that it +may not be destroyed, it is necessary that your Majesty should not +permit the Indians of those islands to be allotted, but should retain +them under your Majesty's direct control, and they should be dealt +with as the king of Portugal dealt with them. For if the Spaniards +try to subjugate them, and order them to pay tribute, all will be +lost--especially in view of the ill-treatment which the Castilians +will inflict upon the natives if the conquered land be given to them +as an encomienda (even though it be with name of pacification), as we +have seen them do in all lands where they have been. The Indians would +receive such harm at the first entrance of the Spaniards that it would +not be repaired in many years. Your Majesty will pardon my boldness +and accept my desire, which is very strong, to serve your Majesty, +in stating what I and many conscientious persons here feel. Your +Majesty will adjust the matter as shall serve your interests. + +It is now three years since certain Franciscan religious left this +island to go to China (as your Majesty will already know), without +notifying the governor. Now they have determined to do the same thing; +the custodian, whose name is Fray Pablo de Jesus, has gone thither with +his companions, without saying anything to the governor, for which I +am very sorry. For lack of their labors here, many Indians who were +already Christians have remained without instruction, which I consider +a great disadvantage. But, knowing that God moves the hearts of men (a +matter that we cannot understand), I will overlook that. The governor +took this with more asperity than I wished, for he sent after them, and +the person who went thither treated them very rudely; but finally God +ordained that they should arrive at this island. The governor ordered a +proclamation to be made (its contents will be seen by the copy of the +ordinance which I send to your Majesty), which even to me seems very +harsh toward an order of so high character and strict obedience as is +that of the discalced Franciscans. I advised the governor not to act +with so much severity, but he did not see fit to grant my petition. I +have since learned that the same person who went after them treated +them very harshly in Pangasinan and Yllocos--perpetrating upon them +many acts of oppression, taking away their ship, and refusing to let +any one accompany them--which occasioned no little scandal to the +Indians. Among other reasons which the religious have given me to +justify their departure from here is the sight of the ill-usage which +the natives of these islands receive from the Spaniards, especially +those who have the charge of justice; and they say that all these +are for hindrance, and no one for help. Hence no harvest can be +gathered; and therefore they went to seek a place where they could +gather it. Certainly they are not far wrong, for the things that occur +here and the obstacles opposed by those who ought to aid us, are so +numerous that many times I have longed to leave it all and flee to the +mountains; but the charge that I hold keeps me within bounds. There is +very little respect for the ministers of the gospel; and they cannot +exercise their office without being dependent upon those who have more +concern for their own profit than for the instruction of the Indians. + +There was sent to the island of Macan, where the Portuguese live--near +the city of Canton, in China--a father of the Society, and with him two +Franciscan religious, to deal with the Portuguese there, in the same +way as with those at Maluco; he was sent also to the Chinese governor +at Canton. A copy of the letter is sent to you, in order that it may be +seen what is asked from the Chinese governor and in what form; for the +Chinese who were then here told me how it should be properly written; +they said that their governor would thus learn our usages, and that he +would be delighted if we would write to him as we write to one another. + +To fulfil our obligation, and to bring this narrative--already so +long--to a close, I will not omit, as your Majesty's servant and +chaplain, to say that since these lands are your Majesty's, and you +have in them so many and so loyal and obedient subjects, both Spaniards +and Indians, you should please to see that the people are cared for +and well treated; and that the governors preserve their liberties, +and do not convert the government into a source of profit to those +who govern, as has been done heretofore, to the great injury and +deterioration of these colonies. + +To remedy this condition, your Majesty should send to govern them +not those who solicit that charge, but those whom your Majesty shall +seek--Christian men, without greed; for such men are what the people +desire, and would suit them and us. Let your Majesty send hither a +man who comes alone, and without obligations to relatives or friends +(in serving whom they neglect their duty to the early comers, whose +blood has been spilled), who is content with the salary that your +Majesty assigns him (which is always quite sufficient), and who hopes +for advancement by your Majesty through his services; and who will not, +by making himself rich in two years, destroy this country, or prevent +others from enjoying it and gaining a livelihood. By doing this, your +Majesty will have one of the best possessions in the Yndias. But if +things go on as heretofore and there is no one to attend to it, it +cannot continue long. If it shall please your Majesty to entrust the +government to men who live here, there are those who could conduct +it very well and creditably, without the many disadvantages which +attend those who come from Espana. + +The foregoing is such information as I can give your Majesty from here +regarding the transgression and observance of the royal commands, laws, +and decrees; and of the present state of this country, the wrongs +that occur in it, and what matters ought to be remedied. On account +of the little time before the ship departs, not all of this letter +is so polished as to be fit to appear before your Majesty. If this +relation is deficient (as it cannot fail to be) it is not in lack +of truth or in desire to serve your Majesty and secure the welfare +of these souls whom, because of their sins and my own, I have in +charge. If there is anything which to your Majesty appears worthy of +remedy, I humbly ask for it; and if I have said anything about which +it appears to your Majesty I ought to have been silent, I also humbly +beg that I may be pardoned. Since your Majesty knows that I am five +thousand leagues distant from your court, and surrounded by so many +griefs and afflictions, you will not be surprised at what I say, but +at what I leave unsaid--and even why I myself did not go to beg for +the remedy; for it certainly is a different thing to see and endure +it here, than to hear it mentioned there. + +_Fray Domingo_, bishop of the Filipinas + + + + +INSTRUCTIONS TO COMMISSARY OF THE INQUISITION + +_Instructions which the person who is or in future will be the +commissary of the Holy Office in the city and bishopric of Manila +and the Phelipinas Islands of the West, [38] must mark and observe, +in order better to fulfil the office and trust which he holds._ + + +1. For this office shall always be chosen persons who are thoroughly +competent and well approved--whose purity of family descent, and +exemplary life and habits, have been previously ascertained through +written information. Besides this, confidence is placed in their +prudence, moderation, and temperance, which qualities will enable +them to exercise aright the trust conferred upon them, and they +will exercise it, for the public good, for the better transaction of +business, and not for any private ends. Above all, it behooves them, +and they are earnestly charged, not to employ the name and title of the +Holy Office for avenging individual wrongs, or for the intimidation +or affront of any person. The more such a person shall suspect the +inquisitor's friendship, the more prudently must the latter deal with +him; otherwise, not only will God be therein offended, but the Holy +Office will be greatly wronged. + +2. As soon as the commissary receives his appointment, and before +he makes use of his powers, he must accept it in the presence of an +apostolic notary or a royal scrivener, in whose presence he shall give +oath of secrecy and fidelity according to the minute accompanying +these instructions. He will show the said title to the governor, +and to the ecclesiastical and lay cabildos, in order that they may +receive, treat, and recognize him as a commissary and agent of so +holy an office. He will take great care not to exceed his commission, +but to fulfil it, observing these instructions and other particulars +which will be sent to him, which treat of the manner of receiving +acknowledgments, substantiating testimony, and visiting ships. To +show the certificate of appointment to the cabildos is only a mark +of courtesy, and in no way a necessary proceeding; for there is no +need of their permission or approbation. The commissary is advised +of this because the patent for his commission does not require any +other contrasignature or permission for its validity. + +3. Secrecy is the surest means, which the Inquisition is to employ +very rigorously, for the detection and punishment of crimes. Therefore +the commissary is strictly charged to observe secrecy in reference +to these instructions, or any others which shall be sent to him, or +letters written to him about business, and all else that comes to his +notice in the capacity of commissary. He shall impose the same secrecy +upon all those who act as accusers or witnesses, or who ratify their +former testimony, and upon all honest persons who are present at such +ratification--ordering all the said parties to observe secrecy, under +pain of excommunication, and under the obligation of the oath which +they took when making their depositions. The commissary, moreover, +shall impose other punishments, pecuniary or corporal; and shall +enlarge on the gravity of the sin committed in the disclosure of a +secret by a witness, with this warning, that the Inquisition punishes +from the standpoint of example, and according to the character of the +person and the nature of the transaction. On account of the great +distance, [to Manila] [39] it is fitting to make this provision, +that whenever any person who shall incur excommunication for having +disclosed a secret shall come, of his own free will, to ask for +absolution, therefore with the confession of his guilt the commissary +shall absolve him, and impose upon him some secret spiritual penance, +such as will entail no stigma or infamy. The commissary shall submit +his own denunciation to the Holy Office, without making further +investigations concerning the matter except in serious cases. But +should the disclosure of a secret result in any marked injury or +bring dishonor to a person, in such an event further information is +required, in order that in either case the Holy Office may, after due +examination, justly dispose of the matter as is fitting, although no +change will result for the absolved person. + +4. Special care must be taken to warn bishops, vicars-general +[_provisores_], visitors, and vicars, that they are not allowed +to mention crimes of heresy or the like in their public letters +and proclamations during visit; for his Holiness has referred and +submitted such cases to the most illustrious inquisitor-general and +the inquisitors appointed by him in all the kingdoms and seigniories +of his Majesty. Therefore they shall try these cases _privatim_, +which other judges can neither try, nor undertake to investigate, +nor otherwise handle. Since in visitations crimes often come to light +which must be tried by the Holy Office, warning must be given that +these should be submitted to the Inquisition, with all secrecy and +without the knowledge of the guilty party. The same must be done in +suppressing the titles of vicars, in annulling the head of processes +and charges made by the bishops, and in suppressing the title of +inquisitor-inordinary; for in these regions the jurisdiction over the +crime of heresy is wholly apostolic, except in case of the Indians. If +any doubt, contention, or difficulty regarding the execution of +this clause should arise, the commissary, without further inquiry, +shall promptly notify us that he has warned, in especially polite +and respectful language, the prelate concerned, to whom he must show +much reverence--for the reverential respect which is due him should +not be in the least abated by the privilege of the commissary's office. + +5. It sometimes happens that certain ecclesiastical or lay judges take +up matters belonging to the Holy Office, and make judicial inquiries +therein. The question whether they should forbear from investigation +of such cases, and submit them to others, has caused differences to +arise between them and the commissaries, and has made them set forth +most weighty arguments. Since the main care shall be to prevent such +clash of authorities, in order to avoid this it is enough to bid them +not to meddle in such matters. But if they persist in doing so it will +be necessary to send them an injunction, couched in very respectful +terms, drawn up in writing before a notary; to note their answers; +and then to report everything to the Holy Office. + +6. In cases of disobedience, disrespect, hindrance, and obstruction +to the free and just exercise of the Holy Office, which also are wont +to occur, the commissary shall be careful not to lose his temper, or +to give way to words or deeds injurious and offensive to any person; +on the contrary, that is the time for him to control himself and +show great moderation. He shall make a diligent and full inquiry from +other persons regarding the whole case, and shall notify us through +his report; in this way any disobedience or disrespect on the part of +a judge or a private person will be punished with greater rigor and +justification. The delay which is apparent in this case might seem +injurious, but it will not be so--as it is not in the transactions of +the Inquisition; for, after men have slept soundly, they are awakened +by a very exemplary punishment. + +7. Denunciations regarding the matters contained in the edict shall +be received in the commissary's own house, in a suitable, secret, +and convenient place. They shall always be made by day, unless it +should be necessary to receive them by night. The persons who come +for this purpose must be treated with kindness, each according to +his station in life. Every sort of infamy upon the party concerned +must be avoided as much as possible. + +8. In receiving denunciations there shall be no delay, but rather +great care and diligence, as likewise in examining the evidence, +following and keeping within the bounds of the injunctions laid down +in the instructions which are especially sent for that purpose. The +same and even greater care, and much attention, are required in +forwarding depositions. + +9. Since it often happens that some of the witnesses are out of the +city, and therefore depositions must be taken in different places, +let the case in question decide the course of procedure, whether +or not the commissary shall order the witness to appear before +him. Usually there is no need to cause the witnesses the trouble of +coming a long distance, when the investigation can be entrusted to +the parish priest [_cura_] or vicar of the place, the notary making +certification at the head of the authorization therefor given to him +by this clause. A case may arise where it is best to wait for the +witness, and it may be desirable to hold him, in order to examine +him personally; this is left to the commissary's choice, for, having +the case before him, he can decide what is best to do. If any one be +summoned on the affairs of the Holy Office and shall not render due +obedience, a written order must be sent to him, imposing upon him the +penalty of excommunication and a fine in money, should he disobey. A +report of all proceedings in each individual case shall be made, +so that the disobedient person may receive exemplary punishment, +according to his station in life and the nature of his disobedience. + +10. Some are accustomed to send their denunciations through memorials, +with or without their signatures, or by letters-missive; but, since +these persons write them under no pressure or oath, and without the +presence of a judge or a notary, they expand their accusations to the +detriment of their neighbor's reputation. Therefore the commissary +ought to avoid as much as possible the acceptance of such letters +and memorials, and shall order the witnesses to declare under oath +what they know of the matter, in order to free their consciences, +and shall examine them concerning the facts. If the acceptance of +such a letter cannot be avoided, the person who writes it should be +summoned and made to acknowledge it under oath before a notary, after +which he should be examined about the letter. If the letter be written +from a distant place, the rule in the preceding clause can be followed. + +11. Likewise some persons, moved by passion more than by commendable +zeal, are wont to denounce others on the ground that they are +_confessos_, and therefore not entitled to wear silk, carry weapons, +ride on horseback, or do other things forbidden to them by laws and +royal ordinances of these realms, as well as by the instructions of the +Holy Office, as likewise is set forth in the edict. In these cases one +ought to be careful not to accept such depositions except from children +and grand-children of _relaxados_, or from children of a relaxada, +[40] or from persons who themselves have been reconciled to the Church +[_reconciliados_]. The commissary may receive denunciations from these +three classes of persons, and send them to the Holy Office, without +making any arrest, issuing interdicts, or taking other steps. On the +contrary he will maintain great secrecy, and charge the witnesses to +do the same. As for other persons denounced as confessos, since they +are not in the said class, nothing will be written. On the contrary, +the same secrecy will be imposed upon the witnesses and they shall +be very kindly admonished to be silent, and not to slander their +neighbors, informing them that the Holy Office will take no offense +at what they have testified. + +12. The heading of the charge made against any person must begin +with the words of the first witness, and not, as is customary with +ordinary judges in these regions, the formula, that "it has come to +his notice," etc.--inserting first what he has heard concerning the +crime from any witness. When the commissary receives documents of +many clauses from this Holy Office for the investigation of different +matters and against many persons, he will place as introduction to +the inquiry that he makes in each case that clause of the document +which applies to the matter in question, legalized by the notary. + +13. Any arrest made by the Holy Office is a matter of much reproach +and dishonor for that person, and of no less damage and injury to +his property; therefore an arrest should be made with prudence, care, +and for just cause. Authority for this is not given to the commissary, +who neither should nor can arrest a person except in special cases, +and by a special order entrusted to him against the person who is to +be arrested; and even then, the commissary must see that the purport +of the said order be executed, without exceeding it. + +14. The crime of bigamy is very frequent in this country, so that it +behooves all commissaries to make diligent inquiry concerning it, and +to punish the crime. If the ecclesiastical or secular court arrest any +one for this crime and proceed against him, let them administer justice +freely and without hindrance. If they refer the case to the commissary +without charge, and without his making any effort for such remission, +the latter shall say that it is very well, and that they may refer +and send the case to this Holy Office at their own expense--or at +that of the prisoner, if he be well-to-do. If they still urge him to +receive the case there, that it may be sent by the order and at the +expense of the Holy Office, the commissary shall answer that he has +no orders from us for such action. If, dissatisfied with this answer, +they ask permission to inflict punishment there, he will answer that +they may investigate the matter, and may do justice according to +law. After that he will allow no more arguments on the question. + +15. This clause applies when the said courts have anticipated the case +by the arrest of the accused person; for if the latter were free, +and through information received from witnesses his two marriages +were proved, and the existence of the first wife at the time of the +second marriage, which constitutes the crime, the commissary shall +arrest and remand to prison the person thus proved guilty--sending +with the prisoner the information or original record, but retaining +there an authenticated copy of it. Concerning other cases of bigamy, +which do not show the same degree of guilt, it will suffice to send +authenticated copies of such records or depositions as are received, +and to keep the originals. Special information must be sent concerning +the prudence of the accused, his station in life, and his wealth; +so that after due examination the necessary measures may be taken. If +he should come to this country [Mexico], the commissary must give us +notice of his coming, so that the Holy Office may hear of it by the +first despatches which shall reach Mexico. He shall also write to the +commissary who resides at the port of Acapulco, that any attempted +absence or flight may be prevented. + +16. Concerning the other crimes enumerated in the general edict, +after the denunciation has been received and the witnesses have +been examined, according to the order laid down in the instructions, +it will suffice to send such information without making any arrest +or taking other steps. The commissary shall also send information +concerning the person's birth-place, station in life, means, and +the real estate that he owns in this country, or in Espana. He shall +notify us, in case such person comes here, so that we may deal with +him as the nature of his offense demands. + +17. As for the judicial proceedings in matters which concern +the Holy Office--whether they be settled, or informal, or pending +official transactions--which other courts submit to the Holy Office, +whether at the instance of the attorney-general or by agreement, +all original documents must be delivered, without retaining a copy +of any; oath to this effect will be made by the apostolic notary or +by the royal scrivener who hands them over. Since suits which do +not belong to the Holy Office are sometimes thus handed over, the +commissary shall, on account of the danger that they may be lost at +sea, not send documents until he shall first examine them. If they +clearly prove to be cases not belonging to the Inquisition, he shall +return them to the owners. In case of doubt, the commissary shall +send an account of the offense, with the evidence, and the status +of the process--saying whether it is decided or pending, and whether +informal or received on trial; he will also report as to the rank of +the accused person, and whether at the time any arrest has been made, +or will be made in the future. Ordinarily, whether the case be one of +bigamy or of some other crime, the commissary shall proceed as stated +in the two preceding clauses. If he should not be sent as prisoner, +it will not be right to do so until his offense be investigated +here; accordingly the commissary may discharge him under bail or +under juratory security. [41] If the accused is unable to provide +security, the commissary shall command him not to leave the city, +town, or province where the crime occurred and where he owns property, +under severe penalties of excommunication, and pecuniary or bodily +punishments, suitable to the person's station. If such person wishes +to come to this country, he can do so by offering the same bail or +security to the Holy Office; but he must first be warned not to make +the journey if other matters render such a step unsuitable. He shall +be assured that in his absence his trial and his honor will receive +the same attention as if he were present. + +18. When any arrest must be made according to these instructions, +it must, for any case of bigamy, be made according to clause +fifteen. The commissary shall issue orders entrusting the matter, +as is customary, to some one of the familiars whom he has to keep +in the city. Until he has familiars, for lack of them he shall +entrust it to the person on whom he has most reliance, and in whose +integrity he most confides. When it is necessary, but only then, he +may ask for the aid of the royal officials of justice. Whenever this +shall be necessary, the royal officials may seize only the person +pointed out to them by the Holy Office; and they must assist him, +giving their favor and aid only for such person. In order to obtain +this help, the commissary needs only to ask for it in polite terms; +and it may be demanded without the necessity of giving information, +either written or oral, regarding the offense--and, indeed, he shall +be very careful not to do so. On the contrary, if anyone should be +so inconsiderate as to ask for such information, let the commissary +send us a detailed account of what takes place in the matter. + +19. Royal magistrates are under obligation to render this assistance, +since the request therefor does not require from them any fees, +alguacil, or scrivener. The magistrates are also under obligation +to receive and keep any prisoner in their jails, to take good care +of him, and to account for him, but without exacting therefor +any prison-fees. Accordingly the commissary will, when occasion +arises, notify the magistrates and request their assistance; and if +necessary he will command it, under pain of excommunication and a +money fine. Thus he will not be obliged to find another and special +prison, and incur the expense of guards. If the rank of the person, +and the condition of the prison, and the nature of the crime require +a more special and secret prison, on account of the danger that the +prisoner may be able to communicate his affairs to other persons, +such arrangements are left to the judgment of the commissary, who is +charged to see that in these arrests little outcry be made, and that +all scandal be avoided. + +20. When the criminal is arrested, the commissary shall send him by +the first available ship, registering him as being in the shipmaster's +charge--commanding the latter (under penalty, if necessary), to take +good care of the prisoner until he shall be handed over, at the port of +Acapulco, to the commissary who dwells there, who is duly authorized +to act. If the prisoner be well-to-do, the commissary shall send at +least one hundred pesos' worth of his property, in order to pay for the +food that he needs during his imprisonment, and to meet the expenses +that he may incur during the journey; otherwise, the commissary shall +send whatever sum be may obtain from the property. Since these men +who are twice married are not a very dangerous class of people, the +commissary may in a case of flight exercise leniency, by allowing +them to come and present themselves under a sufficient security, +corresponding to their station and means. + +21. A sequestration of property is very injurious to a person, +especially in the Indias, where all the value of property depends +upon its management. The commissary ought not therefore, in any +case, to do this; on the contrary, the arrested person shall permit +suitable provision for his property, according to his own preference, +entrusting it by means of an inventory to some person in whom he has +confidence. The latter shall bind himself, in due form, to be the +depositary of such goods as the prisoner may leave in his charge +on account of his arrest; and in such manner that it may not seem +to be a deposit or a sequestration by the Holy Office, but simply a +contract between two parties. This accomplished, the commissary shall +obtain very minute information about the station of the prisoner, +his mode of life, and the means and property that he may possess. If +he has any reason to suspect that either the prisoner or the person +to whom he has entrusted his property on account of the arrest, is +endeavoring to hide, or squander, or alienate the property, he shall be +careful not to allow such alienation or any other mismanagement of the +property; until the Holy Office, having examined his offense, shall +make suitable provision for a legal sequestration: for in punishing +a crime, the property of the guilty person is always regarded as +an accessory element, to be used in behalf of the person to whom it +shall belong after the culprit is released from prison. + +22. Money for the prisoner's food, for the expenses of his journey, +according to his station, and for his bedding and clothes, must be +taken entirely from his estates; and if he has none, let such of +his goods be sold as will inflict least damage upon him, to the +amount necessary, at a public auction before a notary or a royal +scrivener. No officer or agent of the Holy Office shall take anything +from the said sale, either personally or through agents--a command +which is general in all cases when goods are sold by the Holy Office, +whether they are sequestrated or not. To better ascertain which of the +goods would cause him least damage, it will be advisable to consult +the opinion and desire of the interested party. + +23. All that has been said thus far concerning the acceptance of +denunciations, and the reference of cases, prisoners, and proceedings +to the Holy Office, does not apply to the Indians--against whom the +commissary shall not proceed for the present, but shall leave them to +the jurisdiction of the ordinary. [42] Cases involving them are not +to be referred to us. All other cases, in which mestizos, mulattoes, +and Spaniards, of all classes, are involved, shall be tried exclusively +by the Holy Office rather than by the ordinary courts, as specified +in the fourth clause of these instructions. + +24. The Holy Office is wont to issue edicts--as, for instance, the +general edict concerning matters of the faith, and other specific +ones--for the prohibition and seizure of certain books. The public +reading of these edicts is of the utmost importance, having the force +of a notarial summons. It always takes place in the cathedral church, +where the people are commanded several days beforehand to meet, under +pain of excommunication. The sermon is assigned to the most learned +preacher of reputation and authority, who preaches it elsewhere, +on that same day; notice is therefore given to the monasteries and +to all concerned. The Holy Office shall appoint both the preacher +and the day, although it is best to make arrangements therefor with +the prelate, and obtain his concurrence; for in so doing nothing is +detracted from what is due to the Holy Office. Although the penalty of +excommunication is imposed, it is not held to bind any except those +who for petty considerations neglect to heed it. In denouncing their +guilt the commissary shall absolve them, imposing upon them only +some secret spiritual penances and not any pecuniary or ignominious +punishment. Others who through carelessness, negligence, or ignorance, +fail to appear, the commissary shall discharge with a gentle reprimand, +setting at ease their consciences in regard to the excommunication. + +25. The Inquisitor therein anticipating the action of any other +judge is accustomed to visit all ships which arrive at the ports, +no matter whence they come; therefore the commissary shall do so, +if he is in a place where it can be done, and shall ask the principal +officers of the ship the questions sent with these instructions. If +he is unable to do so in person, he will entrust the matter to the +parish priest or the vicar who resides in the port, sending him +a copy of the questions to be asked. He will notify us as to the +ports chiefly frequented by ships, where it will be best to keep +persons with a special commission from us; and will name some of the +persons to whom this commission may be given. When the commissary +has succeeded in visiting the ship at its station in the harbor, +the captain, master, or clerk, or some of the passengers will find +it necessary to go ashore, to the city; then, while the supplies +most needed are being procured, he will examine them. In all this +it is very important to avoid carelessness. This is understood only +of ships which belong to Spaniards and come from Nueva Spana, Piru, +or Panama, or from Portuguese India, or from other regions. + +26. One of the most important reasons for inspecting the ships is the +books, especially the boxes which come as cargo. The royal officials +and magistrates of his Majesty who reside in the ports shall send +the said boxes to the commissary of the Inquisition, without opening +them or taking any books out of them. The commissary shall open them +and examine the books, comparing them with the general catalogue; +and after seizing such as he finds are prohibited, he will give +the rest to the owners To this end the commissary shall make known +to the royal officials of the city, and to those who reside in the +ports, the ordinance which accompanies this paper; and this applies +even when the said boxes of books have been previously examined by +another inquisitor. + +27. Whenever a ship departs from the islands, the commissary must send +replies to the letters which are written to him, and information of +what is occurring there. + +28. Finally, we recommend the examination of these instructions--which, +although so full in their provision for all contingencies, properly +apply to ordinary occurrences, with a few clauses for which provision +had already been made. The most difficult task, therefore, will be to +examine them carefully at first, and to bear in mind that any doubtful +cases are to be decided by the commissary as shall be necessary, +since he is so far away [from Mexico]. With this, and the confidence +that we place in him personally and in his prudence and great zeal, +we trust that the commissary will meet all success. + +Given at Mexico, March first, one thousand five hundred and +eighty-three. +The licentiate _Bonilla_ +The licentiate _Santos Garcia_ + +By order of the Inquisitors: +_Pedro de Los Rios_ + + + + + +FOUNDATION OF THE AUDIENCIA OF MANILA + + +Don Phelipe, by the grace of God, king of Castile, of Leon, of +Aragon, of the two Sicilias, of Ihm, of Portugal, of Navarra, +of Granada, of Toledo, of Valencia, of Galicia, of Mallorcas, of +Sevilla, of Cerdena, of Cordoba, of Corcega, of Murcia, of Jaen, of +the Algarves, of Algecira, of Gibraltar, of the islands of Canaria, +of the eastern and western Yndias islands, and the Tierra Firme of +the great ocean; archduke of Austria; duke of Bergona, of Brabante, +and Milan; count of Absburg, of Flandes, of Tirol, and of Barcelona; +lord of Vizcaya and of Molina; etc. Whereas, in the interests of good +government and the administration of our justice, we have accorded the +establishment in the city of Manila of the island of Lucon of one of +our royal audiencias and chancillerias, [43] in which there shall be +a president, three auditors, a fiscal, and the necessary officials; +and whereas we have granted that this Audiencia shall have the same +authority and preeminence as each one of our royal audiencias which sit +in the town of Valladolid and the city of Granada of these our realms, +and the other audiencias in our Yndias: now therefore we order to be +made and sent to the said island our royal seal, with which are to be +sealed our decisions which are made and issued by the said president +and auditors in the said Audiencia. Moreover, as to the course of +procedure which they are to follow in the performance of their duties, +we have ordered certain rules to be drawn up, as follows: + + +_House of Audiencia_ + +1. First, we ordain and command that in the said city of Manila there +shall be a house of Audiencia, where may sit and reside our said +president and auditors, and where our royal seal and register may be +kept, and in which shall be the prison and its warden, and the smelter +for precious metals. If there should, however, be no accommodation for +living in the said house, the auditors shall lodge in other houses, +which they shall occupy with the consent of their owners, paying +them rent; and the Audiencia shall be held in the house where the +president dwells, and therein shall be the prison and its warden. + +2. It is our will and desire that the said Audiencia shall have +as its district the said island of Lucon and the other Filipinas +islands of the archipelago of China, and the mainland of the same, +whether discovered or yet to be discovered. + + +_Jurisdiction of the President and Auditors in Civil and Criminal +Cases_ + +3. We ordain and command that our aforesaid auditors shall have +jurisdiction of all the civil and criminal cases which come to our +said Audiencia on appeal from the governors, alcaldes-mayor, and +other magistrates of the provinces and islands and district subject +to our aforesaid Audiencia, and shall try them by examination and +review, but shall not have jurisdiction of any case in the first +instance--except it be in cases which belong to a superior court [44] +or criminal cases which arise in the city, town, or towns where they +may sit, or within five leagues thereof; and in the civil cases arising +in the town or village where they may sit, the alcaldes-in-ordinary +shall have jurisdiction. + +4. _Item_: We ordain that our said judges try such civil and criminal +cases in the same manner in which they would be tried by the judges +and alcaldes of our audiencias of Valladolid and Granada, and that +they may and shall render decisions according to the precedents of +the alcaldes of our audiencias of Valladolid and Granada. + +5. _Item_: We command that the governors, alcaldes-mayor, and other +magistrates of the said district shall authorize appeals to be made +from them to our aforesaid Audiencia in the cases in which rightly +and in conformity with these rules it may have jurisdiction, except +those which must go to the councils for settlement in conformity +with the decree made by us, and excepting further the cases involving +less than a certain sum in which by special decrees appeals from the +alcaldes-in-ordinary must go before the governors--which cases we +wish to remain as they are during our pleasure. + +6. _Item_: In the civil cases in which judgments are pronounced after +examination and review by our said president and auditors, they are to +be executed without any further appeal or petition, or other recourse, +except when the case involves so large an amount that there may be +ground for a further appeal to our royal person, in conformity with +the provision and decree of our laws and ordinances. In such cases we +desire that the privilege of appeal be given, under the condition that +the party who makes a second appeal must and do present himself before +us within a year after the original judgment has been communicated +to his attorney. Yet we desire and command that the judgment of +revision be executed notwithstanding such second appeal, the party +in whose favor the judgment was rendered giving first sufficient and +satisfactory bond that, if it shall be reversed, he will restore +everything which has been adjudged and given to him thereby, in +conformity with the judgment which has been pronounced by the persons +appointed by us. We also ordain that the cases which shall come up +on such second appeal must be presented as original cases before our +council of the Yndias, being left just as they were; but an official +report of the entire case is to be left in the possession of a clerk +of the Audiencia before which it has been tried, and the parties must +petition for such appeals before the Audiencia itself. Yet if the +judgment of revision which is pronounced in our said audiencias be +with regard to possession, we declare and order that no opportunity +is to be given for such second appeal unless the judgment of revision +is carried out, although it be contrary to that of the original trial. + +7. _Item_: In the hearing and judging of said cases, either civil +or criminal, the decision shall be whatever meets the approval of +the majority; and should they be equally divided, two or three of +the judges shall choose, impartially and in whatever manner may +seem best to them, an advocate for the determination of the case +upon which they have disagreed. The decision of the majority must be +executed, even if this majority consist of but two. If there be but +two judges in the Audiencia, they are empowered to try and determine +all the said cases alone; if they can agree, their decision is valid, +and in case of disagreement, they shall choose judges in the manner +above described. If at any time there should be but one judge in +the Audiencia, he is empowered alone to conduct the proceedings in +all the said cases up to the point of rendering final decision. He +may make investigations and issue orders for arrest, and when the +affair is submitted for final decision, he may choose an assistant +judge satisfactory to him. He is empowered to pursue this same course +in cases of damage which cannot be repaired by definite sentence; +and in a civil case of two hundred pesos or less, he is empowered to +conduct alone an original trial or an appeal, as he may also do in +criminal suits for slander. + +8. _Item_: We ordain and command with regard to civil cases appealed +from the alcaldes-in-ordinary of the city where the Audiencia may be, +or from the other magistrates within five leagues thereof, that they +may be appealed before the Audiencia; and if the judgment given by the +Audiencia in said cases be of two hundred pesos of the mines [_pesos +de minas_] or less, it shall be executed as if it were granted after +review, and there shall be no appeal therefrom, whether the said +judgment be in confirmation or in revocation. + +9. [Technical directions for procedure in a case on appeal when the +appellant desires, after appeal, to add to the evidence taken at the +trial of first instance. Affidavits are presented on both sides before +the judge of first instance, an interlocutory decision is pronounced, +time is allowed for filing objections, and the record of the second +series of proceedings is added to that of the first.] [45] + +10. _Item_: Whoever shall bring before our Audiencia a case on appeal +may appear before the clerk whom he chooses. The clerk before whom +he appears shall be required to notify our president and auditors +of such appearance, that they may assign the case so as to produce +equality among the clerks; and the same shall be maintained among +the suits begun in the first instance in our said Audiencia. + +11. _Item_: We command that the judgments pronounced by our said +president and auditors for the region beyond the five-league limit, +and writs of execution and other writs, shall be given in our name and +with our title, royal seal, and record. Writs with seal and record +shall receive the fees which by our royal tariffs of fees for our +Audiencia have been commanded for them. The judgments pronounced +for the region within the five-league limit shall follow the form +of orders without seal or record, issued by our auditors, etc. And +these writs shall be obeyed and executed in the same manner as writs +and judgments sealed with our name and royal seal. + +12. _Item_: Our president shall keep a record of votes, which he shall +swear to keep secret, and in which he shall enter, in brief form, +the opinions of himself and the auditors in all cases involving a +hundred thousand maravedis and upwards. + +13. _Item_: We will that our auditors repeal no sentence of banishment, +nor allow writs of delay for debts; yet we permit them to issue +writs of delay for six months to particular persons, and not in +general--provided first that such person for legitimate causes which +have intervened is unable to pay; and that he offers approved security, +not clerical or noble, [46] that at the end of six months he will +pay the debt. This term may be allowed for the same debt only once. + +14. _Item_: We ordain that the appeals taken from decisions for +plaintiff or defendant in pecuniary suits, and in suits involving +only private interests, when said decisions are pronounced by those +who report to the governors and corregidors of the district of our +said Audiencia, shall go before it; but as for all other matters +heard by such judges, and as for the results of secret investigation, +they shall go before our council of the Yndias. + +15. _Item_: Our Audiencia shall appoint no judge in cases of residencia +[_juez de residencia_], or governors for the provinces subject to +their jurisdiction, or judges for special criminal investigations +[_pesquisidores_]. If any individual bring complaint or charges +against the governor, and the Audiencia shall see that the matter is +of such nature that it is of importance to know the truth concerning +it, in such case they shall send one person to obtain the necessary +information. The complainant or accuser must give bonds that he will +pay the costs and the penalty which will be assessed against him in +case the accusation proves false. In other cases special judges of +investigation shall not make inquisitions, except with regard to +riots and seditious associations, or other matters of so pressing +importance that the delay requisite for consulting us would produce +notable inconvenience. + +16. In cases which occur outside of the five-league limit, our +president and auditors may appoint judges by commission [_jueces de +comision_], to hear the cases and to administer justice with regard +to them. Care must be taken that they make their inquiries in cases +which warrant inquiry, and in no others. Such judges by commission +for crimes and misdemeanors shall be given authority only to carry +on a legal inquiry [_informacion_], and to arrest the delinquents and +convey them to the prison of the Audiencia. They may also collect their +fees from those who owe them. The clerks before whom the cases are +carried on shall hand the records in their entirety to the clerks of +the Audiencia, where the matter shall be completed in such manner that +the parties shall be obliged to pay only single fees. And if the clerks +who attend such commissions have no commissioners [_receptores_], they +shall be appointed by our Audiencia, and not by the clerks thereof. + +17. _Item_: We command that the receiving of the testimony which must +be taken in the transactions which proceed from our Audiencia shall +be entrusted to the clerks of those cities where it shall need to be +done. If there are no such clerks, our said Audiencia in the interim +during which there are no official commissioners of examination +[_receptores_] [47] shall appoint therefor a suitable person. + +18. _Item_: Our auditors in the exercise of civil and criminal +jurisdiction shall receive no fees, or fines, or amercements, or +anything under color of charges for sitting as assessors to the +judges. The fines which they lay in cases where the law assigns any +fine to the judge shall be for our exchequer and treasury, and for +no other person. If the auditors take any of the aforesaid payments, +they shall restore them fourfold. + +19. _Item_: We command that when any governors, alcaldes-mayor, or +other magistrates of the district of our said Audiencia, shall fail +to execute the writs and decrees which in our name the Audiencia shall +send them, without showing that they have just cause to desist from the +execution thereof, then in such case the Audiencia may send officials +whose fees shall be at the cost of those guilty of disobedience, which +officials shall cause the process of the Audiencia to be executed, +notwithstanding the provision that the Audiencia shall not send out +special judges of investigation [_pesquisidores_]. + +20. _Item_: Our Audiencia shall maintain those who have letters-patent +of nobility or privileges of gentility in the said letters-patent +and privileges. In other cases where claims of gentle birth are put +forward, they shall not try them, but remit them to the audiencias +of these kingdoms which have jurisdiction in such matters. + +21. _Item_: We command that our president and auditors shall have no +authority to grant permission to go to the provinces of Peru. + +22. _Item_: We ordain and command that all criminal cases which shall +come for judgment, from all parts of their jurisdiction, before our +said Audiencia, of whatsoever nature or importance they may be, shall +be tried, decided, and determined as on examination and review before +our said Audiencia. The sentence accordingly given shall be executed +and carried into effect duly, without process of appeal, petition, +or any other legal remedy or recourse. + +23. _Item_: We ordain that no one shall appear at the prison of our +Audiencia as an attorney, even though he have special power of attorney +therefor, unless he have information that his client is confined in +the prison, and shall swear that the judge who shall be trying the +case is distrusted by him with just cause. In such case our auditors +shall direct the judge to send them a signed transcript of the record, +in order that, after the transcript has been submitted, if it shall +appear that they should try the case, they may direct the transfer +of the record to the Audiencia. In such case they shall grant the +party a writ forbidding the judge to proceed further with the case; +and the prisoner shall appear at his own expense, providing good +security. Before the auditors have examined the record, they shall +grant no writ of injunction, temporary or perpetual. If, however, +the prisoner shall have appeared in person, and shall find that he +has a right to a trial in the Audiencia, and to a writ of injunction +against the judge who claims the right to try the case of to summon +the parties to appear to the charges, let them give the writ. Meanwhile +the prisoner shall be confined in the prison, and shall not be admitted +to bail until by means of the record the nature of the charge is made +evident in conformity with the laws of these realms which govern in +such cases. + +24. _Item_: We ordain and command that our president and auditors +and the ordinary magistrates of our said Yndias, where there shall +be a mint, shall have jurisdiction over all crimes of falsification +of money committed by the moneyers although they be committed within +the mint. Accordingly, they may call the case before them, unless +the alcaldes of the said mint have anticipated them and begun to try +it. Likewise, our said president and auditors, with respect to the +mints in their jurisdiction, may appoint a person to report to the +alcaldes and officials of the said mints. + +25. _Item_: We command that on Saturday of every week two auditors +in rotation, as the president shall assign them, shall inspect the +prisons of the Audiencia and of the town where the Audiencia may +be. There shall be present at the inspection the alcaldes, alguazils, +and clerks of the prisons, and our fiscal attorney. At the inspection +of the prison of the town or city the alcaldes-in-ordinary thereof +shall be seated near the auditors. + +26. _Item_: We command that the president and auditors of our +Audiencia shall be present on every day that is not a holiday, in the +court-rooms, to hear the statement of cases [_relaciones_]--three +hours on the days when cases are not heard [_no de audiencia_] and +four hours on days when hearings are given [_de audiencia_], according +to the rules of our audiencias of Valladolid and Granada. He who is +absent without sending a sufficient excuse shall be fined half his +pay for that day, by the person whom the president shall appoint, +whose report in the matter shall receive faith and credit, so that no +auditor shall hold or try the said cases in his own house without being +joined with all the others, as has been said with regard to the said +Audiencia, to hear and determine pleas and matters brought before it. + +27. _Item_: No auditor shall sit when a suit is begun that will +affect him, his sons, fathers, sons-in-law, or brothers, or when +he shall be challenged. As regards the penalty for challenging our +president and auditors, the ordinances of Madrid shall be followed, +the fine contained therein being doubled. + +28. _Item_: Our president and auditors shall have no authority to +bring before our Audiencia in the first instance any suit of their +own, of their wives, or of their children. The said suits shall be +tried by the alcaldes-in-ordinary, and shall come on appeal before +our council of the Yndias if the case involves a thousand pesos or +upwards. If the other party to the suit desires to appeal to our +Audiencia and not to the council, he may do so; but the auditor, +his wife, and his children shall have no such right of choice. + +29. Further: The said auditors shall not appear for others in the +said Audiencia or in any other, nor shall they undertake to arbitrate +cases that may come before them, except that cases already begun may +be submitted to all the auditors of the Audiencia for arbitration, +and except where our permission may be given--under penalty of being +suspended from the Audiencia for thirty days and losing salary for +two months. + +30. Our said president and auditors shall have no share with an +advocate or commissioner [_receptor_] in his fees or salary. Nor shall +they have the right to receive anything but food from any corporation +or individual, or other person, who shall have been interested in a +suit within a year previous, or who shall expect to be so interested, +and the same as to their wives and children--under the penalty for +forswearing, besides loss of office, being rendered incapable of +holding any other office, and being required to pay double for what +they have taken. They shall take great care not to converse much or +be very familiar with advocates or attorneys who are pleading cases. + +31. _Item_: We command that our president and auditors shall not +be engaged in military expeditions, or expeditions of discovery, +without my express command. They shall have no income-bearing estates +[_granjerias_] either in cattle or in arable land, or in mines. They +shall carry on no mercantile business by themselves, or in partnership, +or through intermediaries; nor shall they avail themselves of the +services of Indians in procuring water or wood or grass, or for other +purposes on pain of being deprived of their offices. + +32. _Item_: There shall be appointed to no position as corregidor +or other officer of justice the son, brother, father-in-law, +son-in-law, or brother-in-law of any president, auditor, or fiscal +of our audiencias; and if any one shall be so appointed he shall not +perform the duties of the office, under a penalty of a thousand pesos +of gold for our treasury. + +33. _Item_: We command that when any person desires to bring any suit +or action against any of our auditors he may do so before our said +Audiencia, or before the alcaldes-in-ordinary, and he may appeal from +the said alcaldes to the said Audiencia. + +34. _Item_: We ordain that when any auditor is offered as a witness +the Audiencia shall appoint a magistrate, in order that the rights +of the parties may not be lost for want of evidence; and they shall +give direction that he is to give his testimony, unless it shall +appear that he is offered as a witness maliciously to prevent him +from acting as judge in the case. + +35. _Item_: We command that an auditor who goes on a tour of inspection +shall receive no more fees than are ordained and commanded to be given +him, and shall accept nothing from Indians or Spaniards except food, +on penalty of repaying it fourfold. + +36. _Item_: We command that our president of the said Audiencia shall +try criminal charges against the auditors thereof jointly with the +alcaldes-in-ordinary, notwithstanding the ordinance to the contrary. + +37. Further, in case of inability of the president of the said +Audiencia of such nature that he cannot carry on the functions of +government, the Audiencia itself shall assume the government and +do all that he had authority to do--the senior auditor filling the +office of president, and taking charge of the other matters committed +to the president until we make provision in some other manner. + +38. _Item_: We command that our said president shall not have authority +to give permission to the auditors of the said Audiencia to come to +these realms without our express command. + + +_Affairs of government_ + +39. _Item_: We command that in our said Audiencia there shall be a +record for affairs of government, in which our auditors shall register +the votes that they give on affairs of government. + +40. _Item_: We command that our president of our Audiencia shall send +once a year to our Council of the Yndias an extended and detailed +report, attested by his signature, of the salaries, payments, fees, +and allowances paid in this territory from our royal treasury to all +persons whatsoever, and shall state how much was paid to each, and for +what reason. And he shall give a list of the corregidorships, stating +in it to whom the appointment is given by our warrant [_cedula_], and +to whom by order of our president and Audiencia, and for what reason; +and he shall report on the qualifications and merits of each person, +the amount of fees that each one receives, the amount of salaries +in each corregidor's district, and the persons appointed in each +district, and their qualifications. He shall also state the nature +of their service, and how long it is since they were appointed to +the said offices. The same reports shall be made by our fiscal and +our officials of the royal treasury. + +41. _Item_: We desire that one of our auditors, each in his turn, shall +make a visit of inspection once a year to the villages of the district +of the said Audiencia, and to the inns and, apothecaries' shops, seeing +to it that the inns shall have fixed lists of rates. The medicines +and other things in the apothecaries' shops which he discovers to be +spoiled he shall pour out and not permit to be sold. On the same visit +to the provinces of his district he shall inform himself as to the +nature of the soil, the amount of the population, and the best means of +supporting the churches and monasteries required. He shall observe what +public buildings arc needed for the good of the towns and the better +traveling of the roads. He shall find out whether the natives perform +the sacrifices and commit the idolatries to which they are accustomed, +how the corregidors perform their duties, and whether the slaves that +go to the mines are instructed in doctrine as they ought to be. He +shall ascertain whether the Indians support themselves, or whether +they are made slaves, contrary to that which is ordained. And he +shall inform himself in a compendious manner with regard to everything +else requiring his attention. The said auditor shall have warrant to +attend to matters in which delay would be dangerous, or which are of +such a nature that they do not require greater deliberation. He shall +remit to the Audiencia the other cases to which he is not obliged +to attend. For the acts aforesaid shall be given to the auditor the +warrant of the decree dealing with inspections. + +42. _Item_: We command that our said president shall grant no fee, +office, corregidorship, or other source of profit by which means of +support may be gained, to any man who has Indians in encomiendas. + +43. _Item_: Our said president and auditors shall suffer no merchants +to set upon their wares prices higher than those by us ordained +and commanded. + +44. Further: Whensoever the citizens and inhabitants of the district +of our Audiencia shall be summoned by the said Audiencia they shall +obey the summons in peace and war, as by our president and auditors +shall be commanded; and they shall do and fulfil all that on our +behalf they say and command, and they shall give them all aid and +comfort which they desire--under penalty of infamy, and the other +penalties incurred by vassals disobedient to their king and lord. + +45. _Item_: Any person who desires to petition us for any favor for +services not performed in our Yndias shall first make his declaration +before the Audiencia in whose district he may be, and the Audiencia +shall make an official report of the services performed, and of his +character. This report, folded and sealed, with their opinion at the +foot thereof, shall be sent in duplicate to our council, without being +shown to the person interested. And if the person interested desires +to make a report for himself, they shall receive and transmit it. + +46. _Item_: We command that in each and every case when any towns or +individuals of their district appear before our Audiencia to petition +for license to make repartimientos, the Audiencia shall grant the +license which seems to them due, but only so far as concerns suits +pending before the said Audiencia, and for public works for which +no other maintenance is provided, and for no other purpose. The said +license in the aforesaid cases shall be granted, if such towns have +no endowments [_propios_]. + +47. _Item_: When any one shall petition for an assignment of any town +lots or agricultural lands in the city or town where our Audiencia +shall reside, then after conference in the cabildo, notice of the +judgment of the cabildo shall be given to our president, by means +of two regidors deputed therefor. And when they have made their +examination, that upon which the president together with the two +deputies shall determine, shall be carried out, being attested by all +in the presence of the clerk of the cabildo, that he may record it in +the council-book. Petitions for assignments of lands and waters for +machinery shall be presented before the president, who shall transmit +them to the said cabildo that they may confer thereon. They shall +return them by a regidor, who shall report their conclusions, so that +after examination the president may determine that which is fitting. + +48. _Item_: Our said president and auditors shall cause to be made +a record-book in which shall be entered the names of citizens of +this territory, the service performed by each one, and the reward +received by him, either in money, by way of fees, or in other ways, +or by appointment, and to what offices. The said record shall be +kept with great care, together with the record of votes, so that when +any person makes a statement of services before them they may report +their opinions in his case. + +49. _Item_: We command that our Audiencia, at the end of the two +months during which the two regidors appointed as inspectors of +weights and measures have served, shall receive from them an account +of their service. + +50. _Item_: We command that our Audiencia shall have authority to +order the execution of the ordinances made for the provinces under +their jurisdiction, after being filed by them, and during the time +while they are being sent to us for confirmation. + +51. _Item_: That an auditor every year by turns, beginning with the +most recently appointed, shall audit the accounts rendered by the +cabildo of the city where our Audiencia shall reside. + +52. Further: When the president and auditors shall be about to allot +the lands, waters, watering-places for cattle, and pastures of any +town, city, or village, among the persons who are to be settled +therein, they shall do so with the counsel of the cabildos thereof, +taking into consideration that in such allotments the regidors shall +be preferred, provided they have no other allotments of arable lands +or dwelling-lots. Let such allotments be made without prejudice to the +Indians, retaining for them their arable lands, gardens, and pastures, +so that all shall be cared for. + +53. _Item_: We command that our president and auditors shall appoint +no administrative or notarial official, or fill any other permanent +office, even if it be vacant by resignation; nor shall they make such +appointments in the interim before we appoint. + + +_Ecclesiastical cases_ + +54. _Item_: We ordain and command that our auditors of our Audiencia, +in cases of unlawful procedure on the part of ecclesiastical judges +[48] shall follow the procedure by and according to which in these +our realms the audiencias of Valladolid and Granada proceed, without +extending it further than is practised in our said audiencias. + +55. _Item_: We command that our said Audiencia, governors, and other +magistrates of their district shall ascertain and know if in those +regions there are any persons who have letters of authorization +or apostolic bulls to take possession of the property left by +the archbishops who may die in those regions, or of the vacant +bishoprics. When it is known who has them, let him cause them to be +brought accordingly. First of all, let them appeal from such persons +before his Holiness, nor give nor allow opportunity for them to +be used in any manner, nor for possession to be taken of the said +property or vacant bishoprics. They shall not do, or permit to be +done, any other acts in prejudice of the rights and usages with regard +to bishoprics to which we are entitled with respect to this matter, +or in prejudice of the immemorial custom that possession shall not +be taken. And such authorizations and bulls thus obtained you will +send in their entirety, in the first ships, to be presented before +the members of our Council of the Yndias, together with the appeals +which shall have been taken with regard to the matter. + +56. _Item_: When there shall be doubt with regard to the signification +of anything in the contents of an ecclesiastical appointment, or as +to the requisite collation at the hands of the bishops of benefices +for the clergy whom we present, let the president of the Audiencia +decide it. + +57. And when in our said Audiencia the aid of the secular arm is asked +for by the prelates and ecclesiastical judges, let them plead by way +of petition and not of demand. + +58. _Item_: Our Audiencia and the other magistrates of our said +district shall see to it that in the towns which are not populated by +Spaniards no bulls shall be published. They shall not permit Indians to +be compelled to hear the preaching of them, or to receive them. Those +which are published from the pulpit shall be published in the Spanish +language. We also give the same command to the commissaries of the +holy crusade. [49] + + +_Royal treasury and its officials_ + +59. _Item_: We also ordain that the suits of our royal treasury +be examined and decided before any others that shall be before the +Audiencia; and that our fiscal shall take care to prosecute them, +and to report to us what is done therein. + +60. _Item_: Our president with two auditors at the beginning of +each year shall audit the reports of the officials in charge of our +royal treasury for the previous year; and the said officials shall +finish them within the months of January and February. When they +are completed they shall send a transcript thereof to our Council of +the Yndias. We also command that at the end of the said two months, +if the said accounts are not completed, the officials of our royal +treasury shall receive no salary until they finish them; and each +of the auditors who shall thus be ready to receive the said accounts +shall have as a fee twenty-five thousand maravedis. + +61. _Item_: The judicial settlement [_remate_] made with regard to +auctions by our royal treasury must not be made without the consent of +the majority of those appointed therefor, even when the auditor who +shall be present desires it. Further, at such sales and settlements +shall be present our fiscal with said officials, who shall sell +nothing in his absence. + +62. _Item_: We command that at the time when the auditing of the +accounts of our royal exchequer by our president and auditors shall +begin, in conformity with the decree given thereon, they shall go +first of all to our royal treasury and weigh and count the gold and +silver and the other things therein. They shall make a record thereof, +and immediately begin the accounts; and when they are completed +the balance shall be collected within the time required by the said +decree, and shall be placed in the chest of the three keys, orders +being given that the balance of the preceding year shall not be made +up by the collections received during the auditing of the accounts. + +63. _Item_: When the officials of our royal exchequer shall have +need of absenting themselves from the city where they reside, they +shall not have authority to do so without license from our president, +who shall give it for a short time, to a destination within those +regions, and no more. There shall be designated, in the place of the +official on leave, a person suitable therefor in the judgment of the +said president. And if the said official absents himself in any other +manner he shall lose his position. + +64. Further: At the time of the making up of the accounts of the +tithes, for distribution according to the ecclesiastical appointments, +there shall be present thereat an auditor. + +65. _Item_: We command that no salary be paid from our royal exchequer, +or from fines, to the judges in cases of residencia, or to criminal +judges [_pesquisidores_] commissioned by our Audiencia. + +66. _Item_: We desire that there shall be a record of all the suits +and transactions of our royal exchequer; and that every Thursday in +each week (and if that shall be a holiday, on the day before), after +dinner, the senior auditor with our fiscal and the officials of our +exchequer, and one of the clerks thereof, shall discuss article by +article the said suits and transactions by means of the said record, +considering the state in which they are and how the decisions reached +at previous meetings have been carried out. + +67. _Item_: We command that our president and auditors shall have no +authority to direct the payment of any money from our royal exchequer, +or to expend anything from it, without more express license and +command--except when cases occur in which the delay required to submit +them to us for consultation would cause irreparable injury. In such +case, when it shall seem advisable to our president and auditors and +the officials of our royal exchequer they shall expend therefrom +that which they all jointly shall regard as requisite, and shall +make expenditures in no other manner. The warrant which they shall +give for this shall be signed by them all, on penalty that what +is expended contrary to the tenor hereof shall be paid from their +own property. They shall immediately report the amount thereof, the +purpose and manner of the expenditure, and the necessity for which +it shall have been made. + + +_Fines paid into the royal treasury_ + +68. _Item_: We command that our treasurer shall receive all fines, in +whatever manner they shall be applied by our auditors, whether to our +treasury, or to court rooms, or to other expenses. Our alguazil-mayor +shall take charge of the enforcement of them. The amounts so received +by the said treasurer shall be immediately brought before the officials +of our royal exchequer, who shall deposit them in the chest of the +three keys, and enter in a record everything thus collected from the +said sentences. They shall keep separate the fines for the treasury +and those for court rooms; and our said president and auditors shall +supervise the care thereof taken by the treasurer, who shall at the +end of each year, on account of the said sentences [_condenaciones_] +and the receipt thereof, send to our Council of the Yndias a condensed +report thereof, attested by his signature and that of the officials, +and a certificate from the clerks of the said Audiencia as to the +sentences given. + +69. _Item_: There shall be in the possession of our president a +record in which every clerk shall enter in his presence, every week, +the sentences passed in presence of the said clerk, on pain of being +obliged to pay them from his own property. When the president and +auditors shall have need of anything, they shall give a warrant for it +on our treasurer on account of those moneys collected under judicial +sentences passed for similar objects. + + +_Probate matters_ + +70. Further: We command that our Audiencia shall audit the accounts of +the administrators of the estates of deceased persons, and shall see +if they have observed the ordinances and decrees given with regard +thereto. These accounts shall be audited in the month of January, +on pain of loss of salary for two months, to be taken from that due +the first third of the year, unless they show that they have audited +the said accounts in the said month. We command further that, for +the good administration of the estates of deceased persons, our said +Audiencia shall appoint each year an auditor who shall be judge of +such administration, and may try the matter as if the whole Audiencia +were to try it. + + +_Indians, and matters relating to them_ + +71. _Item_: Our said president and auditors shall always take great +care to be informed of the crimes and abuses which shall be committed, +or have been committed, against the Indians who shall be under +our royal crown, or against those granted in encomiendas to other +persons by the governors or private persons. The said president and +auditors shall make inquiry as to the manner in which the ordinances +and instructions given in regard to this matter have been and are +observed, punishing the guilty with all rigor, and providing means to +bring it about that the said Indians shall be better treated and shall +be instructed in our holy Catholic faith, regarding them as our free +vassals. This must be their chief care; it is that for which we have +chiefly to hold them accountable, and that in which they are chiefly +called on to serve us. + +72. We command that our said president and auditors shall take great +care to give no opportunity that, in the cases in which Indians shall +be plaintiffs or defendants, orders shall be granted on _ex parte_ +motions [_procesos ordinarios_] or that the suits shall be long +continued without prompt decision. Our said auditors shall preserve +the usages and customs of the Indians when they are not plainly unjust, +and shall take care that the same are preserved by the inferior judges. + +73. Let our said Audiencia and the bishop see to it that in every +village there shall be a person appointed to give instruction in +doctrine to the Indians and blacks who serve without going into the +field, every day one hour; and to those who go into the field, on +Sundays and feast-days. And let the Audiencia and the bishop compel +their lord to bid them go and learn the doctrine. + +74. _Item_: Let no judge of first instance in the district o our said +Audiencia meddle with depriving the caciques [50] of their caciquedoms +for accusations brought before the said judge, on pain of removal +from office and a fine of fifty thousand milreis to our treasury. Let +the decision of the case in dispute be reserved for our Audiencia, +for the auditor who shall next inspect the said villages. + +75. _Item_: When a suit is brought against Indians, the plaintiff +may make his complaint before our Audiencia, in whose district they +are; and an order shall there be given the parties that within three +months, which may be extended to not more than six, each one shall +present his testimony. After the testimony of every twelve witnesses +is taken, the report shall be sent, folded and sealed, without other +publication or formal conclusion of the preliminary proceedings, to +our council, that it may decree justice. And our auditors, before +they send the record, shall cause the parties to be cited to come +and appear before the said council in pursuance of the said action, +within the term assigned them, with warning that if they do not appear, +the case will be decided in their absence. + +76. _Item_: We command that when anyone by his own authority shall +deprive another of the possession of the Indians whom he shall have, +our Audiencia, prohibiting the said violence and doing justice, +shall restore matters to the state in which they were before the act +was done. + +77. _Item_: Let the president and auditors not permit any cacique or +chief to come to this country from those regions without our license. + +78. Further: Our auditors, on two days in the week and Saturdays, +if they have no suits of poor persons before them, shall hear cases +of Indians against Indians. We command that the auditor who shall +go on a journey of inspection through the country shall have power +to try cases with regard to the liberty of the Indians, making report +before the Audiencia. Likewise the auditor who shall inspect the prison +of the Indians shall examine the witnesses by personal examination, +and not by report. + +79. _Item_: Our president and auditors shall appoint a judge to allot +the waters to the natives for the period during which need thereof +may continue, whenever it may be necessary to do so, and no one shall +be permitted to molest them therein. The said judge shall come to the +Audiencia to give an account of what he shall have done, and he must +not come at the cost of the Indians. Our said auditors shall take great +care not to send a notary to take testimony [_receptor_] for light +causes, to the Indians' villages or elsewhere, except in a matter of +importance, and one in which there is great advantage in sending them. + + +_Fiscal_ + +80. _Item_: We command that our fiscal attorney of the said Audiencia +shall have no authority to appear as an advocate in any case; and that +he shall give his whole attention to what concerns us, our exchequer +[_camara_] and treasury [_fisco_]; and he shall swear accordingly +before our president and auditors. He shall serve in person, except +when he shall absent himself for some just cause for a short time, +with the permission of our president, and with his authorization for +cases prosecuted at a distance from the seat of our said Audiencia. Our +said fiscal shall take great care to see whether the decrees given and +the ordinances made are carried out, especially those dealing with the +instruction, conversion, kind treatment, and protection of the Indians. + +81. _Item_: We command that our said fiscal shall sit on the right-hand +bench, taking precedence of all the advocates; and at the inspection +of the royal prison he shall sit in the court-room behind the auditors; +and the same at the inspection of the city prison, the judges of first +instance taking precedence of him; and in all other cases he shall +take the best place after the auditors and after the alguazil-mayor +of the Audiencia. + +82. _Item_: We command that our said fiscal shall take care to assist +and favor poor Indians in the suits they are carrying on, and to +see to it on their behalf that they are not oppressed, maltreated, +or wronged--acting in conformity with our laws and ordinances. + +83. _Item_: We ordain and command that our said fiscal shall assume +the charge and conduct of the cases concerning the execution of our +justice, when appeal shall be taken from the corregidors or other +judges. + +84. Further: We command that our said fiscal shall bring no charges +without waiting for a complainant, except when the fact is notorious, +or when judicial inquiry has been made. + +85. _Item_: It shall be his duty to concern himself, and he shall +concern himself, with notorious immorality, and with the defense of +the royal authority; and to this end he shall perform all necessary +legal acts. + + +_Alguazil-mayor and his deputies_ + +86. _Item_: We command that our alguazil-mayor of our Audiencia shall +be maintained in all the honors and dignities which are observed +in the case of the alguazils-mayor of our audiencias of Valladolid +and Granada, and that he shall take the place and seat taken by our +said alguazils-mayor. + +87. _Item_: We command that our said alguazil-mayor shall not farm out +his office; and that he and his deputies shall observe the laws that +deal therewith, and the oath that they take when admitted to office. + +88. _Item_: We command that our said alguazil-mayor shall have +authority to remove from office his deputies and jailers whenever +he sees fit, and that he shall have authority to appoint and shall +appoint others again, first presenting them before the Audiencia. + +89. _Item_: We ordain and command that when our Audiencia shall +depute any judge or commissioner of inspection [_visitador_] who shall +need to take an alguazil, he shall take the deputy designated by our +alguazil-mayor therefor, and shall employ him and no other--unless +in some special case the contrary shall be approved by our Audiencia, +for just cause. + +90. _Item_: We command that our alguazil-mayor or his deputies, +whensoever they shall be directed to arrest any person, shall do so +and act accordingly without delay, concealment, or negligence--under +a penalty of forty pesos for every occasion on which they do the +contrary, in addition to the damage and concern of the parties, +and of that which has been adjudged and decreed. + +91. _Item_: We command that if a malefactor be found committing a +crime they may and shall arrest him without a warrant. If it shall be +in the day-time, they shall take him immediately before the Audiencia +stating the cause of his arrest; if at night, they shall put him in +jail, and without delay on the following morning shall produce him +before the Audiencia, as aforesaid. They shall not venture to take any +property from the person whom they arrest, on pain of being required +to repay double what they have taken, for our treasury. + +92. _Item_: We command that our said alguazil-mayor shall not +tolerate forbidden games of chance or notorious immoralities; and +if in the performance of his duty he shall meet with resistance, +let him immediately come and declare the same to the said Audiencia, +and on Saturday of each week let him come and give an account and +review of what he has thus done, under penalty of being required to +pay four pesos for the poor of the prison in each case. + +93 _Item_: The said alguazil-mayor shall present before the Audiencia +the two alguazils whom he shall appoint for himself, that they may +be approved by us; and they shall not perform their functions until, +after being thus presented before the said Audiencia, they shall swear +in due form that they will well and faithfully perform their duties, +observing the laws, decrees, and ordinances dealing with the same; +and that they will not promise or give, and have not promised or +given, for the sake of those offices, or for the profits thereof, +or for anything else, the services of themselves or their men; +and that from the income and profits of the said offices they have +not given or promised anything. The same oath shall be required of +the alguazil-mayor who shall present them, and likewise from the +substitute alguazils--under the penalty prescribed for forswearing, +and of dismissal from office. + +94. _Item_: We command that they shall not take gifts or gratifications +from the prisoners or from others for them, or for this cause lighten +imprisonments or release prisoners. And they shall not make arrests +without warrant, except in _flagrante delicto_, on pain of dismissal +from office, of, being incapacitated for future employment, and of +being required to repay fourfold what they have thus taken, to our +exchequer. + +95. _Item_: Our said alguazil-mayor shall appoint no jailer without +first presenting him before our Audiencia, that it may be seen whether +he is fit and able, and that he may be approved by our president and +auditors--on pain of losing the right to appoint for a year. And the +appointment shall be made by my said president and auditors. + +96. _Item_: We command that he shall have no authority to take fees +for executions without the previous payment of the party in interest, +under the penalty prescribed for forswearing, and the other penalties +contained in the laws and ordinances dealing herewith. + +97. _Item_: Our said alguazil-mayor and his deputies shall be present +at the sittings of the Audiencia, under a penalty of two pesos for +every day of absence, for the poor of the prison. + +98. _Item_: Our said alguazil-mayor or his deputies shall be obliged +to make their rounds by night, on pain of being condemned to pay the +damages resulting from their fault or negligence, and four pesos for +the court-room of our Audiencia, for every night when they fail to +do their duty. + +99. _Item_: We command our said alguazil-mayor to be present at the +inspections of the prisons of our said Audiencia, under a penalty of +two pesos of gold for every time of failure, for the poor thereof. + +100. _Item_: We command them to do and execute that which is commanded +in the ordinances made or to be made for the good administration and +government of the city or town where our Audiencia sits. + +101. _Item_: They shall not take weapons from those who carry them +at nightfall or after candle-light, or from those who rise early to +go to their labors and tillage. + +102. _Item_: They shall take no fees for the executions which it shall +be their duty to levy, or which they shall levy, on the property or +goods adjudged, or which shall be adjudged, to our treasury. + +103. _Item_: We command them not to take the money of those who are +found gambling, except when they exact from them the legal fine, +which they have authority to put in safe-keeping when they find them +engaged in the said gambling. + +104. Further: Let him take care to go by nigh and day through the +public places to prevent disturbances and quarrels, on pain of +suspension from his offices. + +105. _Item_: Let him take no fees for executions more than once for +one debt, even when the party at whose instance the execution is +made allows delay or continuance to the person against whose goods +the said execution is made--on pain of being compelled to pay the +excess of the fees fourfold, to our exchequer. + + +_Clerks of the Audiencia_ + +107. We ordain and command that the clerks [_escribanos_] of +our Audiencia shall have no authority to appoint deputy clerks, +administrative or judicial, in the cities, towns, and villages of +the district of the said Audiencia, nor shall they employ therein +such deputies. + +108. _Item_: The clerks of the said Audiencia shall be appointed by us +and by no other person; and in all matters relating to the examination +of witnesses they shall follow the rules of the audiencias of these +our realms. + +109. [Amount of fees for clerks, seal, and register must be endorsed +on all documents. Penalty: two pesos to the court-room.] + +110. [Official reporter's [_relator_] fees must be endorsed and shown +to party. Penalty: loss thereof.] + +111. [Clerks to take testimony in person. Regulations as to substitutes +acting when clerks are prevented, and as to collection of fees.] + +112. [Clerks' and notaries' records to be annually inspected by +an auditor.] + +113. The said clerks shall enter in one order of court all the official +positions which are provided for a village [_i. e._, of Indians], and +on account thereof they shall receive no excessive fees. Their fees +shall be paid by the superintendents [_calpiscas_] of the villages. + +114. _Item:_ No Indians shall be granted in encomiendas by +repartimiento to the clerks of our said Audiencia. If they are so +granted, the said clerks shall have no authority to keep them. + +115-120. [Section 115 provides that appeals from the decision of the +inspector of weights and measures of the city where the Audiencia sits +are to be given preference. Sections 116-120 contain provisions for +promptitude and accuracy in the business of recording--among others, +that the pages of the record of a case shall run with serial numbers, +and that notice of the number of pages and parts of pages be given +to the parties. The penalty for violation of each of these sections +is two pesos for the court-room of the Audiencia.] + +121. [The registers must be marked with a cross at the end of each +year, under a penalty of thirty pesos to the exchequer.] + +122. [If there is a supply of clerks, complaints must not be made +before a clerk who is brother or cousin to the plaintiff.] + +123. The said clerks shall not ask or accept fees for the +ecclesiastical cases conducted before the said Audiencia at the suit +of the corregidors or judges of residencia, with regard to matters +relating to the defence of the royal authority; or for the proceedings +transacted before the said officers and the decisions rendered with +regard thereto--under penalty of a fourfold fine to our exchequer; +and we command that our fiscal attorney shall attend such hearings +with all diligence. + +124. Further: They shall not write with abbreviations, putting +"A." for "Alonso" or "c" for "ciento," under a penalty of thirty +pesos for our exchequer. + +125-138. [These sections direct accuracy and promptitude in +various kinds of cases, with penalties for negligence. They also +give directions for avoiding extortionate or illegal fees. Fiscal +cases are exempt, as are cases involving any royal rights. The +penalties are two pesos for the court-room, for minor negligences; +heavier fines for more important ones; damages to the party injured; +compensation to the exchequer; a fourfold fine to the exchequer for +wrongful fees; suspension or removal from office. The most important +section is the following:] + +131. The clerks and relators of the said Audiencia, in cases civil +and criminal, shall receive the fees belonging to them, in conformity +with the fee-list; and that this may be attended to and fulfilled +accordingly, we command that henceforth the aforesaid and each of +them shall enter on the record and documents in the case the fees +that they are to receive from the parties, or from their attorneys or +agents, both for the examination of the record of proceedings and the +rest, stating specifically the amount that they are to receive and +the items of charge. This they shall attest with their signatures, +jointly with the party in interest, or his attorney or agent, who +is to pay the said fees, in such manner that both shall attest that +which they are thus to receive for the said record of proceedings and +pleadings. If he who pays the said fees shall not be able to sign his +name, let another sign for him. When the case or affair is finished, +the said clerk or relator, and the party, or his attorney or agent, +shall swear that they have not accepted or given more fees for that +case or affair than that which is there entered and signed; and that, +if they shall accept or give more, they will enter and sign it as has +been said. The penalty of the first offense is a requirement to repay +fourfold to our exchequer that which is taken otherwise than as herein +ordained; for the second, the same penalty and dismissal from office; +and if the party or the attorney shall give information that he has +given moneys to the said clerk, and they shall not be endorsed as +aforesaid, let him be believed on his oath as to the amount that he +shall have given. + +139. [Clerks and commissioners are to undertake no official +investigations without signed warrant from the court. Penalty: +two years' suspension and a hundred pesos for the first offense, +and dismissal for the second.] + +140. [More than one demand [_peticion_] in appeals is not to be +accepted from either party. Penalty: two pesos.] + +141. [Abbreviations or numbers in dates are not permitted, for fear +of fraud. Penalty: damages of the parties and twenty pesos for the +exchequer and court-rooms.] + +142. [Memoranda of testimony in criminal cases must be given to the +fiscal for correction. Penalty: four pesos.] + +143. [Clerks in all depositions are to put questions as to age and +the like, to avoid fraud. Penalty: two pesos to the court room.] + +144. They shall accept no food, fowls, or other things in satisfaction +of their fees, on pain of being required to repay fourfold what they +thus accept, to our exchequer. + +145. [No fees are to be accepted from a defendant who swears on +preliminary examination that he owes nothing, in case the plaintiff +does not prove his case on judicial examination. In such case, the +plaintiff is to pay the fees.] + +146. [Copies of decisions are to be promptly given to the party +requesting it. Penalty: two pesos to the court-room.] + +147. [Notice of fines and penalties must be sent to the fiscal +weekly. Penalty: two pesos to the court-room.] + +148. [Evidence of poor suitors is to be taken with care and +promptitude.] + +149. [Notifications of hearings in cases concerning small amounts +are to be sent to the parties. Penalty: two pesos to the court-room.] + +150. [Personal presence is required at examinations in criminal cases +and the execution of sentences. Penalty: suspension from office.] + +151. [Lists of fees allowed by law must be posted in their offices, +as well as in the public hall of the Audiencia. Penalty: five pesos +to the poor of the prison.] + +152. [No fees may be taken for keeping or looking for records. Penalty: +fourfold to the royal exchequer.] + +153. [Copies of penalties and memoranda of fiscal cases must be sent +to the fiscal every week. Penalty: six pesos to the royal exchequer.] + +154. [Examinations are to be dated by the time of examination, and +not by that of taking the oath. Penalty: four pesos to the exchequer.] + +155. In inquisitions and examinations which they shall make they shall +put thirty lines on a page, and in every line ten parts [_i.e._], +words divided by spaces]; and they shall write a good hand and shall +place at the foot of each inquisition or examination the fees to be +received therefor, under a penalty of eight pesos to our exchequer +for a violation. + +156. [Fees for single documents are not to be augmented because other +documents are incorporated within them. Penalty: fourfold repayment +to the exchequer.] + +157. [Cases affecting the treasury, in which no party appears therefor, +are to be brought to the attention of the fiscal.] + +158. [Fees are not to be charged to poor suitors; if the poor suitor's +opponent is condemned in costs, the fees are to be paid by the poor +suitor and added to the costs.] + +159. [Fees for permitting an examination of records are not to +be charged, unless the examination is made by the party or his +representative. Fourfold penalty to the exchequer.] + +160. [Copies of essential documents are to be included in the record +of a case without extra fees. Penalty: twenty pesos to the court-room +of our Audiencia.] + +161. [Unsigned interrogatories are not to be accepted. Questions must +be put only by the counselor of the Audiencia.] + +162. [Cases requiring to be divided by assignment among various clerks +shall not be accepted without immediate reference to the official +whose duty it is to assign cases. Penalty: loss of cases for two +months, and loss of the case in question.] + +163. [Records and documents must not be committed to the care of +any but attorneys or counselors, and to them only on their giving a +receipt. Fines are imposed for delay in returning them.] + +164. [No record is to be kept of a case of twenty pesos or less, +and no fee of more than half a peso from each party is to be taken +in such case. Fourfold penalty to the exchequer.] + +165. [No fees are to be taken for a view of the records, in cases +appealed from ecclesiastical courts, on the ground of violence to law +[_fuerza_], if the case is referred back to those courts. Penalty: +fourfold fine to the exchequer.] + +166. [Fees are to be charged only for the record of such judicial acts +as are actually before them, although the whole record is transmitted +therewith. Previous penalty.] + +167. [Charges of violation of their oath are to be preferred by the +fiscal in the event of failure to attend on him with the weekly fines, +or of making excessive charges.] + +168. [Clerks must be present half an hour before the court convenes; +and petitions must be handed in before the president and auditors +take their seats in court. Penalty: two pesos of gold paid to the +court-room.] + +169. [They must affirm with their signatures the sentences given after +review by the president and auditors, and written in a book kept in +the president's room, before the third day next following. This is +done so that the sentences may be known, and to avoid fraud, as the +sentences are pronounced after review. Penalty: double the amount in +question to the exchequer.] + +170. [They must write the decisions of the court by their own hands, +especially in affairs of importance, as secrets would not be safe +with minor officials. Penalty: six pesos to the court-room.] + +171. [The clerks of the said Audiencia or of the criminal court +shall levy no fees on the cases pleaded before the said president, +auditors and alcaldes, to which the fiscal attorneys are a party, +even if the decision is for the said fiscals, with judgment of costs +against the other party; and they shall not put them on the record, +nor collect them from the condemned persons. P.: forty pesos for the +chamber of this Audiencia, and payment of twice the amount collected +to the exchequer.] + + +_Official reporters_ + +172-202. [These sections give directions with regard to the duties and +emoluments of the reporters [_relatores_], as minute and precise as +those for the clerks, with similar penalties. The following sections +may be specially noticed:] + +176. [Relators are not to ask for cases, but to await the assignment +of the bailiffs [_porteros_].] + +179. [Relators are not to buy or sell cases from one another, on pain +of dismissal from office.] + +189. [The words of witnesses in criminal cases are not to be reported +at the public statement of the case, for they are to be seen by the +auditors alone, without being entrusted to anyone else. Penalty: +thirty pesos to the exchequer.] + +192. [Relators and other officers are to live near the Audiencia.] + +195. [No gifts may be accepted. Penalty: double the amount to the +exchequer, condemnation as forsworn, and loss of office.] + + +_Assigners of cases_ + +203. [Fees of the official who distributes the cases [_repartidor_] +among the clerks are to be two tomines for each case, [51] except +from poor suitors and others exempt.] + + +_Taxing of fees and costs_ + +204. [Records of cases transferred to the council of the Yndias are +to have their fees taxed by a special officer.] + +205. [In case of complaint against the taxation, the auditor for the +week shall decide.] + + +_Advocates_ + +206-214. [These sections give minute directions as to procedure, fixing +the time and manner in which documents are to be presented, filed, +and demanded, regulating the manner of taxing advocates' fees, and +enumerating certain duties of advocates in the conduct of their cases.] + +215. Counsel shall swear that they will not give their assistance in +unjust causes, or counsel the parties to injustice; and that as soon +as they discover that their client is not suing for justice they will +abandon the case. If it shall happen that through the negligence or +ignorance of the counsel, deducible from the record, the party whom +he assists shall lose his right, we command that the said counsel be +held to pay his client the damages resulting, together with the costs; +and the judge before whom the case shall be pending shall oblige him +to pay without delay. + +216. [Counsel shall not dare to abandon a case once undertaken, except +because of injustice. Penalty: loss of fees and damages to the client.] + +217. [Counsel is not to repeat allegations in documents; documents +are to be signed by known counsel; two pleas only are to be accepted.] + +218. No counsel shall dare to make a bargain with his client for a +part of the property to which he lays claim; [52] and, if he shall +do so, he shall have no authority to act in the said office for him +or for any other. + +219. [Advocates are to be examined and approved by the president and +auditors, and entered on the list of advocates; no one without a degree +may appear in a court, except the party in his own behalf. Penalties +graduated.] + +220. [Advocates must use care and diligence in behalf of their clients, +and conduct their cases honorably. Penalty: suspension, in the judgment +of the court.] + +221. _Item:_ We ordain and command that the advocate or advocates +shall, in cases of first instance and on appeal, pay the parties +double the damage resulting from their malice, fault, negligence, +or want of skill; and that justice be done promptly in this matter. + +222. [Advocates must agree as to their fees before examining the +documents of the parties.] + +223. [Advocates who have pleaded on one side of a case may not plead +later on the other side of the same case.] + +224. _Item:_ We command that the said advocates shall be obliged, +at the beginning of the suit, to obtain from the party a complete +report in writing of everything pertaining to his right--so that, +when it shall be necessary to call for an account, if they have not, +through the client's fault, done for him what they should, they may +be able to prove the same, in order to take advantage thereof. This +report they shall take, signed by the party in interest, or, if he +cannot read, the person to whom the party shall entrust the duty. + +225. [Advocates must not betray secrets, or advise both parties, and +must swear to obey the laws--on pain of fines, and of being removed +from the office of advocate.] + +226. [Advocates are to take precedence in order of the seniority of +their admission. Penalty: suspension for one year.] + +227. [Irrelevant questions are forbidden. Penalty: ten pesos to +court-room.] + +228. They shall sign the powers of attorney of their clients; and +shall not frame their interrogatories in the second instance of a +case exactly as on the first hearing, or exactly opposite, under a +penalty of six pesos to the court-room; and therewith shall cease the +examination of the said powers and interrogatories required from our +auditors, in conformity with the new laws and ordinances made by us. + +229. [Bachelors may not plead or sit with the doctors and +licentiates. Penalty: forty pesos to the court-room.] + +230. [Clerks of advocates are not to charge clients fees. Penalty: +double the fee, to the exchequer.] + + +_Attorneys_ + +231. [Attorneys must be examined and licensed by the court.] + +232. [Attorneys and counselors must not agree to prosecute cases at +their own expense. Penalty, fifty thousand maravedis.] + +233. [The number of attorneys is to be fixed and usual.] + +234. [Attorneys must enter no pleadings except for default, conclusion +of preliminary process, and the like; and must sign their papers.] + +235. [Attorneys must not retain money sent to pay fees and court costs, +and must transmit documents to counsel within three days.] + +236-241. [These articles deal with the conduct of attorneys in court, +and the procedure necessary to institute actions.] + +242. [Attorneys must be present to inspect the taxation of costs.] + +243. [Petition for a decree is to be assigned to the next meeting of +the Audiencia.] + +244. Attorneys who ask for documents beyond what the interests +of the parties require shall pay six pesos to the court-room, and +be imprisoned at the judgment of the president and auditors. This +provision shall be valid against all officials. + +245. [Names of attorneys of both parties must be entered on all +judicial acts and documents.] + +246. [Money sent to attorneys for costs must be immediately deposited +with the clerk, who shall keep a record.] + +247. They shall accept no more fees than shall be regulated by +our president and auditors, especially in cases where Indians are +plaintiffs or defendants, under a penalty of twice the amount, for +our exchequer. + +248. [Of notice to parties as to testimony on second instance.] + +249. [Documents must be clearly written, without erasure, and properly +folded.] + +250. [Attorneys may not receive gifts to protract causes.] + + + + + + +BIBLIOGRAPHICAL DATA + + +All the documents presented in this volume, except four, are obtained +from the Archivo general de Indias at Sevilla, and are translated from +our transcriptions of the original MSS. They are located as follows: + +Penalosa's two letters: In the patronato "Simancas-Secular; Audiencia +de Filipinas; cartas y expedientes del gobernador de Filipinas vistos +en el Consejo; anos 1567 a 1599; est. 67, caj. 6, leg. 6." + +Loarca's "Relation:" In "Simancas-Filipinas; descubrimientos, +descriptiones y poblaciones de las Yslas Filipinas; anos 1537 a +1565--1 deg. hay 2 deg.; est. 1, caj. 1, leg. 1|23." In the Real Academia +de Historia, Madrid, is a copy of this document, made by Munoz; +it is somewhat modernized in spelling, capitalization, etc. A copy +of Munoz's transcription is in Lenox Library. The original MS. is +without date; but internal evidence with Penalosa's statement in his +letter to the king (_Vol_. IV, p. 315), shows that Loarca wrote his +account of the islands in June, 1582. In the same legajo with this +document is the "Report on offices saleable;" but, as the dates show, +both are misplaced here. They probably belong in the same patronato +as that in which are found the next two documents. + +Ribera's letter, and the instrument establishing the Audiencia of +Manila: In a patronato which bears the same title as the preceding one, +but covers the years 1582 to 1606. These two documents are in "est. 1, +caj. 1, leg. 3|25"--the Audiencia decree being also designated as +"1 deg. 1, no. 11." + +Salazar's letter of 1582: In "Simancas--Eclesiastico; Audiencia de +Filipinas; cartas y expedientes del arzobispo de Manila, vistos en +el Consejo; anos de 1579 a 1599; est. 68, caj. 1, leg. 1." + +Letter of Juan Baptista Roman: In "Simancas-Secular; Audiencia de +Filipinas; cartas y expedientes de los oficiales reales de Filipinas, +vistos en el Consejo; anos 1564 a 1622; est. 67, caj. 6, leg. 29." + +The "Instructions for the commissary of the Inquisition" is found +in the Archivo general of Simancas; our translation is made from +a transcription of the original MS. Its pressmark is: "Consejo de +Inquisicion; libro 762, folio 170." + +The Salazar "Relation" of 1583 we translate from the text given in +Retana's _Archivo del bibliofilo filipino_ iii, no. 1, + +The papal decrees regarding the Dominicans are obtained from Hernaez's +_Coleccion de bulas_, i, pp. 527, 528. + + + + + + +NOTES + +[1] This document is presented in both Spanish text and English +translation. + +[2] This document is presented in both Spanish text and English +translation. + +[3] A pretender to the Portuguese throne, who occupied it for a short +period (in 1580) in the interim between Henrique's death and Felipe's +accession, see _Vol_. I, pp. 355, 356. + +[4] Alonso Sanchez was born at Mondejar, in 1547; and became a +novice in the Jesuit order (June 18, 1565), at Alcala. In 1579, +he went to Mexico; and two years later, with Bishop Salazar, to the +Philippines. He was sent to Macao in 1582 to receive for Felipe II the +allegiance of the Portuguese at that place. Stanley, in his edition +of Morga's _Sucesos_ (p. 402) says: "The library of the Academy of +History, Madrid, contains a Chinese copy of a chapa, by which the +mandarins of Canton allowed a Portuguese ship to come and fetch Padre +Alonso Sanchez and the dispatches from Machan (Moluccas)." In 1586 +Sanchez was commissioned by the governor and Spanish inhabitants of +the Philippines to go to Rome and Madrid in their behalf; documents +which explain this embassy will be presented in later volumes of +this series. He died at Alcala, May 27, 1593. Sommervogel cites +(_Bibliotheque Comp. Jesus_, viii, col. 520, 521) various writings +by Sanchez, mainly on missionary affairs, or on the relations between +the Philippine colony and the crown of Spain. + +[5] Thomas Candish, the English navigator, relates in picturesque style +the fortunes of the Spanish settlement here referred to, "King Philips +citie which the Spaniards had built." Candish halted there in January, +1587; the place was then deserted, and he named it Port Famine. It +was located not far from the extreme southern point of the Patagonian +mainland, at a point commanding the Strait of Magellan. Candish says: +"They had contriued their Citie very well, and seated it in the best +place of the Streights for wood and water: they had builded vp their +Churches by themselues: they had Lawes very seuere among themselues, +for they had erected a Gibet, whereon they had done execution vpon some +of their company.... During the time that they were there, which was +two yeeres the least, they could neuer haue any thing to growe or in +any wise prosper. And on the other side the Indians oftentimes preyed +vpon them vntill their victuals grewe so short... that they dyed like +dogges in their houses, and in their clothes, wherein we found them +still at our comming.... To conclude, they were determined to haue +trauailed towards the riuer of Plate, only being left aliue 23 persons, +whereof two were women, which were the remainder of 4 hundred." See +Hakluyt's _Voyages_ (Goldsmid ed., Edinburgh, 1890), xvi, pp. 12, 13. + +[6] Don Lorenzo Juarez de Mendoza, Count of Coruna, assumed the duties +of viceroy of New Spain on October 4, 1580; he was then advanced +in years, and died at Mexico before his three-years' term of office +expired--on June 19, 1583. + +[7] Antonio Sedeno was born at San Clemente, in 1532 or 1535. In +his youth he was a soldier and military engineer, but entered the +Jesuit order in 1558 or 1559. After his ordination he went (1568) +to Florida as a missionary, and in 1572 to New Spain. The rest of +his life was spent in the Philippines, where he not only held high +official positions in his order, but introduced among the Filipino +natives many industries and manufactures, opened the first school in +the island, founded colleges, and engaged in many other labors for +the benefit of both the Spanish and the natives. He died September 2, +1595. See notice of his life in Sommervogel's _Bibliotheque_; and +Algue's _Archipielago filipino_, i, p. 251 (translated in _Report_ +of U.S. Philippine Commission, 1900, iv, p. 99). + +[8] The words in italics at the beginning of the paragraphs are in +the MS. written as marginal notes. + +[9] The matter in brackets is an insert in the margin of the original +manuscript. + +[10] In making this correction the writer evidently neglected to +change the gender of "vnas." + +[11] Pasacao River is a small stream on the western side of the (old) +province of Camarines Sur. The overland journey here mentioned is +to Nueva Caceres, capital of the province, which is ten miles above +the mouth of Naga River (although farther by the windings of the +river). This river has its source only four miles from the Pacific +coast of Albay, whence it flows N.W. into Bato Lake; this part of its +course is called Inaya River. Another N.W. course of about the same +length (about 25 miles) carries the waters of the lake as far as Nueva +Caceres, in a stream known as Bicol (the Vicor of our text) River. From +that city to its discharge in San Miguel Bay, it is called Naga River. + +[12] A sort of garment worn by peasants, opening behind or at the +shoulder. The meaning of the name, "jump aboard," suggests the similar +name applied in some localities in the United States to a sort of +over-all blouse, there called "jumper." + +[13] Cf. the descriptions of this custom in Morga's _Philippine +Islands_ (Hakluyt Society, London, 1868), p. 304; and in account of +Thomas Candish's voyage, in Hakluyt's _Voyages_ (Goldsmid ed.) xvi, +p. 42. + +[14] "A god of the Higuecinas (a subdivision of the ancient +Bisayas). The Igueines (another subdivision of that people) believed +that the god Maguayan carried the souls of his disciples, in his boat, +to another life."--_Ferdinand Blumentritt_: "Diccionario mitologico," +in Retana's _Archivo_, ii, p. 411. + +[15] These seem to be memoranda, which the writer forgot to fill +in later. + +[16] The tabon, also called "the mound-builder" _(Megapodius +cumingi_). Its eggs are highly prized by the natives as an article +of food; they rob the deposit made by the birds. After each egg is +deposited, the parent birds (several pairs of whom often frequent +the same spot) scratch earth over it, thus gradually raising a mound +of considerable size. See description of this bird in _Report_ of +U.S. Philippine Commission for 1900, iii, pp. 314, 315. + +[17] Of the banana (_Musa_), over fifty varieties have been enumerated +as found in the Philippine Islands. Many of these are minutely +described in Blanco's _Flora_, pp. 167-175. The nangca (or langca) +is _Arctocarpus integrifolia_; the macupa (also known as tampoi), +_Eugenia malaccensis_; the santol (santor), _Sandoricum indicum_. See +descriptions of all these in Blanco's _Flora_, and in _U.S. Philippine +Gazetteer_, pp. 93-95. + +[18] The bejucos, as before explained, are various species of +_Calamus,_ commonly known as rattan. Blanco describes two of these +_(C. maximus_ and _C. gracilis_) as furnishing a supply of water. Some +of the species attain a height of more than six hundred feet. + +[19] A sketch of this officer in _Cartas de Indias_ (p. 734) states +that he founded the city of Nueva Segovia, and probably remained in +the islands from the time of their conquest until his death; also +that the Japanese corsair here referred to was named Tay Zufu. + +[20] _Champan_ (or _sampan_): a Chinese vessel; described by Retana +(Zuniga's _Estadismo_, ii, p. 513*) as being "about as large as a +Spanish patache, but inferior to the junks of the Chinese; used by +that people for trading in the Filipinas islands." The term is now +applied to a boat 12 or 15 feet long, in which a family often makes +its home, on the Canton River; also to a vessel of 70 or 80 tons' +burden, used in the rivers of Colombia, S.A. + +[21] The Dominican order (also known as the Order of Preachers) was +founded, about 1215, by St. Dominic de Guzman; he adopted, but with +various additions, the rule of St. Augustine. Among the great men +who have belonged to this order are Thomas Aquinas, Johann Tauler, +and Girolamo Savonarola. + +[22] Chiapas (Chiapa) was a province of the ancient kingdom of +Guatemala; also a bishopric (erected in 1538). Its capital bore the +same name. + +[23] The vicar-general to whom these letters were addressed was named +Fr. Juan Crisostomo Sevillano.--_Rev. T.C. Middleton, O.S.A._ + +[24] The original MS. is endorsed by some archivist: "Letter of +Captain Gabriel de Rivera to his Majesty, upon Philippine affairs;" +but the letter is evidently addressed to some official--perhaps the +viceroy of New Spain, or the president of the royal council. + +[25] In a letter dated Manila, July 20, 1581, and signed by Amador +de Arriaran, Andres Cabchela, Salvador de Aldave, Luis de Vivanco, +Joan Manuel Pimentel, Juan Maldonado, Gabriel de Ribera, and Juan +Pacheco Amado, it is stated that Ribera is sent as procurador +[attorney]-general to the king to give account of the "affairs and +condition of this land." He is recommended to the king's consideration +as "one of the first who came to this exploration and pacification" +with Legazpi, and "has been able to give a good account of himself +in everything." The pressmark of this document, which exists in +Archivo General de Indias at Sevilla, is: "Simancas--Filipinas: +Descubrimientos, etc., anos 1566 a 1586; Est. 1, caj. 1, +leg. 2|24." Morga says that Ribera was created Mariscal of Bonbon +while in Spain. The effect of his mission was the establishment of +the Audiencia of Manila, whose president was to fill the offices of +governor and captain-general of the islands. This was attained after +the death of Ronquillo, although that event was unknown in court at +the time. + +[26] Gonzalo Ronquillo was governor from 1580 until his death in +1583. Morga says that trade with the Chinese was increased during his +governorship. He attempted to discover a return route to New Spain +through the southern seas, but was unsuccessful. He opened trade +with Peru. A duty of two per cent on merchandise sent to New Spain +was imposed by him, and one of three per cent on goods imported by +the Chinese. + +[27] Taking the words "twenty years" literally would make the date of +this letter in 1584, but it must have been prior to that date. Ribera +was sent to Spain in 1581, and Ronquillo died in 1583. The date of +this letter therefore is conjectured to have been the latter year. + +[28] Retana's text here reads thus: "El precio que tenian las cosas, +despues que los Espanoles introduxera la moneda de plata, que por la +mayor parte son tostones, que asi llaman a los reales de a cuatro +cientas gantas de arroz, y por otro [real], ciento de vino, y por +otro, doce y catorce y a un diez y seis gallinas." The bracketed +word _real_ was supplied by Retana. A more satisfactory emendation +would be _toston_, the equivalent of _real de a cuatro_. The passage +should read thus: "reales de a cuatro [por un toston cuatro] cientas +gantas de arroz, y por otro [toston] ciento," etc. This supposition +is borne out by a later passage where Salazar states that in former +times four hundred gantas of rice cost one toston.--_H.E. Bolton_. + +[29] Ronquillo was governor of the entire archipelago.--_Retana_. + +[30] He alludes, as will be seen below, to the encomenderos, against +whom, chiefly, this accusation by the famous bishop Salazar is +directed--_Retana_. + +[31] A mistake for "Gonzalo;" Father Salazar commits the error again, +as will be seen farther on.--_Retana_. + +[32] The word "taels" is Retana's conjecture; but it is possible that +the doubtful word was _joyas_ ("ornaments"). From the context, it is +more probably _quintos_ ("fifths"), indicating that the royal officials +attempted to exact from the Indians the "king's fifth" on all their +possessions of gold, as well as on that newly dug from the ground. + +[33] That is, as no longer in circulation (Span., _por perdido_). The +reference is to the native custom mentioned by Sande in his report of +1577 (see _Vol_ IV of this series, p. 99). Speaking of the best grade +of gold used by the Moros, he says: "From this is made the jewelry +which they inherit from their ancestors, with which they never part." + +[34] A term originally applied to the gold or silver wristlets and +anklets worn by Moorish women. + +[35] In the form of promissory notes, such as always have been so +much used and abused in the Philippines.--_Retana_. + +[36] Span., _perlados_; so in Retana's text, but from the context there +is apparently some error in this--perhaps a copyist's conjecture for +some illegible word. + +[37] This man was notary of the expedition sent to Borneo and Mindanao +by Francisco de Sande under command of Gabriel de Rivera. See _ante_, +_Vol_. IV, p. 273. + +[38] Fray Santa Ines says (_Cronica,_ i, p. 16) that the use of +this phrase (Spanish, _Islas del Poniente_) arose among Spanish +traders--partly because, to reach the Philippines, they followed +the course of the sun westward from Spain; and partly to sustain the +contention that those islands were "in the demarcation of Castilla, +or the Western Indias, and not in that of Portugal, or Oriental India." + +[39] The Inquisition was first introduced into Portuguese India in +1560; and into Spanish America in 1569 (at Panama). In 1570 it was +established in Mexico, of which the Philippines were a dependency in +religious as well as civil affairs. Felipe II's decree (January 25, +1569) establishing the Inquisition in the Indias, with other decrees +regulating the operations and privileges of that tribunal, may be found +in _Recopilacion leyes Indias_ (ed. 1841), lib. i, tit. xix. Regarding +the history and methods of the Inquisition, the following works +are most full and authoritative: _Practica Inquisitionis hereticoe +pravitatis_ (ed. of C. Douais, Paris, 1886), by Bernard Gui--himself +an inquisitor; it was composed about 1321. _Historia Inquisitionis_ +(Amstelodami, 1692), by Philippus van Limborch; English translations +of this book were published at London in 1731, 1734, 1816, and +1825. _Anales de la Inquisicion de Espana_ (Madrid, 1812-13), by +Juan A. Llorente, who was secretary to the Inquisition in Spain, and +chancellor of the University of Toledo; translations of this book +were published in English (London, 1826; and New York, 1838), and +in other languages. _Historica critica de la Inquisicion de Espana_ +(Madrid, 1822), also by Llorente. _History of the Inquisition_ +(London and N.Y., 1874), by W.H. Rule. _The Jews of Spain and +Portugal, and the Inquisition_ (London, 1877), by Frederic D. Mocatta, +a Jew. _History of the Inquisition of the Middle Ages_ (N.Y., 1886), +by Henry C. Lea. _Les sources de l'histoire de l'Inquisition dans le +midi de la France au treizieme et au quatorzieme siecle_, by C. Douais, +editor of Gui's work; it includes the _Chronique_ of Guilhem Pelisso, +"the first written account of the Inquisition." + +[40] _Relaxado_ (feminine, _relaxada_): a person abandoned by +the ecclesiastical judge to the secular arm [_al brazo seglar_]; +referring to the obstinate heretic who refused to abjure and do +penance, or to him who after abjuration should relapse. _Confeso_ +("confessed") meant a Jew converted to the Christian faith. + +[41] An oath taken by a person who has no bail, that he will return +to prison when summoned. + +[42] Referring to the established judge of ecclesiastical causes, +the vicars of the bishops, or sometimes to the bishops themselves. + +[43] There were only two chancillerias in Spain--those at Valladolid +and Granada; they were originally one tribunal, which followed the +royal court. They had cognizance of cases on appeal, cases of nobility, +and cases regarding the inheritance of entailed property. These courts +were abolished by the Constitution of 1812 and subsequent legislative +enactments.--_A.P. Cushing_. + +[44] _Casos de corte_: cases which, because of their importance, the +amount involved, or the dignity of the parties, might in the first +instance be tried in a superior court.--_Nov. Dice. lengua castellana_ +(Gamier, Paris, 1897). + +[45] Paragraphs enclosed in brackets contain brief synopses of the +corresponding matter in the text which is purely technical, and not +of sufficient special interest to justify giving it so much space in +our pages. + +[46] That is, not subject to the exemptions of the privileged +orders.--_H.B. Lathrop_. + +[47] A receptor is an escribano (clerk, or scrivener) who by special +commission or authority from a tribunal proceeds to perform certain +judicial functions.--_A.P. Cushing_. + +[48] Spanish, _en los casas de fuerca hechas por jueces eclesiasticos._ +_Fuerza_ is injury committed by an ecclesiastical judge in (1) +hearing a case which does not come within his jurisdiction; (2) +non-observance of rules of procedure; or (3) unjust refusal to allow +an appeal. In such cases the aid of the secular courts may be invoked, +by the _recurso de fuerza_; and thus cases were brought before the +Audiencia, as above in section 7.--_A.P. Cushing_. + +[49] In _Recopilacion leyes Indias_ (ed. 1841), lib. i, tit. xx, +may be found the royal decrees issued from 1537 to 1640 regarding +the operations of the Holy Crusade in the Spanish colonies. + +[50] A word originating in Hayti, signifying "princes" or +"chiefs"--quite naturally extended, by a Spanish clerk or secretary, +to the chiefs of Filipino tribes. + +[51] This is the only case in which the amount of a fee is +prescribed in this instrument, except for officials peculiar to +the region; the tariff (_arancel_) of Spain is to be followed, as a +rule.--_H.B. Lathrop_. + +[52] This clause forbids the counsel to take a contingent +fee.--_H.B. Lathrop_. + + + + + + +End of the Project Gutenberg EBook of The Philippine Islands, 1493-1803, +Volume V., 1582-1583, by Various + +*** END OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK THE PHILIPPINE ISLANDS *** + +***** This file should be named 16501.txt or 16501.zip ***** +This and all associated files of various formats will be found in: + https://www.gutenberg.org/1/6/5/0/16501/ + +Produced by Jeroen Hellingman and the PG Distributed Proofreaders Team + +Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions +will be renamed. + +Creating the works from public domain print editions means that no +one owns a United States copyright in these works, so the Foundation +(and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United States without +permission and without paying copyright royalties. Special rules, +set forth in the General Terms of Use part of this license, apply to +copying and distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works to +protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm concept and trademark. Project +Gutenberg is a registered trademark, and may not be used if you +charge for the eBooks, unless you receive specific permission. If you +do not charge anything for copies of this eBook, complying with the +rules is very easy. You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose +such as creation of derivative works, reports, performances and +research. They may be modified and printed and given away--you may do +practically ANYTHING with public domain eBooks. Redistribution is +subject to the trademark license, especially commercial +redistribution. + + + +*** START: FULL LICENSE *** + +THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE +PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK + +To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free +distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work +(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project +Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full Project +Gutenberg-tm License (available with this file or online at +https://gutenberg.org/license). + + +Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic works + +1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to +and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property +(trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all +the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or destroy +all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your possession. +If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound by the +terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person or +entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8. + +1.B. "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark. It may only be +used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who +agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few +things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works +even without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See +paragraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this agreement +and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works. See paragraph 1.E below. + +1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the Foundation" +or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection of Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic works. Nearly all the individual works in the +collection are in the public domain in the United States. If an +individual work is in the public domain in the United States and you are +located in the United States, we do not claim a right to prevent you from +copying, distributing, performing, displaying or creating derivative +works based on the work as long as all references to Project Gutenberg +are removed. Of course, we hope that you will support the Project +Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting free access to electronic works by +freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm works in compliance with the terms of +this agreement for keeping the Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with +the work. You can easily comply with the terms of this agreement by +keeping this work in the same format with its attached full Project +Gutenberg-tm License when you share it without charge with others. + +1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern +what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are in +a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States, check +the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this agreement +before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, distributing or +creating derivative works based on this work or any other Project +Gutenberg-tm work. The Foundation makes no representations concerning +the copyright status of any work in any country outside the United +States. + +1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg: + +1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other immediate +access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear prominently +whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work on which the +phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the phrase "Project +Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed, performed, viewed, +copied or distributed: + +This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with +almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or +re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included +with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org + +1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is derived +from the public domain (does not contain a notice indicating that it is +posted with permission of the copyright holder), the work can be copied +and distributed to anyone in the United States without paying any fees +or charges. If you are redistributing or providing access to a work +with the phrase "Project Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the +work, you must comply either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1 +through 1.E.7 or obtain permission for the use of the work and the +Project Gutenberg-tm trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or +1.E.9. + +1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted +with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution +must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any additional +terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms will be linked +to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works posted with the +permission of the copyright holder found at the beginning of this work. + +1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm +License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this +work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm. + +1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this +electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without +prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with +active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project +Gutenberg-tm License. + +1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary, +compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including any +word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access to or +distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format other than +"Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official version +posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site (www.gutenberg.org), +you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense to the user, provide a +copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means of obtaining a copy upon +request, of the work in its original "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other +form. Any alternate format must include the full Project Gutenberg-tm +License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1. + +1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying, +performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works +unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9. + +1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing +access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works provided +that + +- You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from + the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method + you already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is + owed to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he + has agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the + Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation. Royalty payments + must be paid within 60 days following each date on which you + prepare (or are legally required to prepare) your periodic tax + returns. Royalty payments should be clearly marked as such and + sent to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the + address specified in Section 4, "Information about donations to + the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation." + +- You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies + you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he + does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm + License. You must require such a user to return or + destroy all copies of the works possessed in a physical medium + and discontinue all use of and all access to other copies of + Project Gutenberg-tm works. + +- You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of any + money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the + electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days + of receipt of the work. + +- You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free + distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works. + +1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic work or group of works on different terms than are set +forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing from +both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and Michael +Hart, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark. Contact the +Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below. + +1.F. + +1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable +effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread +public domain works in creating the Project Gutenberg-tm +collection. Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may contain +"Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate or +corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other intellectual +property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or other medium, a +computer virus, or computer codes that damage or cannot be read by +your equipment. + +1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right +of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project +Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project +Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all +liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal +fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT +LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE +PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH F3. YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE +TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE +LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR +INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH +DAMAGE. + +1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a +defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can +receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a +written explanation to the person you received the work from. If you +received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium with +your written explanation. The person or entity that provided you with +the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in lieu of a +refund. If you received the work electronically, the person or entity +providing it to you may choose to give you a second opportunity to +receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund. If the second copy +is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing without further +opportunities to fix the problem. + +1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth +in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS' WITH NO OTHER +WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO +WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTIBILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE. + +1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied +warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of damages. +If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement violates the +law of the state applicable to this agreement, the agreement shall be +interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or limitation permitted by +the applicable state law. The invalidity or unenforceability of any +provision of this agreement shall not void the remaining provisions. + +1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the +trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone +providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in accordance +with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the production, +promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works, +harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, including legal fees, +that arise directly or indirectly from any of the following which you do +or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this or any Project Gutenberg-tm +work, (b) alteration, modification, or additions or deletions to any +Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any Defect you cause. + + +Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm + +Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of +electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of computers +including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It exists +because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations from +people in all walks of life. + +Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the +assistance they need, is critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's +goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will +remain freely available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project +Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure +and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future generations. +To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation +and how your efforts and donations can help, see Sections 3 and 4 +and the Foundation web page at https://www.pglaf.org. + + +Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive +Foundation + +The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit +501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the +state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal +Revenue Service. The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification +number is 64-6221541. Its 501(c)(3) letter is posted at +https://pglaf.org/fundraising. Contributions to the Project Gutenberg +Literary Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent +permitted by U.S. federal laws and your state's laws. + +The Foundation's principal office is located at 4557 Melan Dr. S. +Fairbanks, AK, 99712., but its volunteers and employees are scattered +throughout numerous locations. Its business office is located at +809 North 1500 West, Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887, email +business@pglaf.org. Email contact links and up to date contact +information can be found at the Foundation's web site and official +page at https://pglaf.org + +For additional contact information: + Dr. Gregory B. Newby + Chief Executive and Director + gbnewby@pglaf.org + + +Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg +Literary Archive Foundation + +Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide +spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of +increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be +freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest +array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small donations +($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt +status with the IRS. + +The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating +charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United +States. Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a +considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up +with these requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations +where we have not received written confirmation of compliance. To +SEND DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any +particular state visit https://pglaf.org + +While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we +have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition +against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who +approach us with offers to donate. + +International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make +any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from +outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff. + +Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation +methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other +ways including including checks, online payments and credit card +donations. To donate, please visit: https://pglaf.org/donate + + +Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works. + +Professor Michael S. Hart was the originator of the Project Gutenberg-tm +concept of a library of electronic works that could be freely shared +with anyone. For thirty years, he produced and distributed Project +Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of volunteer support. + + +Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed +editions, all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the U.S. +unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not necessarily +keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition. + + +Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search facility: + + https://www.gutenberg.org + +This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm, +including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary +Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to +subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks. |